Pavlov I Southeast. A Window Into the Gravettian Lifestyles 8086023672

Citation preview

PAVLOV I SOUTHEAST A Window Into the Gravettian Lifestyles

•

•••

·-·•

•

Academy of Sciences of the Czech Republic, Institute of Archaeology at Brno Polish Academy of Sciences, Institute of Systematics and Evolution of Animals Brno 2005

y 35

30

25

20

15

10

5

X

0 0

5

10

20

Spatial distribution of artifacts showing remarkable density zones A-G.

25

y 35

30

25

20 "

•

e

15

• •

•••

·-

e

10

5

n

~ X

0 0

5

10

20

Plan of predefined features 1-1 1a and hea rths, inserted into reconstruction of the depression features.

25

DOLNOVESTONICKE STUDIE, SVAZEK 14 THE DOLNf VESTONICE STUDIES , VOL.l4

PAVLOV I-SOUTHEAST A Window Into the Gravettian Lifestyles

DOLNOVESTONICKE STUDIE, SVAZEK 14 THE DOLNf VESTONICE STUDIES, VOL.14 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------

Editori al Board : Jiff A. Svoboda, Jarmila Fi.ihrerova, Martin Novak Lingui stic revision: Tjeerd van Andel, Alice Krejcf, Carolin a Mall ol, Ladislav Najman

PAVLOV I SOUTHEAST A Window Into the Gravettian Lifestyles

Editor Jifi A. Svoboda

Academy of Sciences of the Czech Republic, Institute of Archaeology at Brno Polish Academy of Sciences, Institute of Systematics and Evolution of Animals Brno 2005

The Dolni Vestonice Studies, Volume 14/2005

Published by the Acad emy of Sciences of the Czech Republi c, In stitute of Archaeo logy, Kralovopolsk 50 % ). The high proportion ot backed blades is specific for 1961 : they amo unt to 10 % (incl. Gravette points). Striking is the virtual abse nce of truncated backed pieces in a ll parts of Pavlov.

Table 7a-b. Backed elements. In ventory Type Gra vette point Backed blade Unilateral backed m.b l. Retouched b. m.bl. Denticu lated b. m.bl. Pointed b. m.bl. Shouldered b. m.bl. Truncated b. m.bl. Backed m.bl. w. gibbosity Bil ateral backed m.bl. Total

In vento ry Type Gra vette point Backed blade Unilateral backed m.bl. Retou ched b. m.bl. Denticulated b. m.bl. Pointed b. m.bl. Shouldered b. m.bl. Truncated b. m.bl. Backed m.bl. w. gibbosity Bil ateral backed m.bl. % of total tools

94

1954A % N 2.3 7 3 1.0 123 40.2 93 30.4 41 13.4 20 6.5 I .3 4 1.6 5 2 0.7

1954B % N 2.2 7 9 2.9 146 46 .9 I 8.6 58 41 13 .2 36 I 1.6 2 0.6

8 306

2.6

-

-

6

1.9

6 3I I

1.9

1956 N 3 I

3 15 109 130 109 2 6 2 7 684

% 0.4 0.1 46.1 15 .9 19.0 15 .9 0.3 0.9 0.3

1.0

I963A % N

N

1964 %

-

-

-

-

4 276 40 40 53 2

0.9 65. I 9.4 9.4 12.5 0.5

I 8 4

6.7 53.3 26.7

-

-

-

2

I 3.3

-

-

-

4

0.9

-

-

5 424

1.2

-

-

15

Pv-1-Southeast % 3.7 0.2 64.8

Pv- 1-Middle % l.l 2.3 24.6

Pv-1-Northwest % 0.4 1.4 34.2

Pv-1-Southcentral % I .0 1.0 49.9

16.6 4.4 5.8 0.7 0.9 0.7

51. I 0.7 7.4 0.2 0.2 0.5

29 .9 2.3 12.6 0 0.8 0.4

17.5 14.5 12.6 0.6 0.6 0.8

0.7

I 1.9

17.9

1.5

28.1

13.0

13.9

21.2

-

Pv-1-Southcentral % N 17 1.0 18 1.0 49 .9 868 304 17.5 252 14.5 220 12.6 10 0.6 II 0.6 14 0.8 26 1740

I .5

Lithics - Center

Microlithic elements (Types 51 -52, 54 , 79-84, 88-9 1) (Tabl e 8a- b). More th an 80 % of the mi crolithi c elements is described as a crescent s. l. The cresce nt is a small and narrow mi crobl ade with steep oblique retouch near the base and usuall y a fin ely retouched tip. The ex tremes range in shape between seg ments of a circle (seg ment de cercle), tri angles (triangle) and trapezo id s (trapeze) . Some are close to microborers. Some of the mi croliths are made on burin spall s. Though they are fo und in all parts of the site, their domin ance is mos t characteri sti c for the south-ce ntral part of Pav lov (in parti cul ar in 1956). Other types of mi crolithi c elements are rarely present. Mos t frequent among them are simple retouched microbl ades, usuall y unil ateral on the dorsa l side. Some of the po inted mi crobl ades can be descri bed as Font-Yves and Krems po ints. Typi cal Du four bl adelets with alternating retouch and a curved cross-sec ti on are abse nt. The pattern is simil ar in all the in ve ntori es with some vari ati on in the other mi crolithic types . The vari ati on betwee n parts of Pavlov is also quite small (the differences in proporti ons of crescents, pointed and reto uched mi crobl ades are probabl y the res ult of the diffe renti al attributi on of broken pieces to these types: in one case fragments are more eas il y attributed to crescents than in others). More remarkabl e is a relative hi gh pro porti on of truncated microbl ades in the so utheast. Mi crobl ades with ventral retouched pointed base are quite typ ica l for the 1962 co ll ecti on, makin g up 6,5 % of the mi crolithi c elements.

Table 8a-b. Microlithic elements.

In ventory Type Crescent s. l. Poi nted m.b l. Retouched m.bl. Denticulated m.bl. Truncated m.bl. Shouldered m.bl. Total Inventory Type Crescent s. I. Pointed m.bl. Retouched m.bl. Den ticu lated m.bl. Truncated m.b l. Shouldered m.bl. % of total tools

1954A N % 260 84.4 11 3.6 22 7. 1 6 2.9

19548

1956

N 404 4 78 3

77. 1 0.8 14.9 0.6

N 907 8 58 8

%

9

1.9

35

6.7

-

-

-

-

91. 2 0.8 5.8 0.8

14 995

524

308

1963A N % 124 64. 6 12 6.3 49 25 .5 2.6 5

%

1.4

I I 192

-

0.5 0.5

1964 N 19

%

100 -

-

-

-

-

19

Pv-1-Southeast

Pv-1-Midd le

Pv- 1-Northwest

%

%

%

%

56.7 5.8 15.4 2.9

76.5 10. 5 I I. I 0.2

53.0 10.7 31.9 3.1

84.1

19.2 0

1.1 0.6

1.3

2.9 0.0

10.4

15.7

0 13.6

Pv-1-SouthcentraJ % N 17 14 84. 1 1.7 35 207 10.2 22 1.1 59 I 2038

2.9 0.0

Pv-I-Southcentral

1.7

10.2 1. 1

24.3

Retouched blades (Types 57, 60-68) (Tabl e 9a- b). I make a di stincti on between laterall y and di stall y (truncated) retouched bl ades. Lateral retouch fo rm s more than 90 % of the pieces . Two th irds are unil aterall y retouched, one third is bil aterall y retouched. Us uall y the retouch is marginal (< 5 mm), but more elaborate retouch is observed freq uentl y. Normall y the dorsal side is retouched, in some cases the ve ntral side or both sides are retouched. All in ventori es are simil ar in thi s respect. The southeastern part of Pav lov stands out by a re lati ve hi gh proportion of truncated bl ades (33 %). It correspond s wi th a relati ve hi gh proporti on of truncated mi crobl ades . El aborate retouch is more frequent in the middl e and northwestern part than in the so uth-ce ntral one.

Table 9a-b. Retouched blades.

In ventory Type Lat. Ret. Blade Tru ncated blade Total

1954A N % 94.4 84 5.6 5 89

19548 N % 121 93. 1 6.9 9 130

1956 N 198 15 213

%

93.0 7.0

1963A % N 136 93.8 6.2 9 145

1964 N 21 I 22

Pv-1-Southcentral %

N

%

95.5 4. 5

560 39 599

93 .5 6.5

95

Alexander Verpoorte

In ven tory Type Lat. Ret. Bl ade Truncated bl ade % of row/ roots

Pv-1-Southeast

Pv-1-Middle

Pv- 1-Northwest

%

%

%

%

67.0 33.0 5.7

87.8 12.2 /1. 5

90.2 9.8 16.6

93.5 6.5

Pv-1-Southcentral

9.4

Points and pointed blades (Types 45-47,55-56, 69-72) (Table lOa-b). For the descripti on of the poi nts [make a simpl e distincti on between leaf-poi nts (w ith surface retouch) and pointed blades. Leaf points are rare and all three are burnt fragments. They are made on flake s/blades and have an asymmetric cross-sec tion with the fi ner worked surface on the dorsa l side. Pointed blades are vari ab le in shape, but mos t frequ ent is conve rge nt marg inal retouch on the dorsal (or ventral) side. Some of them di sp lay ventral sur face retouch (po inte (r face plane). Ventral reto uched bases are frequent. Shouldered points are absent. There are no clear differences between in ve ntories or parts of Pav lov.

Table lOa-b. Points and pointed blades. Inventory Type Poi nted blade Leaf point Total

1954A N % 36 97.3 I 2.7 37

Inventory Type Pointed bl ade Leaf point % of toral rools

Pv-1-Southeast

Pv-1-M iddle

Pv-1-Northwest

%

%

%

%

97.2 2.8 1.7

99.3 0.7 4.2

96.8 3.2 3.6

98.5 1.5 3.0

1954B

1956

N 43

100

-

-

N 85 2 87

%

43

%

97.7 2.3

1964

1963 A N % 23 100 -

N 4

100

-

-

-

%

4

23

Pv- I-Southcelllral N % 191 98.5 1.5 3 194

Pv-1-South central

Combination tools ( 17-22) (Table 11 a-b). A number of too ls combine workin g end s of different types in one artifact. The most frequent co mbinati on is th at of end scraper and burin (52,5 %). It is fo ll owed by burin-chise l combination s. Other combi nati ons with a burin-end are also frequ ent. Thi s pattern is similar for the five inventories under considerati on here as well as the other parts of Pav lov. In the north wes tern and midd le part, sli gh tl y higher proporti ons of scraper-chi se l and burin-ch ise l co mbinati ons is observed. Table 11a-b. Combinatio n tools. Inventory Type Scraper-burin Scraper-chi se! Scraper-other Burin-chi sel Burin-notch Burin-other Other comb in ati on Total

Inventory Type Scraper-burin Scraper-chisel Scraper-other Burin-chisel Burin-notch Burin-other Other co mbin ation % of total roots

96

1954A N % 24 57.1 I 2.4 I 2.4 4 9.5 2 4.8 5 11 .9 5 11 .9

N 57 5 2 15 3 12 6

42

100

1954 8

Pv- 1-Southeast

1956

%

57.0 5.0 2.0 15 .0 3.0 12.0 6.0

N 45 5 3 12 5 10 15

%

474 5.3 3.2 12.6 5.3 10.5 15.8

1963A N % 25 45.5 9. 1 5 12 21 .8 2 3.6 4 7.3 12.7 7 55

95

Pv-1- No nh west

37.5 -

Pv-1-Middle o/o 53.0 8.5 3. 1 25 .4 2.3 2.3 5.4

3.2

3.6

%

50 12.5 -

1964 N 8

o/o 72.7

-

18.2

2 -

-

I

9. 1

11

Pv- 1-Southcentral

%

%

44.5 10.9 5.1 24.8 12.4 1.5

52.5 5.3 2.0 14.9 4.0 10.2 I 1. 2

3.9

3.6

-

-

-

Pv- 1-South central N % 159 52.5 16 5.3 6 2.0 45 14.9 12 4.0 31 10.2 34 11 .2 303

Lithics - Center

Other tools (8, 23 -26, 73-78 , 92) (T a bl e 12a-b). The g ro up of re mainin g too l types is very variable. M ost frequent a m o ng th e m is th e c hi sel (33,4 %), also kn ow n as Kosti e nki -e nd , fol lowed by s imp le re to uc hed fl a kes (22 ,1 %) a nd bo rers/bees ( 16 ,3 %). N o tc hed and splitte red pi eces (p iece esquillee) a re a lso o bserved o n a reg ul a r basis. Other types are ra re. B o re rs a re pa rt ic ul a rly frequ e nt in 1954A. In o the r respec ts, th e pattern is similar. Other pa rts of P av lov s how th a t th e sa me fo ur types (c hi se ls , re to uc hed flakes, no tch ed a nd sp litte red pieces) occ ur frequent ly, but in s li g htly diffe re nt pro po rti o ns. In th e so uth east, notched and s plitte red pi eces are co mm o n , whereas the no rthw es t s hows a d o minance of chise ls. The m iddl e part is closer to th e so uth -ce ntra l part in thi s respect, but re markabl e is th e presence o f two fragments of ta nged o r s ho uld e red pieces as well as a large proportion o f borers a nd bees ( 19 ,3 %) in th e 1961 co ll ecti o n.

Table 12a-b. Other tools. In ventory Type Chi sel Reto uched nake Splittered piece Denticul ate Notch Bore r & bee Side-scraper Total

1954A N % 20 30.8 12.3 8 7.7 5 9.2 6 9.2 6 17 26.2 3 4 .6 65

1954B N 81 30 17 5 14 23 2 172

1956

%

47. 1 17.4 9.9 2.9 8. 1 13.4 1.2

N 68 78 23 19 31 41 5 265

1963A N % 3 1.0 49 31 19.6 11.4 18 3.2 5 21 13.3 16.5 26 5.1 8 158

%

25.7 29.4 8.7 7.2 I 1.7 15.5 1.9

1964 N 12 5 2

Pv- 1 Southcentral N % 230 33.4 152 22 . 1 65 9.4 5.1 35 75 10.9 11 2 16.3 19 2.8 688

%

42 .9 17.9 7.1

-

-

3 5 I 28

10.7 17.9 3.6

Table 12b. In ventory Type Chi sel Retouched nake Sp littered piece Denti culate No tch Borer & bee Side-scraper Other types % of total tools

Pv- 1-So uth east

Pv- 1-Middle

Pv- 1-Nonh wes t

%

%

%

Pv- 1-Sou th central %

16.2 5. 1 18.3 7.6 26.4 14.2 7. 1

34.2 16.3 9.7 1.5 8.5 15.0 3.2 I 1.6

44.0 13.0 16.5 3.0 10.0 9.5 3.9

33.4 22. 1 9.4 5. 1 10.9 16.3 2.8

9.8

14.4

/6.2

10.0

6.6. Tool producti on elements T a b le 13a g ives an overview of th e two main types of tool produc tion e lements, i. e. burin s pall s and backing e le m e nts. I h ave a lso ca lculated th e ratio s of s pall s to burins and produc tion e lements to backed pieces (Tab le 13b).

Table 13a-b. lnv Type Burin spa !! Backing production Total

!954A N % 67 .3 70 34 32.7

1954 8 N % !52 83 .1 31 16.9

1954-bulk N % 7 11 98 .2 13 1.8

1956 N % 333 79 .7 20. 3 85

1956-bul k N % 575 98.8 1.2 7

1963A N % 253 74.6 86 25.4

N 40 4

1964

104

183

724

418

582

339

44

%

90.9 9.1

Pv- 1-Southcentral N % 2 134 89. 1 260 10.9 2394

Table 13b.

Spall s/burins Prod.el/backed cl.

Pv-1-Southeast 2.3 8.3

Pv-1 -Middle 1.1 51

Pv-1-Northwest 1.3 24

Pv-1-SouthcentraJ 0.9 6.9

97

Alexander Verpoorte

The ass emb lage contains a high amount of tool production elements. There are approximately as many spalls as there are burins. In view of the amount of multiple and combin ed burin s and the mu ltip le scars on diedric burins one would expect even higher numbers of spa lls. A small part can be accounted for by the modification of spalls: some spall s are modified in mi crolithi c and backed elements and a borer. Producti on elements from backing are rare. These e lements result from the breakage of the di stal and proximal parts of a backed microblade (the breaks indicate a snap rather than a blow resulting in a mi croburin). In my opinion, thi s production process is not th e most frequent one in the assemblage. Usuall y entire (micro) blades are backed and afterw ard s th e bulb and tip are ventra ll y retouc hed . Th is procedure does not result in the well-defined proximal and di stal producti on e lements. The low amount of such e lements in th e middle and north western part of Pav lov I indicates that the producti on of backed bladelets by breaking the di stal and prox imal parts is parti cul ar ly rare in thi s area. It sugges ts a difference in producti on processes between the two main parts of Pavl ov I.

7. Discussion 7.1. Typochronology of Pavlov I Pavlov I co nsists bas icall y of two main concentrati ons of stone arti fac ts, datin g between 25 and 27 kyr BP. Based on strati graphic observati ons menti oned by B .Klfma, the northwes tern/middl e part is generall y speakin g older than the southeastern part. However, the onl y C 14 date for the northwes tern part of Pav lov I fa ll s in the range covered by dates from the south-central part. Th e strati graphic observati on by Klfma is not supp orted by C 14 data. Thi s di vision in two main areas of occupati on is refl ec ted to so me extent in the too ls. The avail able data all ow an update of the earlier, preliminary observati ons on these differences by S vo boda (1 996, 1997). The tool classes of "backed" and "mi crolithic e lements" are more frequent in the southeas tern th an in th e north western one. In co ntrast, "retouched blades" and "other too l types" are more frequent in the north western part. The other too l c lasses do not show maj or diffe rences. Some spec ific too l types are also informati ve in thi s respect. The south eastern part is characteri zed by denticul ated backed microbl ades (mi crosaws) as well as trun cated blades and mi cro bl ades. The north western part contains bilateral backed mi crobl ades, more retouched bl ades and microbl ades (more often elaborate retouch), and more chi sels (Kos tienki-end s) . The value of these observations fo r the chronological di vision of the Pav lov ian as a whole is not clear. One reason is th at the typo logy confl ates many dimensions of vari ability, not just the temporal aspect. A seco nd reason is that stratified sites which are more useful for thi s kind of analys is are rare in eastern Central Europe. Another co mpli catin g fac tor is that assembl ages are often di ffi cult to compare. Important sites such as Dolnf Vestonice I, W illend orf 11 and Predmostf are actuall y hi ghl y selec ti ve assembl ages, with an emph as is on too ls and larger and/or co mpl ete artifacts . Surface co ll ections suffer from similar proble ms and small assembl ages do not co ntain suffic ient types to be more th an suggesti ve. In th ese cases, percentages of classes or types are more influenced by selecti on and excavati on/co ll ecti on methods th an human behavior in the Upper Paleo lithic. However, so me recentl y excavated and C 14 dated sites prov ide poss ibilities to eva lu ate these typoc hronological trends. Dolnf Vestoni ce 11- western slope (S voboda 199 1, S voboda et al. 1993) is dated to about 27 kyr BP, probabl y so mewhat older th an Pav lov I. It contain s a lot of backed implements as well as a relati ve ly hi gh proporti on of retouched blades . The site of Jarosov 11 (Skrdl a 2000) is dated between 27 and 25 kyr BP, contemporaneous with Pav lov I. The site contains a large assemb lage of backed micro liths, includin g several mi crodenti cul ated pi eces . The site of Mi lovi ce, sector G (Oliva 1999) is dated to about 25,5 kyr BP, more or less contemporary with the younger phase at Pav lov I. The assembl age is domin ated by backed implements and al so contains some shouldered pieces. It suggests that the main trend in the Pav lov ian, the Early Gravetti an in eastern Central Europe , is the in creased importance of bac ked implements and the decrease in lateral retouched blades over time (roughl y between 29 and 25 kyr BP).

98

Lithics - Center

However, at the more detail ed leve l of types, the main c harac teri stics seem to be hi gh vari ability in proporti ons and local idiosyncras ies in typology. Pav lov I with its typical crescent-shaped mi crolith s is an exampl e of thi s. It seems th at typo logy does not prov ide so lid clues fo r a finer chronological subdi vision of the (Early) Gravetti an. De Sonnev ille-B ordes (1960) notes a similar situati on in the Gravetti an (Perigordi an) of the Peri go rd . It is unclear wheth er the different "fossiles directeurs" po int to a qui ck succession of types or a hi gh vari ability respo ndin g to local circumstances.

7.2. The cultural integrity of the assemblage In a recent analys is of the materi al from Do lnf V estoni ce I, Oli va (2000a) points to the presence of pre-Gravetti an rema ins. He menti ons the Auri gnac ian in parti cul ar. The lower hori zon at Dolnf Vestoni ce Ill has also been assoc iated with an Earl y Upper Paleo lithic, mainl y because of the raw materi al co mpos iti on (S krdl a et al. 1996) . Th erefore the cultural integrity of the Pavlov I cann ot be taken fo r granted . In my opini on, there are no c lear indicati ons for Auri gnac ian or other Earl y Upper Paleo lithic occupati on at the locati on. Auri gnac ian types such as carin ated or nosed endscrapers, Auri gnac ian blades or Dufour bl adelets are very rare to absent. L ocal raw materi als such as Krurnl ovsky les chert are present, but their di stributi on does not po int to a co ncentrati on in a parti cul ar area and they show no preference fo r Auri gnacian types. Leaf points are rare in the assembl age and it is strikin g th at all three are burnt fragments. Th eir asy mmetric cross-secti on and th e differenti al treatment of both faces (with f ine retouch on the dorsal side of the fl ake/bl ade) is so mew hat at odd s with the "average" S ze leti an leaf po int. It re ma ins unclear wheth er the fragments are traces of so me Szeletian presence (as suggested by Oli va 2000b, 225) or that they are rare but genuin e parts of the Pav lov ian lithic industry. T he presence of a later Gravetti an phase w ith shouldered po ints cann ot be substanti ated ei ther. There is not a sin gle un ambi guous shouldered point among the th ousand s of too ls. The stone assembl age from the 196 1 excavati ons contains so me large shouldered and tanged fragments. I could not find simil ar artifac ts among the drawings from Predmos tf, Do ln f Ves toni ce I and II, and Pav lov I and II. There are so me similar shouldered pieces from Mil ovice, sector G (Oii va 2000a, fi gure 2), M oravanyLopata II (Koz lows ki 1998, plate 28) and other late Gravettian sites in Sl ovaki a. Another unu sual as pect of the 196 1 assembl age is th e relati vely large proporti on of backed bl ades (instead of mi crobl ades). T he presence of a small , poss ibl y late G ravetti an co mponent in thi s part of Pav lov I cann ot be exc luded .

7.3. Functional interpretation Based on the observati on of layers and hori zo ns, the di stinction of two ma in settl ement areas and the large amounts of find s and features, th e locati on was used several (many) times over a period of about two mill enni a fo r several purpose. The main arguments are: The wide range of too l classes ind icates a wide variety of activities that were performed at the location, e.g. process ing ani mal and p lant food and the mai ntenance of hunting too ls. There is a wi de range of site fu rn iture: small and large f ireplaces th at were frequentl y cleaned, poss ible dwelling structures, large stone slabs for different purposes. Wh o le famil y grou ps were present at the location: both men and wo men, e lderl y and children are indicated by the fossi l re mains of Homo sapiens. Which fun cti ons th e locati on actuall y performed in the system over thi s time is more di ffi cult to substanti ate. In vi ew of the above, Pav lov I is a good cand id ate fo r a long term base camp fo r winter occupati on (possibl y from late autumn to early spri ng). T he analys is of charcoal particles indicates occup ati on of the site during winter. T he large proporti on of fur-bearin g animals among the huntin g

99

Alexander Verpoo rte

ga me is me nti oned as support for winte r occupati on as we ll. Othe r uses of the locati on e.g. as trans ie nt camp or kill site may have occun·ed , but the ir s ignature is hard to di stin gui sh in th e qua nti ty of the re mains and the quality of the docume ntati on . Binfo rd ( 1983, 127-131 ) describes a site co mpl ex of th e Nun a miut (Al aska) at Tulugak La ke whi ch may serve as a model for th e sort of co mpl ex patte rnin g th at we can suspect in Pavlov I a nd the adj acent locati ons in the Pav lov Hill s. Thi s locati on served as a winte r base camp , but many other features were ide ntifi ed e.g . dri ve lines, sprin g fi shin g ca mps, summe r settl e me nts and fa ll huntin g stands. In the co ntex t of Pav lov ian settl e me nt in eastern Central E urope, Pav lov I (a nd s imil ar la rge sites or si te clu sters suc h as P redmos tf and poss ibl y Kre ms-W achtberg) forms th e focal point of a mobility sys te m called "tethe red nomadi sm". It is a form of nomadi sm, ti ed to a ce nter (usuall y located near so me crucial resource), w ith irregul ar use of periph era l locati ons (rare ly th e reuse of strategic locati ons) (see V erp oorte 2000a).

7.4. Economic behaviour T he bl ade tec hn o logy of Pav lov I is effi c ie nt in produc ing a hi gh a mount of cutting edge per unit weight and in its pote nt ia l fo r res harpe ning a nd modi ficati on. Thi s is parti cul arl y ad vantageous in c irc umstances of hi gh mobility with seasonal visits to lithi c sources and hi gh vo lume butc he ring and fill eting require me nts (H ayden e.a. 1996). But bl ade tec hn ology a lso entail s a hi gh ri sk of kn apping fa ilures and requi res a lot of p reparati on as we ll as hi gh qu ali ty raw mate ri als. T he lithi c industry of Pav lov I indi cates a portabl e long-use strategy based on durabl e mate ri al and a hi gh res harpe nin g pote nti al. The location of the site in an area whi c h is poo r in hi gh qu ality raw mate ri als has co nseque nces fo r the economi zing use of lithi cs. Th e assembl age o f Pav lov bears strong ev idence for ex tre me ly economic be hav iour whi c h is induced by th e scarcity of hi gh qu ality raw mate ri als (Ode ll 1996). The ev ide nce fo r suc h be havio r will be described by in vesti gatin g 8 in d icators (based on Hayde n e.a. 1996 and Ode ll 1996). Size and weight. The mean weight of artifac ts is less than I gram. The tota l assemb lage of Pav lov I amo unts to at least 600.000 artifacts large r than 5 mm and the tota l we ight is "o nly" abo ut 420 kilograms. Small- sized too ls such as backed microb lades and micro lithic eleme nts are the most freq uent too l classes in the assemb lage. The cores are extreme ly sma ll. The mean size of the cores is hardly more than 4 cm. Breakage. The percentage of breakage is enormous. 87 % of the blade endscrapers is broke n. 9 1 %o f the po ints and po in ted blades is formed by fragments: either tips or basal and med ial parts of whi ch the tip is broken off. 95 % of the reto uched blades are broken as we ll as 75 % of unretouched blades . More than 90 % of the backed elements are broken fragments . There are also severa l fragm ents with indicati ons of intent ional breakage such as impact scars and bul bs on the break. Selection of flakes. There is a high degree of cu ll ing of all usab le nake s. Preparato ry, cortica l and reju ve nation nakes and crested blades have been retouched frequent ly. Use-retouch, adm itted ly an ambig uous fea ture, is present on many nakes as well as blades and blade fragments. Also use-wear analys is indicates th at ma ny artifacts have traces of use (Saj nerova and Skvafil ova 1999; Chapter II.3 ). M ultiple-edge use. There is a hi gh freq uency of multip le and combined buri ns. The proporti on of combination too ls is also hi gh taking into account the hi gh degree of breakage of artifac ts. Use-wear st udies indicate th at many artifact s have two or even three "actuall y used areas" (AUAs) (Saj nerova and Skvafi lova 1999; Chapter II .3). Tools. The percentage of too ls is high, in particul ar when the chips are excl uded. There is a hi gh rati o of too ls per core/raw mater ial un it. A large amo unt of the chi ps and smal l debitage is resharpening and modificat ion waste. Variability in tool size. Too ls range in size from a few large artifac ts to highl y red uced small frag ments. Recycling. There is a lot of reuse of broken pieces as is ev ident in the proporti on of burins on breaks. About 4 % of the co res is made on fl akes and/or blades. Kostienki-ends or ch isels usual ly have a few blade let nega tives on the dorsal side, indicatin g th at they were also in use as bl ade let cores. There are a few examples of double patin atio n, in dicatin g that an artifac t was reused after a certain period of time . There are a few exa mples in the

100

Lithics - Center

midd le part o f Pav lov w he re pa rt of the artifac t is ro und ed indicating nu vial transport a nd ano the r part has sharp edges o f late r reducti o n o r mod ifi cati o n. Cores. T he pe rcentage o f cores is ve ry low . T he re a re o nl y a few cores le ft and mos t of the m a re ex hausted .

A ll these data indi cate eco nomi c be hav ior with res pec t to lithi c raw mate ri a ls. The ex tre mes are parti cul arl y c lear in the ev ide nce for intenti onal breakage, total too l ex hausti o n, th e mi c ro lithi c co mpone nt a nd the ev ide nce for s ite scaveng in g . Ode ll ( 1996) argues th at thi s be hav ior is induced by th e scarc ity of raw ma te ri a ls. Th e low ava il ability of hi gh quality raw material s is re lated to th eir absence in th e immedi ate surroundin gs of the site, low w inte r mobility and the seasona l procure ment of lithi cs. As me ntioned a bove, Pav lov I is a good cand id ate for long term wi nter occ up at io n. The low w inter mobility is acco mpa ni ed by hi gh mobility in gene ral as indi cated by the cons iderab le di stances ove r whi ch raw materia ls have bee n transported. The scarcity of Pav lov ian-age s ites in Siles ia a nd Sou th Po land (Wojci ce is one of th e few) indi cates spec ial procurement trip s to the source area rather than a form of e mbedded proc ure me nt in a seaso na l round (whi c h may be suggested for th e Aurignac ia n).

8. Spatial Distribution of Stone Artifacts 8.1. The limitations The spat ia l di stributi on of stone artifacts may be informative in ma ny respects. The a rc haeo logical lite rature provides many exa mpl es of deta il ed , quantative intras ite spatial analyses. Most of these studi es focus on more or less intact li ving surfaces (see Kinti gh 1990). As I will show, their value for th e study of Pavlov I is limited. Our first co ncern must be whe ther the detected spati al patterns are reflect ing so me Pav lov ian spa ti a l patterns a nd not just se lec ti on bi as . The quality of th e spati al data set c lea r limi ts for th e a nalyt ica l poss ibilities: On ly a se lecti on of the art ifacts has spatial information . It co ncern s th ose inve ntori ed artifacts whi c h have been li sted with a squ are or sector numbe r. In ve ntori ed artifacts from sec tion s, the urface or th e pl owzo ne are exc luded. Thi s se lection of arti facts is also a se lection in size: it does not contain any mi c rodebi tage. Th e re fore questi ons concernin g the location of retouching or the di stinction of primary and seco nd ary dumps cann ot be a ns we red . The se lecti on of artifacts is also a se lec tion of categories. Tool s and co res are we ll -re presented . T oo l producti on e le me nts is prob ably a re presentative sa mpl e (spatial informati on is available for at leas t I 0 %) . Othe r catego ri es such as flakes and bl ades a re not represe ntat ive. The spati al informati on is restri cted to a squ are meter grid in the 1954 and 1956 excavations. Sometimes only pa rt of a squ are was excavated . Sometimes two or three squ ares have been 2 comb in ed . Fo r the 1963 and 1964 excavati ons, the spati al unit is 4 m . There fore no methods can be used for whi c h hi ghl y prec ise proveni ence data are necessary . Only grid -based methods requirin g ce ll freque ncies may be useful. No layers or horizons are di stin gui shed . The refore a ma in aim of spatial ana lys is, the identification of activity areas, cannot be th e goal of thi s study. Moreove r, ethnoarchaeological studi es indicate th at we shou ld not ex pect di sc rete a nd spec ifi c acti vity areas at large camps like Pav lov I. In stead, th e range of activit ies at activ ity a rea is very broad and s imilar from one area to anot her (O'Co nn ell , Hawkes, B lurton Jones 199 1). I ass ume that the se lecti on is more or less the same for all sq uares and that the se lection is more or less co nsiste nt for all the yea rs of th e excavation . The emp has is on tools and cores did not c hange much ove r time. The refore I ass ume th at the detected spati al patte rn s are not the produc t of se lecti on by the excavator. In vie w of the limi tations of the data, th e focus of analysis must be on genera l patterns and not on intri cate detail s.

101

Alexander Verpoo rte

..• •. .. •• .... ..••.... •••• .. . . .. .. . . .. . .. . .. .... . ·•·· ...•.. ••• ••••••• . ... ...... .•........ . ...... . .. .. •• • ••••••• ....... . ... ...... ..... ... . . ....·• ...· . ·: •

•

•

150 to 300

•

300 to 450

•

••

450 to 600 600 to 750 750 to 1001

1963A: weight/4 m2

o

0

•

•

:;1~:: :

1 to 600 600 to 1200 1200 to 1800

2 to 3

e

3 to 4

•

4 to 5

•

5 to 6

•

6 to 8

1954-1956: weight/m2

• •

•. . ... . ...

1 to 2

•

••

1 to 8

8 to 12

0

12 to 16

0

16 to 20 20 to 24

0

0

0

0

0

Q24to32

•

•

0

.

.

..·• ..

• •

1954-1956: amount/m2

1 to 2 2 to 3 3 to 6

•

•

•• • • . ••••••t •• • •• • I • •• .. ~~I .. • • • .. . • •••• .. • •••• •

•

•

•

I

. • •· .. ...•• ·• .

1963A: amount/4 m2

to 8 0 to 12 0 12 to 24 1 8

0

0

0

0

•

•

• • • ·• • • • • •

1 to 3 •

3 to 5

e

5

•

7 to 9

•

9

•

11to 13

to to

7

11

•

0

3

0

5 to 7

0

7

0 Q

........ •· • •

... .. .

D

·•·•• ..•• •

• •• 00 0 0

to 9

9 to 11

0

11 to 13

0

0

0

0 0

0

0

0 Cores

•

•• t •

•

• .

to 5

0

10

Figure 16. Distribution maps.

•

1 to 3

0

Burned artefacts

•

1964-1963A: amount/4m2

•

0

•

1954-1956: amount/m2

•

0

102

0

..

I

e

,

Radiolarite artefacts

Weight of inventorized artefacts

•

D

0

0

•

•

0

0

0 0

••

.. .. • •· • • ••• •••

1963A-1964: amount/4m2

o

.. •

1954-1956: amount/m2

•

•

•

..• ·•·. . ..

• . • . • . .!. ••

1 to 150

•

• • ••• •• · .

•

•

•

0

0 0

Lithics - Center

.. ... .. •

f)·

••• ••••••• • • • • ••••

...... • • •••• ••••• . ....

•••

1 to 3

.·. ()()() . .

1........

.I

I

1

'

>

I I

j I

//.

I

1

l. (' ., i . ~~-l~

E

Figure 2. Mineral dyes of Pavlov 1954-1956 with evidences of abrasion (A-B ) and transformation (C-E).

- Frag ment of hematite: 39.7 x 48 x 28 .1 mm and 12 gr. Ex tern al co lor: dark grey (T3 1). It presents trapezo id al morphology, fl at sur faces and sharp edges. Two of the sides di spl ay ev idences of abras ion bu t they do not have use-wear traces: the surfaces are very fl at and bri ght. -Frag ment of calcite (Fi gure 2A): 42.5 x 37.7 x 6. 1 mm and 6.9 gr. Internal co lor white (K92). It presents irreg ul ar morp hology, irregul ar and fl at surfaces , and sharp edges. One of the sides shows ev idences of abrasion and the use-wear features are narrow, superficial and parall el, with onl y one direc ti on of work . - Fragment of calcite (Fi gure 2B): 55.5 x 40.8 x 9.6 mm and 2 1.3 gr. Internal co lor white (K92). It presents trapezoi dal morph ology, irreg ul ar sur faces and sharp edges. Two of the sides present ev id ences of abras ion and the use-wear marks are very narrow, superfi cial, parall el, presentin g only one directi on of work .

176

Mineral dyes

One pi ece presents grooves ge nerated by inc is ion: -Frag me nt of he mat ite (F igure lM): 11.2 x 10.8 x 3.2 mm and 0.5 gr. Ex tern al co lor: weak red (RI I ). It presents trapezo idal morph ology, irregul ar and n at surfaces , and s harp edges . Two o f the sides di scl ose ev ide nces o f incision a nd the grooves are superfi c ial , narrow and wi th a "V" cross sec ti on. Their organi zati on is parall e l and angul ar.

Three ev idences were tran sform ed by abras ion configurin g supports. No one of the m presents ev idences of the co nfi gurat ion process (mainly use-wear mark s): -Fragme nt o f a plaq ue o f ca lc ite, rounded in one of its ex tremes (Figure 2C) : 65.6 x 30.3 x 9. 1 mm and 27.7 gr. Intern al co lor: white (K92). It presents trapezo id al morph ology, nat sur faces and round ed edges. One o f the sides shows ev idences of ab ras ion but it does not have use-wea r traces. - Frag ment of a di sc of ca lc ite (Figure 20 ): 38 .9 x 2 1.5 x I 0. 1 mm and 13. 1 gr. Intern al co lor: white (K92 ). It presents se mi circ ul ar morph ology, nat and irreg ul ar s urfaces , and sharp edges. -Fragme nt o f a disc o f ca lc ite (Fi gure 2E): 46.1 x 25.6 x 22.9 mm and 36 .8 gr. Internal co lor: white ( K92). It presents se micirc ul ar morph ology , nat and irreg ul ar s urfaces, and sharp and rounded edges.

Macroscopica ll y, seven types of mineralogical composition were differentiated (T able 12). In so me e le ments, it was difficult to di sc riminate the exact type of a dye, and therefore, they were considered as mixed categories.

Table. 12. Dist.-ibution of the types of the mineral dyes of Pavlov 1954-1956.

Type

Total

1954 fieldwork

1956 fieldwork

I

907 (68.04 %)

762 (69. 5 1%)

145 (6 1.1 8%)

2

102 (7 .65 %)

97 (8.9 1%)

5 (2.1 %)

3

4 1 (3.08 %)

39 (3. 55 %)

2 (0.85 %)

4

9 (0.6 8%)

4 (0 .36 %)

5 (2. 1%)

5

7 1 (5 .33 %)

69 (6.29%)

2 (0 .85 %)

6

106 (7.95 %)

84 (7 .66 %)

22 (9.29%)

7

86 (6.45 %)

30 (2.73%)

56 (23 .63 %)

1-5

6 (0.45 )

6 (0.54%)

1-3

2 (0. 15 %)

2 (0. 18%)

l-4

2 (0. 15 %)

2 (0 . 18 %)

2-4

I (0 .07 )

I (0.09%)

EDX-S cannin g E lectroni c Microscopy was empl oyed to analyze the composition of the dyes. This technique was used in analyses 42 sampl es. The results are given in Table 13 .

Table 13. E lemental composition of the mineral dyes of Pavlov 1954-1956.

Sa mple

Elements and percentages (%)

I

0 (6 147), Fe (20 44), Si ( 1454), AI (2.69), K (0.63), M g (0.23)

2

0 (68.94), Si ( 17.36), A I (6.7), Fe ( 1.86), K ( 147), Ca ( 1.22), M g ( 1.1 8), Na ( 1.05), Ti (0.22)

177

Marcos Carcla Diez- Antonio Tarriii o ViFiagre

3

0 (66 .92), Si ( 16.71 ), Ca (4.97), AI (4.95 ), Fe (2. 56), Mg ( 1.85), K ( 1.1 I ), Na (0.73), Ti (0.20)

4

0 (68.22), Si ( 18.02), AI (5.56), Ca (2.94), Fe (2. 11 ), K ( 1.34), Mg ( 1.06), Na (0. 52), Ti (0.16), Tl (0.06)

5

0 (70.29), Si ( 18.1 9), AI (5.68), Fe ( 1.88), K ( 1.5), Mg ( 1.0 I), Ca (0.64), Na (0.34), P (0.25), Ti (0.22)

6

0 (74.2), Fe (24. 39), Si ( 1.23), Ca (0. 18)

7

0 (60.08), Fe (28 .74), Si (5.04), AI (3.25), M g (0.86), Ca (0.71 ), Mn (0.5) , K (0.45 ), P (0. 37)

8

Fe (45.19), 0 (37.06), Ca ( 11 .09), P ( 1.69), Mn ( 1.58), Si ( 1.43), Mg ( 1. 12), AI (0.59), K (0.25)

9

0 (52.97), Fe (28 .74), S (6.67), Si (5.44), AI (2.67), Na ( 1. 74), K (0.75), Ca (0.44), M g (0.3 1), Ti (0.28)

10

0 (68.98), Fe (2 1.63), Si (5.07), AI (2.75), Mg (0.69), Ca (0.33), K (0.3), P (0.26)

11

0 (5 5.63), Fe (32,46), Si (4.4), Ca (2.77), AI ( 1.84), P ( 1.1 9), Mn (0.74), Mg (0.53), K (0.27), Cl (0. 18)

12

0 (59.6), Fe (27 .84), Si (5 .55), AI (4.08), K ( 1. 18), M g (0.92), Ca (0.59), P (0.23)

13

0 (69 .05), Fe ( I 0.63), Si (8.76), AI (4. 7), S (3.2), Na ( 1. 13), Ca (0.93), K (0.83), Mg (0.5 1), Ti (0.27)

14

0 (55.77), Fe (32.93), S (7.08), Na (3. 16), Si (0.46) , AI (0.38), Ca (0. 11 ), K (0.09) , Cl (0.03)

15

0 (67 29), Si ( 19.5), Fe (6.28), AI (2.87), Ca (2.56) , Mg (0.6), K (0.29), Na (0.2 1), S (0.2 1), Ti (0. 16)

16

0 (64.29), Fe ( 15 .85), Si ( 11.46), AI (6.95), K (0.67), Mg (0.35) , Ca (0. 24), Ti (0.1 9)

17

0 (53.89), AI ( 16.22), Fe ( 13.83), Si (8.32) , Ca (4.96), K ( 1.08), Mg (0.88), Cu (0.43), Ti (0.39)

18

0 (59. 55), Fe (3 1.1 ), Si (5.65), AI ( 1.57), Mg ( 1. 18), Ca (0.63), K (0.1 7), P (0. 15)

19

0 (7 1.4), Si ( 16.13), Fe (7.79) , AI ( 1.56), Ca ( 1.18), P (0.91 ), Na (0.5 2), M g (0.45), K (0.08)

20

0 (70.21 ), Si (25. 14), Fe (3.97), AI (0.22), M g (0. 18), Ca (0. 16), Tl (0.11 )

21

0 (68.8), Si ( 16.43), AI (5 .48), Ca (3.7 1), Mg ( 1.94), Fe ( 174), K (0.98), Na (0.49) , P (0.23), Ti (0. 19)

22

0 (66 37), Si ( 16.6), Fe (6.39) , Ca (4.8), AI (2.7), P ( 1.21 ), M g ( 1.1), K (0.46), Na (0.28), Ti (0.1 )

23

0 (67.84), Si (25 61 ), Fe (4.96), AI (0.94), Ca (0.33), Mg (0.32)

24

0 (75.85), Fe (8 .48), Si (6.69), AI (3. 11 ), Ca (3 .1 ), M g ( 1.63), Na (0.39), K (0.39), P (0.36)

25

0 (66.0 1), Fe (19.96), Si (7.4 1), AI (2.8 1), Ca ( 1.46), M g ( 1.19), P (0.7 1), K (0.44)

26

0 (59.37), Fe (31.29), Si (4 24), AI (2 .19), M g (1.36), P (065), Ca (0.5) , K (0.4)

27

0 (57 .8 1), Fe (22 .47), Si (8.44 ), AI (4.87), Ca (3.25), K ( 1.08), Mg ( 1.05), P ( I .03)

28

0 (64.9 1), Fe ( 16.98), Si (9 .3), AI (4.45 ), Na ( 1.49), M g ( I. 15), Ca (0 63), K (0.58), P (0.5)

30

0 (66.15 ), Fe ( 16.3 1), Si (9.09), AI (5.3 1), M g ( 1.37), K (0.87), Ca (0.47), P (0.44)

31

0 (65.17), Si ( 14.55), Fe (7.03), AI (5.65), Ca (3.6 1), M g ( 1.21 ), K ( 1.11 ), P (0.77), S (0.49), Na (0.4)

32

0 (62.32), Fe (23 99), Si (5.25), AI (3. 13 ), Ca (2.05), P ( 1.32), M g (0.8 1), Mn (0.72), K (0.4)

33

0 (76.07), Ca ( 11.8 1), Si (5.42), Fe (2.93), AI (2.08), M g ( 1.29), K (0.4)

34

0 (75.4 1), Ca ( 14.75) , Fe (3.28), Si (2 .43 ), M g (2.28), Mn ( I 66), Na (0. 19)

35

0 (66 15), Fe (15.43), Si (7.83), AI (3. 77), Ca (2.95), P ( 175), M g (0.93), K (0.8), Na (0.4)

36

0 (77,.) , Fe ( 19.27), Si ( 1.48), Ca (0.86), P (0.68)

37

0 (74.85 ), Ca (2 1.07), Si (2.64), AI (0.87), Mg (0.43 ), K (0. 14)

38

0 (74.79), Ca (2 1.98), Si (1.84), AI (0.78), M g (0.33), K (0.1 7), P (0. 11 )

39

0 (65.67), Fe (30.3), Si (0.79) , P (0.4 1), M g (0.36), AI (0.25), Ca (0.23)

40

0 (53.62), Fe (3 2.48), Si (5.65), Mg (3 .49), AI (3. 23), Ca (0.76), K (0.56), P (0.21 )

41

0 (77.68), Ca ( 16.71 ), Si (2.79), Mg ( 1. 8 1), P (0.63), AI (0.38)

42

0 (73.54), Ca ( 12,33), Si (4,68), M g (4 ,26), AI (3,3), Fe (0,85), Na (0, 58) , K (0,45)

43

0 (76,05), Ca ( 11.11 ), M g (8. 11 ), Si (3.3), Fe ( 1.2), K (0.23)

178

Mineral dyes

Usi ng the cluster analysis, the group of samples were be divided into 8 groups (Figure 3) depending on its geo-c he mi stry co mpo si ti on. One sample of eac h macroscopically group has been analyzed . Four mineralogical phases were detected by x-rays diffraction : quartz (S i0 2), hematite (Fe 20 3), calcite (CaC0 3) and dolomite (CaMg(C0 3 h) (Table 14).

CAS E

Label

Num

0

5

10

15

20

25

+----- ----+--- ------ +---------+-- ------ -+-- -------+

28

29

34 16 13 1

Group 1

10

31

25

27

6 35

24 - 7 12 18

26

Group 3

11 39

38 9

14 17

- 36 37

32

Group 5

41 33 40 42 20-

Group 6

23

3 21

2

5 4 15

Group 7

22

Group 8-

19 __ 3~ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___j

Figure 3. Cluster analysis of the mineral dyes of Pavlov 1954-1956.

The groups 1 and 6 are si mil ar. Fundamentally, there are 3 types of quartz, 3 of hematite and I of calcite . Sixteen pieces ( 1.20%) present ev idences of thermal impact: 5 present ev idences of burning in the surfaces (4 hematite and 1 calcite) and 11 show co lor alterati ons: gri zzly tonality co mbined with the ori ginal color of the piece (8 calcite and 3 hematite).

Table 14. M ineralogical phases detected in the mineral dyes of Pavlov 1954-1956.

Quartz

Hematite

Maj ority

Traces

2

Majority

Important

3

Traces

Majority

4

Majority

Traces

5

Traces

6

Majority

Traces

7

Important

Majority

8

Traces

Majority

Group

Calcite

Dolomite

Traces Majority

Traces Important

179

Marcos Carcfa D iez - Anton io TarriFio ViFiagre

3. Evaluation of the Mineral Dyes of Pavlov 1954-1956 During the archaeo logical works caiTied out in southeast Pavl ov during the 1954 and 1956 fi eldwork season , 1333 dye materi als were recovered . The density is different according to the year: 3.04 dyes/m2 in 1954 and 0.75 dyes/m2 in 1956. The total weight of the dyes recovered is 3841 .1 gr. Almost the 60% correspond to pieces of less th an 1 gr and the 95 % of th e evidences weight less th an 10 gr eac h. Similar degree of di stribution is observed when studying the dimensions of th e pi eces: the length , width and thi ckn ess are below 2 cm in the 77 %, 91 % and 99% of the pieces respective ly. The extern al colors are di verse; almost the 68% coiTespond to the array of red and the rest co rrespond to grey, yellow, brown and white. The main intern al co lor is con·elated with the ex ternal one, being red in approximately the 49% of the cases, while the res t varies among ye ll ow, bro wn , gray and white. The co lor has not changed after the process of crushed in 14 pieces while in th e rest (25 elements), th e changes of color (white to yell ow, red to reddish brown , rddi sh ye ll ow to reddi sh brown , reddish ye llow to brown , yell owish red to brown, yell owi sh red to reddish brown , red to brown , reddi sh brown to brown and yellowish red to ye llowi sh brown) could be expl ained by taph onomjc acti ons. The morph ology of the pieces is primaril y irregu lar (approx imately th e 52% of the pi eces). The remaining elements are trapezoidal (24.3%), tri angul ar ( I0.57%), rectan gu lar (4.72 %) and ellipso idal (4. 12%). The semicircul ar and rh omboidal morph ology are less represented. The su1iace of the sides is irregu lar (70 .36%), irregul ar/fl at ( 17.85 %), fl at/irregu lar (8. 11 %) or fl at (3.68 %) . The di stribution of the morph ology of edges is simjl ar: 73.74% are sharp, 10.27 % sharp/rounded, 10.2 1% rounded and 5.78% rounded/sharp . Only 30 pieces (2.25 % out of th e total) present evidences of so me kind of use or transfo rmati on. Ten fragments (9 red and 1 yell ow) present some sides with abras ive evidences and so me pieces prese nt use-wear traces in their surfaces . In general, the number of use-wear marks is not very hi gh and th ey are parall el with 1, 2 or 3 directi ons of wo rk. Si xteen fragments of pl aques (th e extern al color is gri zzly and the internal color is whitish) present at least one fl at side; thi s charac ter is related to abras ive acti ons. One fragment (with red color) presents small incisions in two sides. In additi on, 3 fragments have been transformed by abras ion and they are co nfigured e lements: one of th em is rounded off in one of its extreme and two are di sks. Four mjneralogical phases (quartz, hematite, calc ite and dolomite) were documented th rough the SEM mj croa nalyses. They co rrespond to 3 types of qu artz, 3 of hematite and l of calcite. Approx imately the 80% of them correspond to hematite (with intrusion s of qu artz, calcite and dolomite), the 13% with qu artz (with hematite and calcite) and the 7% with calcite (with quartz). Las tl y, the 1.2% of the pieces di spl ay ev idences of thermal impac t: alterati on of the color and surfaces. The stud y of spati al di stributi on was not possible since onl y 25 pi eces out of 1333 we re in ventori ed. In conclusion, th e densit y of pi eces per m2 is low, and the hi gher d ~n s it y co rres ponds to the 1954 fi eld wo rk. In general, the pi eces are small and li ght although also bi g and heavy pieces can be found . The co lor range is not wide and it is co nstituted by red, gray, ye ll ow, brown and whi te, red being th e most abundant color. The morph ology of the pi eces is di ve rse: irregul ar, trapezo idal, tri angul ar, rectangul ar, ellipso idal, semi circul ar, square, rhomb oidal and circul ar. The irregul ar and trapezoidal morph ologies represent over % of the group . The surface of th e sides is mainly irregul ar. Considerin g th at the fl at character of the surfaces could be related with th e use of the pi eces, the di stributi on reveals th at approximately th e 70% of the pi eces have not been empl oyed for abras ive acti vities. Few of them present evidences of use related to abras ive activ ities. Onl y one piece present evidences of small incisions. Th ree pieces were co nfi gu red by abras ion and two are fragments of di scs. Most of the pi eces (approx imately the 80 %) correspond to hematite, and th e 20% remaining are sandstone, with intrusions of hematite, or calcite. Few pieces present evidences of thermal impact and its interpretati on is diffi cult due to the lack of spatial contex t which does not allow to di stin gui sh wheth er th e transformati on is related to anthropic or taphonomic processes.

180

Min eral dyes

4. Some Considerations About the Mineral Dyes of Southeast Pavlov and their Meaning in the Archaeological Sites of Pavlov Context Litt le attention has been paid to Pav lov's dyes before. On ly a sma ll group of pieces recovered from northwes t Pav lov were studi ed from a descriptive and contex tual point of view (Vandiver 1997). The information of north west Pav lov is: -From the 1956 fi eldwork: a) a fragment of disc with ochre was documented (S krdl a 1997, 325, tab . 3).

-From the 1957 fie ldwork : a) 467 dyes were recovered in A area: 332 are red ochre, 113 hematite and 22 ochre (Kifma 1997, 42, tab. 2); b) 14 dyes were recovered in B area (Kifma 1997a, 43 , tab. 2); c) the weight of oc hre is 1658 gr and the weight of hematite is 124 1 gr (Kifma 1997b, 240, tab . 3); d) the dyes are red and ye ll ow and so me pieces co mbine both co lors (Svoboda 1997, 191 ); e) the red dyes are iron oxides, so metimes with inclusions as grossular and andrad ite, and the yell ow dyes are mi xtures of illiti c, quartz, goethite or akaganeite with clay and organi c material (Vandi ver 1997, 377); f) the iron ox ides of red co lor are not the res ult of a possible thermal treatment given to the ox ides of yellow co lor (Yandi ver 1997 , 377) ;

g) the spatial distribution shows that the hi gh co nce ntrations of dyes are assoc iated with hi gh density areas of other material s, with dwellings , and with the adjace nt area of human buri al (Jarosova 1997 , 170, Figure 13); h) twenty-five lithi c pi eces (grinder, pl aques, fl akes and fragments) with oc hre (preferentiall y red) were documented (Svoboda 1997 , 19 1- 192, 203 , 208, fi g. 6: I, 7: 1, 8: 1-4, 9: 1-3); i) the macroscopically visibl e ev idences of the process of grinding are surfaces (sides and/or borders) covered with co lor, and depress ions and grooves (Svoboda 1997, 19 1-1 92) ; j) the size of the parti cles of the dyes assoc iated with lithi c in struments shows that the dyes were carefully prepared , obta inin g a fine and regul ar mixture of iron ox id es and autoc hthonous clay (Yandi ver 1997, 378); k) pebbles and plaques were probably simultaneo usly used like grinders and plaques (Yandiver 1997, 379); their spatial di stributi on is different than the distribution of dyes, and they are located in outl yi ng zones after a likely di sp lace ment from their ori gin al site (Svoboda 1997, 194, plan 2).

-From the 1958 fie ldwork: a) I06 dyes were recovered : I 05 are red ochre and I hemat ite (Kifma 1997a, 51, tab. 3); b) the we ight of ochre is 348 gr. and the we ight of hematite is 18 gr (Kifma 1997b, 276, tab. 5); c) so me plaques prese nt oc hre res idues in their sur faces (Yerpoorte 1997 , 2 18).

Table 15. Nu mber of the pieces and density.

Year

Number of pieces

Density

P.S. 1954

1096

3,04

P.S . 1956

237

0,75

P.N. 1956

0

0

P.N. 1957

48 1

0,44

P.N. 1958

106

1,6 1

181

Mw·cos Carda Diez - Antonio TarriFio ViFiagre

It is poss ible to evaluate the use of the dyes in th e Pavlov sites with the an alys is of the dyes of southeast Pavlov and northwest Pavlov. The number of pieces recovered in the southeast was a 127 % hi gher than in the northwes t (T able 15). The hi gher density of findin gs was reac hed in P.S . 1954 when co mpared to th e res t (the southeast 1956, th e northwest 1956, 1957, and 1958) . The weight in the southeast (3841.1 gr) is hi gher th an in the northwest (3265 gr) (T able 16) . There are intern al differences between the southeas t and the northwest, but they are more importnat in the northwest.

Table 16. Weight per area and year. Year

Weight (gr.)

Pav lov - So utheast 1954

237 1,9

Pav lov - Southeast 1956

1469,2

Pavlov - Northwest 1957

2899

Pav lov - North west 1958

366

Red is the predominant calor in the northwest and the southeast dyes. Ye ll ow ca lor was also used in P.N . while in the southeast, the range of the co lors empl oyed was wider: ye ll ow, brown , grey and white. The main co lorant is hematite in its different varieti es (due to the ir earth y charac ter and co mpos iti on). It was also documented the presence of sandstone, with a hi gh co mponent of hematite that confers it th e dye properti es, plus a calcite support, also assoc iated with white supports. Direct evidences of the transformati on and work of th e dyes are not documented in the south east. O n th e oth er hand , some lithic supports (plaques and pebbles) related to grinded processes were recovered in the northwest - 1957. The spati al analys is of the northwes t - 1957 shows a different di stributi on between the dyes and the supports of grinded : co lorant concentrati ons are correlated with hi gh-density areas of material s that are associated with firepl aces adj acent to the human buria l areas . The materials of the processed of the d yes are located in outl yin g zones. It was not poss ible to stud y the ir spatial di stributi on in the southeas t, since for the maj ority of the pi eces coordinates in the site were not properl y taken. Th e absence of data in the so uth east could be interpreted acco rdin g to two hypotheses : a) th e pos tdepositional processes have e liminated the ev idences to recogni ze th em, and b) the activities were canied out in other sectors of Pav lov 1954-1 956 or in other sites, like the northwest - 1957. Future works will investigate further into thi s question . Direct evidences of dyes use were recogni zed by the presence of use-wear traces in the surfaces and by th e morph ology of the surfaces . The ir are mainly irregul ar (70 .36% ), irregu lar/fl at ( 17. 85 % ), fl at/irregul ar (8.11 %) and fl at (3.68 %). In Pavlo v 1954-1 956 the percentage of d yes with so me fl at faces is approximately 30%. The number of pieces with transformation or use-wear evidences is low: onl y 30 pi eces in P .S . Ten fragments (9 red and 1 ye ll ow) present some faces with abras ion ; sixteen plaque fragments present some flat faces, one fragment reveals small incisions in two of its faces, and 3 fragments of dyes (at least two di sks) have been transformed to co nfi gure supp orts. Traditionall y, researchers propose that dyes use is ass ociated (Wreschner 1980 ; Beyries and Inizan 1982 ; Couraud 1988) with domes tic purposes such as conservation of food (Beyres and Wa iter 1996; Philibert 1994), to produce handl es for lithi c tool s (All ain and Ri gaud 1989), process ing and preservati on of animal skin s (Philibert 1994 ; Ibafi ez and Gon zalez 1999), orn ame nta l and arti sti c goa ls

182

Mineral dyes

such as co rporal decoration (Borders 1952), rock and mobiliar art (Menu and Waiter 1996), medicinal application s (Veil 1984), and mortuary activ ities in assoc iation with burials (Binant 199 1). It is not poss ible to assess th e spec ific use given to the dyes of Pavlov-Southeast because the archaeo log ical contex t is not well known. The flat and regular surfaces, without use-wears traces and polished as pec t, could be re lated to work with soft material , suc h as skin (human or animal) or food . The domestic character represented by the area of the Southeast mi ght reveal other activities carried out in that zone like ornamenta l purposes (i.e., corporal decoration) or the process ing of handles for lithic pieces.

Acknowledgments We are very gra tefu l to I. Sarr6 a nd M . M artin6 n for their help wi th the E ngl ish draft. Thi s wo rk was funded by Basque Gove rnme nt (pos t-doctora l grant). The x- rays di ffrac ti o n and EDX-Scanning E lectroni c Mic roscopy we re supported by La bo ra to ry of Arch aeo logy of University of T arrago na (Spain). M oreover, we specially thank J. S vo boda and M. Novak for the ir kindness during my stay in Do ln f V esto nice.

Bibliography All ai n, J. a nd Ri ga ud , A. 1989: Colles e t mas tic au M agdal e ni e n. In: Nature etfonction des foye rs prehistoriques. Ac tes d u Co ll oque inte rn ati o nal de Ne mo urs ( 12- 14 mai 1987). 2. assoc iati o n pour la promotion de la recherc he archeo log ique e n Il e-de-Fra nce. Musee de Prehi sto ire d ' li e-de-France. Nemours, pp . 22 1-223 . Beyri es, S. and Ini zan, M. L. 1982 : Typologie, ocre, foncti on. Studia Praehistorica Belgica 2 : 3 13-322 . Bey ri es, S. a nd W aite r, Ph . 1996: Racl o irs e t co lo rants

aCombe-Grenal.

Le pro bl eme de la re to uc he Quina.

Quaterna ria Nova 6: 167- 185. Bin ant , P . 199 1: Les sepultures du paleolithique. EITance . Pari s. Bordes, F. 1952: Sur I ' usage pro babl e de la peinture corpo relle dans certai nes tribus mo usteriennes. Bulletin de Fran ~a ise 49: 169-1 70.

la Societe Prehistorique

Cailleux , A. , n.d .: Notice su r le code des couleurs des sols. B o ubee. Couraud , C. 1988: Pi gme nts utili ses e n pre hi sto ire. Prove nance, preparation , m ode d ' utili sati o n. L'Anthropologie 92: 17-28. Ibafiez, J. J. and Gonzalez, J. E. 1999: La utili zac i6 n de Ios raspado res e n e l final del Paleolfti co superior. Los yac imi e ntos de Berni oll o y Santa Catalin a. Nivel Cera 6: 5-31. Jarosova, L. 1997: Spatial di stributi o n of artifac ts. In : Pa vlov I - north west. Th e Upper Paleolithic burial and its settlement context. DVS 4, Brn o, pp . 169-178. Klfma , B . 1957: Y yz kum pal eo liti c ke ho sfdli ste u Pavl ova v roce 1954. Archeologicke rozhledy 9: 145- 151. - 1959: Yyzk um paleo liti ckeho sfd li ste u Pav lova v roce 1956. Archeologicke rozhledy 11: 3- 15 . - 1997a: Grab ungsgesc hi c hte, Strati g rap hie und Fu ndums tande. In : Pavlov I - north west. Th e Upper Paleolithic buria l and its settlement context. DYS 4 , Brn o, pp . 13-5 1. - 1997b: D ie Kn ochenindu stri e, Zier- und Kunstgegenstande. In: Pavlov I - northwest. The Upper Paleolithic

burial and its settlement context. DVS 4 , Brno , pp . 227-286. Me nu , M . a nd Wa iter, Ph . 1996: Les rythmes de I' art pre historique. Techn e 3: 11 -23 . Philibert, S . 1994: L 'ocre e t le traite me nt des peaux . Revisio n d ' une co ncepti o n trad iti o nne lle par I 'analyse fo nc ti o nne ll e des gratto irs ocres de la Balma Margi neda (A ndo rre). L 'Anthropologie 98 : 447-453. Skrd la, P. 1997: The Pav lov ia n lithi c technologies. In : Pavlov 1 - northwest. The Upper Paleolithic burial and its

settlemen t context. DVS 4 , Brno, pp. 3 13-372. Svoboda, J. 1997: Lithi c indu stries of the 1957 area. In : Pavlov 1 - northwest. The Upp er Pa/eolithic burial and its settlement context. DVS 4, Brno, pp . 179-209.

183

Marcos Carcfa Diez - Antonio Tarrii1o Viiiagre

Vandiver, P. 1997: Pavlov I pigments and their processing. In: Pavlov 1 - north west. Th e Upper Paleolithic burial and its settlement context. DVS 4, Brno, pp. 373-38 1. Velo , J. 1984: Ochre as med icine: a sugges ti on for the interpretation of the archaeo log ica l record . Current Anthropology 25: 674. Yerpoorte, A. 1997 : Along the peripheries of a radi olarite concentrati on: the lithic industry of 1956/ABC and 195 8. In : Pavlov f - northwest. The Upp er Paleolithic burial and its settlement context. DVS 4, Brno, pp. 211226. Wreschner, E. E. 1980: Red och re and human evo luti on: a case for di sc ussion. Current Anthropology 21: 631644.

184

PART Ill FAUNA AND THE ARTIFACTS OF FAUNAL REMAINS

Small vertebrates

Chapter 111.1.

SMALL VERTEBRATES AND ENVIRONMENTAL RECONSTRUCTION Adam Nadachowski

Small vertebrates, espec ially rodents and other small mammals , have been extensively used as indicators of habitat and therefore indirect ly of climate and environment (Yalden 2001) . The most obv ious way to use small mammal remain s as palaeoenvironmental and palaeoeco logical indicators is by analyzing their cun·ent di stribution s. This approach assumes that present ranges offer reasonable indication s of c limatic tol erances and that such tolerances have not changed with time. This is especiall y true of rodents and insectivores because particular species of these mammals occur in charac teri stic biotopes. Open-air arc haeo logical sites, such as Pavlov, do not create suitable taphonomic cond itions for preservin g remain s of small vertebrates, which in most cases are remnants of so-called owl pellets (Andrews 1990). The sma ll vertebrate assemblage co ll ected from Pavlov I is not abundant and co nsists of one amphibi an spec ies (Rana sp.), two species of reptiles - a li zard (Lace rta sp.) and the viper (Vipera bents), as we ll as seven (or eight) species of rodents and one pika, a lagomorph species (Tab le 1) . The whole assembl age is a typi cal steppe-tundra associat ion characteristic for the last cold stage in Europe. It is di stingui shed by the eo-occurrence of tundra, steppe and eurytopic species so metimes accompani ed by very rare forest inh ab itants (e.g. Pazo nyi 2004). The tundra dwe ll ers are represented by the co ll ared lemmjn g (Dicrostonyx gulielmi) and the narrowskull ed vo le (Microtus g regalis). The co ll ared le mmings prefer dry , we ll-drai ned areas of tundra. The narrow-skull ed vo le inh abits open landscapes rangi ng from se mi arid steppes to tundra meadows, often along the shores of lakes and rivers.

1

2

3

4

5

Figure 1. Rodents from Pavlov I. 1 - Dicrostonyx gulielmi, fragment of M 1; 2 -Microtus gregalis, M 1; 3Microtus oeconomus, a nivaloid variant of M 1; 4 -Microtus arvalis/agrestis, M 1; 5 - Arvicola terrestris, fragment of M 1•

187

Adam Nadachowski

The ground squirrel s, represented by two spec ies, the small e r Spermophilus citelloides and th e la rger S. supercilliosus, are typical steppe e lements. Although at present the European ground squirre ls occur in rather mild climatic conditions, mainly in the south -eas te rn and eas tern part s of th e continent (Niethammer 1982; Ru zic 1982), they were a characteristic co mpone nt of the steppe-tundra bi ome during the Late Plei stocene in Central Europe. Similar ha bitat prefere nces characterize the ste ppe pika (Ochotona pusilla), also a co nstant e le ment of thi s co mmunity. The other three rodent spec ies occur in various bi otopes. Th e water vole (Arvico la terrestris) and the root vo le (Microtus oeconomus) always indi cate th e presence of water bodi es or rive rs and streams in the vicinity of the site. Th e water vo le ofte n di gs butTow on the shores of ri ve rs w hil e the root vo le prefers seaso nall y flooded , wet meadows. The res t of the re ma in s most probably belong to the co mmon vo le (Microtus arvalis), alth ough we cann ot exc lude the field vo le (Microtus agrestis), due to determination proble ms (Nadachowski 1984). At present th e co mmon vole inh abits mainly c ulti vated fields in Europe, while during the las t glacial it popul ated , mos t probably, the dry parts of tundra. The fo ss il assemblage of small vertebrates from Pavlov I represents a community characteristic for the last glac iation in Central Europe, includin g th e former Czechoslovakia (e.g. H on\cek and Sanchez Marco 1984 ; Nadachowski 1989; Svoboda et al. 2000), known as the steppe- tundra bi ome. These animal co mmuniti es lived in a large ly tree less e nvironme nt w ith a mosaic o f grassy vegetation in a re lative ly co ld an d wet c limate.

Table 1. Small mammals from Pavlov I. M - molars. Taxon Dicrostonyx f?t tlielmi (Sanford , 1870) Microtus Rregalis (Pa ll as, 1779) Spe rmophilus cite/loides (Kormos, 1916) Spermophi/us superciliosus Kaup, 1839 Microtus a rva lislagrestis Arvicola terrestris (Linn aeus , 1758) Microtus oeconomus (Pallas, 1776) Ochotona pusilla (Pallas , 1769)

Materia l examined fra gment of left M 1 3 left M 1; 2 ri ah t M 1 I left M" I left M 1; I left M2 ; I left M 1 2 1eft M 1; 4 ri ght M 1 I right M 1 I left M 1 left mandib le, 3 iso lated mol ars

Hab itat...12_references well -d rained tu ndra wet tundra steppe s t~e

open/ meadow eurytopic eu_r:ytqric s t ~e

Acknowledgement The author is deeply indepted to Professor Zbigniew Szy ndlar for the determinati on of amphibi ans and reptil es and Jaroslaw Wilczynsk i for the drawing.

References : Andrews , P. 1990. Owls, caves and foss ils. The Natural Hi story Muse um , London , 1-231. Horacek, I. and Sanchez Marco, A. 1984. Comments on the Weichse li an small mammal assemb lages 1n Czechos lovakia and their strati graphic interpretati on. Neues Jahrbuch fiir C eo log ie und Pa/tion tolog ie M h. 9: 560.576. Nadachowsk i, A. 1984. Taxonom ic val ue of anteroco nid measurements of M 1 in co mm on and fi eld vo les . Acta Theriolog ica 29: 123- 127 . Nadachowski, A. 1989 . Ori gin and hi story of the present rodent faun a in Poland based on fossi l evidence. Acta Theriolog ica 34: 37-53. Niethamer, J. 1982. Citellus suslicus (Giild ensteadt, 1770) - Perlziese l. In : J. Niethammer and F. Krapp, eds, Handbu ch der Sdugetiere Europas. Band 2/I, Nage ti ere II , Akadem isc he Yerl agsgese ll schaft , Wiesbaden, pp. 145- 151. Pazo nyi, P. 2004. Mamm ali an ecosys tem dynami cs in the Carpathi an Bas in durin g the last 27,000 years. Pa/aeogeography, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology 2 12: 295-3 14.

188

Small vertebrates

Ru zic, A. 1982 . Citellus cite/Ius (Linnac us, 1766)- Der ode r des Europa isc he Zi esel. In : J. Ni e th am me r a nd F. Krapp , eds, Handbuch der Saugetiere Europas. Ba nd 211 , Nage ti e re II , Akade mi sche Ye rl agsgese ll schaft, Wi esbade n, pp . 123- 144. Svoboda, J. , Honicek, I. , Lozek, V ., Svobodova , H. , Silar, J. 2000. The Pekarna Cave. Magdal e ni a n s trati graph y, e nviro nme nt , a nd the te rmin ati o n o r the loess fo rm ati o n in MOI·av ian Karst. Sbornik geologickjch ved Antropoz.oikum 24:6 1-79. Yalden , D. W . 200 I. Mammal s as c lima ti c indi cato rs. In : D. R. Broth well a nd A. M. Po ll a rd , eds, Handbook of archaeological sciences. Jo hn Wil ey & Sons , Ltd. , pp. 147-154.

189

Rudolf Musil

Chapter 111.2.

ANIMAL PREY Rudolf Mu sil

Take n as a whole the research at the Pavlov archaeological s ite is sure ly the most ex te nsive area ever systematicall y and comprehen sively in vesti gated . The various settle me nts at Pav lov are th emselves the mo st exten sive and palaeontologi cally richest ones in central Europe. Consequently, the stud y of Pavlov is best done by single investi gati on years and th e comprehensive analysis has proceeded step by step according to the field work in sin gle years. A di sad vantage of thi s approac h is that segregati on by si ngle in vesti gation years is pure ly artificial and does not represent the full ex tent of the various dwellings which were numerous but not uniforml y di stributed across time. Pal aeo ntological research has so far shown that eac h individual hut occupation was bri ef, lasting no more th an two winters, i.e. one to one-and-a- half years (Musil 1952; 1953). When separated by indi vidu al in vestigati on years they do not match the extent of indi vidu al occupied sites, so methin g that can lead to di screpancies. Defi niti ve final conclu sions can be drawn onl y after the analys is of all field in ves tigati ons has been compl eted . The earliest analyses fro m the years 1952 and 1953 (Musi l 1955; 1959) in the so uth e rn part of the site are to be linked to analyses of the years 1954 and 1956. The larger scale analys is pe rmits a more detailed view of the so luti on of some proble ms. The excavati ons in 1957 and 1958 (Mus il 1994; 1997) are located in th e northern part of this large site and are separated from earli er years by previously unanalyzed mate ri als from the in vesti gati ons of the yea rs 1960, 196 1 and 1963. For the present paper a nd fo r the linkin g of indi vid ual ite ms of information they are not of major importa nce. Excavati on areas 1956A and 1956B co nstitute a s ing le unit , but areas 1954A and 1954B are separate; 1954A joins the areas 1956B and 1954B (C hapte rs 1.1-2). The fo ur excavati on a reas of 1954 and 1956 are he re d iscussed as one unit and I also devote a sin gle sect ion to the eva lu ati o n of osteo log ica l find s within inves ti gati ve areas 1952 and 1953 that are adj acent to the ot her stud y a reas. The squa re units from whic h palaeontological mate ri al was taken measure 1 x 1m, and each has its own indepe nde nt number (see indiv idual ground plans). Bes ides the meter-squ ares, so me materials fro m in ves ti gati ve year 1956 are marked with Roman nume rals which I, as did B . Klfma, define as quadrants, but in thi s case each quadrant meas ures several square meters . Besi des these spati al in vestigati ons, test pits were also dug in 1956 th at are ma rked by the year and a capital letter; they j oin the 1957 excavation area. For thi s chapte r, analyz in g finds on the oppos ite side is not of major importance, but because of th e overall analy sis of investi gative year 1956, I menti on them for the sake of orientat ion in one section. This chapter does not provide an exact morph ologica l and metri c descripti on of indi vidu al find s, alth ough key dime nsions of some bones for certa in spec ies are specified . Its main obj ec tive is to furnish a genera l view of the prey spec ies, of th e analys is of ske letal ele me nts and of the natural conditions of the locality. A comprehe ns ive account of th e palaeonto logical mater ial from all po ints of view is imposs ibl e for lack of time, although a co mpari so n with othe r localiti es would be des irable. Thi s materi al may in the future yield much palaeontological and bi os trati graphi cal informati on.

190

Animal prey

1. Results of the Early Studies at Pavlov Before we analyse the prey species of th e 1954 and 1956 part of the Pavlov settlement for the years 1954 and 1956, I think it suitabl e to state at least briefly the results of earlier publications concerning Pav lov . Tabl es of faun a! data for the excavation areas 1952 and 1953 have been published (Musil 1955 ; 1959) as we ll as from the excavation areas of the years 1957 and 1958 (Mu sil 1994; 1997). The co nclu s ions of tho se analyses will comp le ment the prese nt pape r.

1.1. Summary of facts from the excavation area 1952 and 1953 I . The mo st frequently hunted game were small-medium animals ( I 0-18 % of the whole numbe r): Lepus sp. (18.5 %), Alopex lagopus ( 16.9 %), Canis lupus (12.5 %), Vulpes vulpes (10.7 %), Vulpes sp. or Alopex sp . (2.0 % ), Rangifer tarandus ( I 0 .1% ). Foxes were th e most frequently hunted animals (29 .6%). Another group (4-8%) includes the foll owing spec ies: Aves (8.3%), Mamuthus primigenius (7.5 %), Equus germanicus (4.6 %) and Gulo gul o (4.4 %). All other spec ies are represented only by s ingl e or a few individual s. Percentages (0.2-0 .7 %) suggest these animals were accidentally or opportuni stica ll y hunted. These include: Ursus arctos (0 .7 %), Ursus cf spelaeus (0.2 %), Ursus sp. (0.7 %), Panthera Leo (0.5 %), Felis silvestris (0 .5 %), Bos sp. or Bison sp. (0.2 %), Cervus elaphus (0 .2%), Lynx lynx (0 .2%). From th e pe rce ntages, it follow s th at the largest animals, considered the mos t important as potential food sources, occupied only seco nd place by numbers.

2. The bon es of the various spec ies were not evenly di stributed in the cu ltu ral layer, but were co ncentrated more de nsely near hearth s or near the assumed huts; e lsew here they occurred only rarely. 3. The bones of th e dive rse spec ies ex hibit certain regul a rity in their di stribution. It is probable th at thi s was co nnected with the working organi zati on of the hunte r/gath erers or with the diffe rent times indi vidua l animals we re hunted. 4. The pl aces of accumulation of re indeer and wolf bones are almost the same. The situation is similar for bones of fox es and hares. This mi ght indicate that the hunted species were always processed in the same areas of the settl e me nt. 5. All thi s circumstantial ev ide nce indicates an advanced level with regard to the organization of labour concernin g the targeting of diffe re nt prey animal s. 6. Th e quantitative co mpo siti on of th e fauna from that part of the excavation area of Pavlov differs strong ly from the quantitative compos iti on at Predmostf, where the ma in prey animal was the mammoth and to a re lative ly min or extent the re indeer, the hare, foxes and the wolf. A similar situ ation ex isted at D olnf V estonice. But it is necessary to state that at Pavlov, unlike the above two sites, no dump of mammoth bones was found anywhe re in th e e ntire excavated a rea . The Gravettian site of Milovi ce, located a short di stance from Pavl ov, was quite different in its fauna! co mposition. 7. The co mpos iti on of the fauna suggests that th e environment was not mere ly a loess steppe with onl y grassy vegetation. At least in th e vicinity of the rive r flowing below the settlement, gallery forest growth mu st have existed. Further from the ri ver a forest-steppe landscape existed (Musil 1955, 1959). 8. The time of occup ati on of a hut (a sett le me nt unit) was re lati ve ly short , only 1-2 years or one year and two winters. It is possib le that the site was onl y seasonal. 9. The maj ority of the bones of the hunted animals were fragmented. The breaks appear to be always done by man. Besides longitudin al sp litting, transverse sp linteri ng on the diaphyses of long bones also occurred but chi efly on bones of small anima ls. The percentages of the two broken halves of lon g bon es are strikin g ly different ; for e xamp le, in foxes 63.18 % of lon g bone halves belonged to the distal part while the proximal end constituted onl y 36.8 1% . Th e same thing was obse rved hare bon es : di stal parts of the long bones made up 72 . 18% and proximal parts only 27 .81 % . The same was true for wo lves ; the di stal parts of th e ir long bones amounted to 57.83 %, whereas the prox imal parts counted 4 1.8 1%; also for reindee r (di sta l 69.87 %, proximal 30. 12%). Th e same pattern was not found in small ga me . This patte rn cann ot be acc idental. Proximal parts of the long bones, a sma l·l minority , mu st have

191

Rudo(f Musil

served as raw materi al for too l manufacture, being co nsumed for some type of implement co nstructi on. I 0. Hunting of animals was selecti ve, amounting to onl y a few species and animals of a certain age. But animals living in herds were hunted as well as th ose living individually . Thi s implies th at the meth ods of huntin g animals living in different ways and th e number of hunters parti cipatin g must also have been different.

11 . Animals were hunted near the settl ement ; so me seasonal huntin g must have occ urred. These conclusions are, of course, onl y valid for th e area exposed in the years 1952 and 1953; it is a great pity that we do not kn ow the limits of the indi vidual settl ements and years, and whether th ey could have overlapped partl y or full y. Perh aps analys is of arch aeo logica l remain s from a larger area will throw more light on thi s problem. 1.2. Summary of the results from the area investigated in 1957 l. All bones were very well preserved and no rodent and carnivore gnawing was found on any bone.

2. Long bones of small or medium size animals were transversall y broken approximately in the middl e. Breakage occurred after bones were separated from the ex tremity. In hares, onl y th eir di stal halves were found ; the prox imal halves were mi ss ing altogether. Distal parts of long bones from the front leg were much more frequent th an th ose from the hind leg, a difference th at is so great th at it cann ot be an accident. The di screpancy between the numbers of di stal and prox imal halves of long bones also occurs fo r foxes and reindeer, as was the case in 1952 and 1953 area studi es. 3. All mammoth tusks and bones were crushed into smaller fragments in different ways and from different angles, as was the case fo r the bones of other large animals such as horses . 4. The di screpancy between the differentl y preserved splintered bones and bone th at are mi ss ing is great. The absent parts li kely served as raw materi al for makin g certain products, inc luding too ls, but th ose products have not been fo und in the archaeo logical layers. It remain s quite a mystery where th ey di sappeared to. 5. The mandibles of horses were spilt longitudinall y even when they still co ntained all teeth. While broken teeth are found , the split mandibles are mi ss ing. The mann er of splintering hor e mandibl es is not unique to the Gravetti an culture, but is encountered in all cultures of th e Las t Gl ac ial where the fin al products are always mi ss ing. Thus the absence of horse mandibles is also a mystery. 6. Proporti onall y, th e hunted animals can be di vided into two catego ri es. The first catego ry includes hares (23 .7% of indi viduals), arcti c foxes (17.7 %) and red foxes (3.00%), reindeer ( 16.00%), mammoths (14.8 %), wo lves ( 13.9%) and horses (7.5 %). All other spec ies were hunted onl y occasionall y and incidentall y. The second catego ry inc lude wolverines ( 1.7%), birds (0.8 %), lions (0.4%), bears (0.4%) and rhin oceros (0.4%). 7. The above qu antitati ve analys is does not corres pond to th e analys is of bones fro m the excavati on area of 1952 and 1953. 8. The main eco nomic base of the people at Pav lov co nsisted of only seven animal species . It was th erefore relatively narrow, and any change must have affected human exi stence in the area, and maj or change mi ght have resulted in the destructi on of the Gravetti an life ways. I co nsider thi s statement important from the point of view of the termin ati on of th e ex istence of thi s settl ement. 9. Some animals were used as food onl y in times of food scarcity. These starvati on-avo iding foods would include wol ves and foxes. Thi s is sugges ted by frequentl y fo und parts of th eir skeletons whi ch are usuall y still in the anatomical order when the animal was di scarded. Some animals were not used as food even durin g times of shortage, e.g. wo lverines. Their limb skeletons, unlike th ose of other animals, are always prese rved compl ete. Some of th ose animals were evidentl y hunted for their skin s, but onl y durin g the winter. Thi s establi shed assumpti on furth er limits the subsistence base, which was already narrow.

192

Animal p rey

I 0. A nima l bones we re conce ntrated into certain areas, not scatte red throughout th e e ntire stud y area. Thi s pattern was al so tru e for the bones of some othe r spec ies such as mammoth s a nd foxes .

11 . Huntin g did not ta ke pl ace far from th e settl e me nt. Carcasses of bi g anima ls we re di vided into small e r parts for easy tra nsportati on. A nimals of all ages we re hunted. 12 . The nume ri cal re lation be tween arcti c fo x a nd red fo x differs from that of the excavation area of 1952 a nd 1953. A hi g he r numbe r of arcti c foxes may have been the result of a co lde r climate at the time o f the c ultura l layer, but may also point to a time diffe re nce between the two areas of the cultural layer. 13. Durin g excavati ons, the so il of th e cultural layer was was hed in s ieves . Thus, even the sma ll est bone fragme nts were di scove red . It is interes ting and importa nt for furth er conclus ions th at these small fragments full y parallel the major quantita tive accumul ati on of medium and large bones. These small fragme nts could ori g in ate onl y durin g the process in g of the ske le tal mate ri al, a nd indi cate th at areas with a great co nce ntrati on o f maj or bone fragments represent huma n ac tivity areas. Thi s means th at diffe re nt spec ies of animals we re processed at diffe re nt pl aces. Thi s aga in sugges ts a certain labour orga ni zati on. 14. T he above set of co nclu sions all ows us to say th at th e hunte rs used th e animals not onl y as a so urce of food ; they used the ir wh ole carcasses, e vide ntl y all th eir soft parts (which cann ot be proved), as we ll as the bones of the ir ske letons.

1.3. The area investigated in 1958 Th e 1958 excavati on area was re lati ve ly small , yie ldin g a limited qua ntity of osteo log ica l mate ri al. Th e obta ined res ults a re li sted be low :

I. M ammoth s (28 %) domin ate a mong the hunted anima ls. Abund ant a lso were wolves (15.9%), re indeer ( 13. 1%) a nd horses ( 13. 1%). T ogeth e r these spec ies represent a lmos t half of all hunted animals. M ost mammoth s a re adult indi vidu als. Thus thi s excavati on a rea diffe rs quite significa ntl y from the earli e r ones di scussed above . 2. The preservati on of wo lf bones un ambi guously shows th at they we re not hunted for food . Therefore, it mu st be ass umed th at th eir huntin g took place in winter in orde r to obtain the skin s.

3. Th e seco nd qua ntitati ve group are hares (9.3 %) and foxes (9 .4 %), with arc ti c foxes outnumbe rin g red ones. All oth er spec ies are onl y sporadi call y re presented : rhin oceros ( 1.9%), bears (3. 7 %), deer (0. 9%) and birds (3.7%). 4. Bone fragme nts of large animals are a lso co ncentrated in ce11ain p laces. Thi s summa ry of th e analyses of indi vidu al in ves ti gati on years shows th at a numbe r of establi shed patte rn s were repeated , but th at there a re othe rs th at a re typi ca l of onl y so me areas of the cultural laye r. It seems pro babl e th at indi vi dual a reas of the cultural layer are not co ntemporaneous, but no more should be said until afte r the ana lyses of arc haeological re ma in s from all in vesti gati on years are co mpl eted . The settl e me nt as a wh ole c learl y does not represent a single time unit ; its parts were inh abited at diffe re nt times.

2. The Present-Day Studies at Pavlov: Exavation Areas 1954 and 1956 2. 1. Preservation of osteological material Osteo log ica l materia l fro m both small and large a nimals is preserved in th e same way. Bone surfaces are large ly of a ye ll ow brow n co lour, smoo th and with out even s li ght traces of etc hin g by grass roots or wood spec ies. Bone foss ili zati on is always the same. Small bones and large bon es we re well preserved . B ones of small animals as well as im mature animals (in so me cases even from individual s onl y a few weeks o ld) were as we ll preserved as bones of large and adult a nimals. E ve n the small est fragments found in large numbe rs in the was hin g res idue from s ieves e xhibit excelle nt preservation. No che mi ca l corros ion can be observed on the edges and surfaces of large bones, and only a fe w bones

193

RudolfMusil

are cracked or corroded. Gn a wing by ca rniv ores is very limited or does not occur. Only in a fe w cases were th ere traces of g na win g by wol ves; e xampl es are the g nawed frag me nt of a mammo th epiph ys is in squ are me te r 19/2, a stron g ly gnawed fragment of a ma mmoth bo ne in squ are me te r 19/8, and strong ly g nawed ma mm oth epiph ys is in squa re me te r 19/ 1-2, and a horse uln a with a g nawed o lecranon. C o ns idering the considerable number of recovered bones, carnivore gnawin g of th e asse mbl age is neg li g ibl e. Wh at can be infe rred from thi s state of preservation? First, th e sma ll numbe r of bones gnawed by wolves surpri ses, because wo lves occurred in the surrounding area in great numbers. T oday, it would necessarily follow th a t durin g winter w he n food is short hungry wolf packs would seek the di scarded bones at the pe riphe ry o f th e s ite to sat isfy th e ir hunge r. Since thi s was not the case, we mu st lo ok fo r an ex pl anati on of thi s pheno me non . It could mean th at the camp was never quite aband o ned durin g its ex iste nce and was watch ed day a nd ni ght. At ni g ht th e prese nce of big fires mu st be assumed, but th e excavated hearth s are sma ll rath er than large. Another possibility is th at th e camp was surrounded by wooden fences o r pa li sades preventin g access of anima ls. T ogeth er, th e two assumptions togeth er see m to ex pl a in bes t the absence of g nawed bones . Thi s impli es th at a ll osteo log ical finds were situ ated in side th e e nc losed space. Thu s the co nc lu sio n is th at the settl eme nt was surrounded by a barri er which prevented the e ntrance of wo lves to the camp. Such obstacles co uld have served for oth er defe nce functions. If the bones remained o n the surface for a long time, ea rl y destruct io n due to cha ng ing weat her or by the ac ti o n of sun and ra in can occur. This is refl ec ted first of a ll by th e formation of lo ng itudin a l c racks in th e di aph ys is of long bones and late r by weath erin g of th e ir SUlface. Neither of th e two charac te ri st ics was observed o n th e bo nes w ith the excep ti o n of: a mam mo th rib from /square meter 22/21, a mammoth ' s tooth MI from which o nl y th e ename l of lame ll ae re ma in ed in squ are meter 1920/11, milk tooth dm2 with quite a weathered crown in squ are mete r 24/8, ano the r mamm oth M I in w hi c h the uppe r surface was partly weathe red w hil e the lower surface di sp layed no t a trace of weatherin g, and yet anot he r M I weathe red o n a ll sid es (sq uare mete r 20/1 ). I failed to find oth er weath ered bones in the large collections . Decay studi es of recent e leph ant bones in the wild-life reserve of Tsavo in Africa, where durin g o ne summe r ske leto ns of about 5,000 indi vidua ls remained o n the surface, bone changes in space and over time have been documented (Krause 1996) . All taphonomic c hanges o n e lephant bones were reco rded, not o nl y over a lo ng time span, but a lso continu ou sly afte r mo nth s o r even weeks. H oweve r, the mod ificati ons of modern e le ph ant bones are quite unlike those found on th e bones fro m Pav lov. Admittedly, co mpari so n be tween anc ie nt Pavlov bones and mode rn e lep hant bones is somew hat tenuous because the glac ia l c limate in E urope differed greatl y from th at in modern Africa. Nevertheless, so me c han ges, if o nl y to a sma ll er ex tent, mi g ht be expected o n th e Pavlov bo nes . Indeed, suc h changes occurred o n seve ra l bones, but w hy th an did th ey not occ ur o n a ll ? Therefore one co nc ludes th at the di scarded bo nes could no t have la in o n the surface for a lo ng time, but mu st have been rapidl y cove red with sed ime nt being o ut of reac h of c lim ati c influe nces. There is no other exp lanati o n, but to formulate an app rop ri ate process is difficult. O nl y two processes come to mind:

I . the bones were buried rathe r quickly by loess or, 2. the stenc h of bone decay the multitude of in sects attracted by the bones were so unbearabl e th at th e people the mse lves buri ed them in the surro undin g so il from time to time. Of co urse, curre ntl y, all scenari os are pure hypotheses.

2.2. Hunting animals In 1954 and 1956, the sed imen ts of the cultura l layer were s ifted throug h a s ieve, so th at even th e sma ll es t bones and bo ne fragme nts of animal s are recovered. All finds are reco rd ed and ana lyzed accordin g to the indi vidua l segments or quadrants; bones from so me qu adrants, however, a re c urrentl y mi ss in g. Segments with mi ss in g bones were marked in the individu a l pe n-a nd-ink drawin gs. B oth for large and small anima ls, a ll bones o f the ir ske leto n were found. Thi s suggests th at whole carcasses or,

194

Animal prey

in the case of large animals, individual parts of th e carcass were tran sported to the settlement after huntin g. Th is also indi cates that killin g sites were relative ly c lose to the camp. 2.3. A list of species found 2.3.1. Aves Not all frag ments of bird bones were determin abl e; wh ole bones were relati ve ly rarely preserved. Despite thi s, it see ms th at the ir breakage was not due to the acti vity of man. The id entified bones belong to th e foll owin g spec ies: Co rvus corax Linn ae us 1758 (rave n), C01·one co ron e Linn ae us 1758 (c row) , Ly rurus tetrix (Linnae us 1758) (bl ac k grouse), Lagopus sp. (ptarmi gan), Teu·ao urogallus (Linn ae us 1758) (grouse), Anser sp. (goose), Dafila acu ta Linn aeus 1758 (pintail ), Pyrrhocorax sp. (c hough). Most of the bird bones were not identifiabl e due to a lac k of co mp arative material, but it is probabl e th at the uni de nti fied bone frag ments belong to th ose spec ies th at have already been id entifi ed.

2.3.2. Mammalia The family Leporidae

Lepus sp . (hare). -Despite its relati ve ly grac il e bones, all bones of the skeleton were present, but in di fferent freq uencies. Most of them were ca lca nea (2 11 ; 20.3 %); fewer were humeri ( 175; 16.9 %), tibi ae ( 13 1; 12. 6%) and femora ( 11 0; I 0.6%). The other parts of the skeleton are less co mmon: radii (9 1; 8.7%), scapul ae (86; 8.3%), pelvic bones (94 ; 9.8 %), uln ae (74; 7. 1%) and mandibl es (56; 5.4 %). Bones, such as max ill ae, appear less frequentl y, whil e others such as free teeth , ph alanges, ribs, vertebrae, etc. appear in great numbers. Quanti tati ve di fferences of the indi vidu al bones were not due to any intenti onal human ac ti vity. The family Castoridae

Castor fiber Linn ae us 1758 (bea ver). - Onl y one imm ature specimen of thi s spec ies, evidentl y hunted, was present wi th fi ve free teeth and the di stal half of the femur mi ss ing its epiph ys is. The family Muridae

Cricetus cricetus (Linn ae us 1758) (hamster). - Two mandibl es minu s teeth and one long bone were identifi ed. The long bo ne had been broken several times, poss ibly due to human trampling at the ca mpsite. The family Felidae

The spec ies of thi s fa mil y did not co nst itute an essenti al part of huntin g and were kill ed onl y occas ionall y durin g huntin g ex pediti ons fo r other prey. The foll owing spec ies co me from the area studied: Panthera pm·dus (Li nn aeus 1758) (panther), distal half of humerus (2 pieces). Panthera cf. pardus (Linnae us 1758). Distal half of humerus, so mewhat larger th an that of a wolve rine but somewhat small er th an that of a panther. Dimensions of epiph ys is were 41. 97 x 23.53 mm . Panthera Ieo (L inn ae us 1758) (li on). First phalanges (3 pieces), seco nd phalanges ( 11 pi eces), metapodi a (4 pi eces), free teeth (2). One seco nd ph alanx is morph olog ica ll y the same as that of a li on, but much small er (about the size of that of a lynx, but not so slender). Pro babl y a li on cub. A mandibl e from a several weeks old li on cub was id entifi ed. Lynx lynx (Linn aeus 1758) (lynx). The proxi mal half of the radiu s, the co mpl ete tibi a (length 142. 12, prox. epi phys is 32.80 x 3 1.54 mm , di st. epiph ys is 26.37 x 16.88) and the left branch of a mandible (length of the too th row in alveo li 34 .92 mm).

195

Rudolf Mu sil

The fa mily Canidae

Canis lupus (Linnae us 1758) (wolf). - Bes ides bone frag me nts , undi sturbed lo ng bo nes a nd ve rte brae we re also fo und . In so me cases (e .g. quadrant 73) the re was a substa nti al part of a wolf s kele to n probabl y di sca rded in its e ntirety. Well preserved first cervica l verte brae (epi su·ophe us a nd atl as , several p ieces) show that no vio le nt separati on of the head fro m the body took place. No co mplete intac t s kull s we re fo und , they were re presented onl y by fragme nts o f diffe re nt s izes and in one case poss ibl y o ri gin all y almos t the e ntire s kull. Dime nsio ns of some finds (everythin g in mm ; for epiphys is its max. and min. dime ns io n): Tibi a (first dimensio n overall length , seco nd dime nsio n prox imal epi physis, third dime ns io n di stal e piphys is): - 29. 15 x2 1.94; - - 3 1.62x23 .23;22 1 - 26.24x 18.84; - - 25.66x 19.92;233 .9644.08x47 .5727. 19x 2 1.1 7; - - 30. 70 X 22.00; 236 47.40 X 51.05 29. 58 X 22 .93; 237 - 32 .42 X 22.44; - 50.04 X 54.00 -; 249 5 1.72 X 53.6 1 3 1. 20 X 23.8 1; 249.95 52.06 X 53.90 3 1.86 X 24.3 1; 237 .3 1 46 .33 X 52.92 30.72 X 22.92; - 32.06 x 22.6 1. - The vari ati on range of the overall le ngth: 22 1- 249.95 (mean va lue 237.74); va ri atio n range of the dime nsions o f prox imal epiphys is: 44.08 - 52 .06 (mea n value 48.60) x 47. 57 - 54.00 (mean va lue 52 . 17) , vari ati on range of di stal epiphys is: 25 .66- 32.42 (mean va lue 29.86) x 18.84- 23.8 1 (mea n value 22. 16). Radi us: 184 25.2 1 X 16.58 30 .0 ! X 17. 08;- 26. 33 X 17 .07 31. 30 X 19.2 1; - 30 .3 0 X 19. 2 1 30 .78 X 19. 74 ; 193.97 23.2 1 X 15 .09 24. 14 X 15 .57; - - 27.95 X 16.45; 2 13 26. 19 X 17.50 34.44 X 17.44; 2 16 26.32 X 17 .09 35.76x 18.74; 204 23.78x 15 .48 3 1. 66 x 16.77; 206 23.44x 15.60 32.22x 17. 55;220.34 27.22x 18.35 33.88 x 18.7 1; 205.02 23.95 x 16.32 32.27 x 17.27; 220.90 26.80 x 18. 18 35 .74 x 19.39. - V aria ti o n range of the overall le ngth : 184- 220 .90 (mea n va lue 207.02); va ri ati on ra nge of the d ime ns io ns of prox. ep iph ysis: 23 .2 1 -29.44 (mean value 25.70) x 15 .9- 19.2 1 (mean va lue 16.95 ); va ri ati o n range of d ist. e piph ys is: 24. 14- 35 .76 (mean va lue 3 1. 67) x 15.57- 19.72 (mean va lue 17 .82) . Mandible: le ngth of premolars and molars in alveo li : 10 1.54 Uuv.); 104.49; 103 .11 ; 10 1.62; 10 1.1 6 ; 103.2 1; 1 2 106. 12; 97.42; 94.00' ; 96.48' ; 103.80; 89.87; 97.90 ; 103.27.- Va ri ati o n ra nge: 89.87- 106. 12, mean va lue 100. 18. 1

mandib le lo ngitudin all y broke n, le ngth of pre molars and mo lars is, relati ve to o the r find , quite short a nd the teeth are closely clu stered to one another.

'

2

length of pre mo1ars and molars is relatively short. T he le ngth of the whole ma nd ible is abo ut I 56 mm, the length of all premolars 5 1.63, and the length of all molars 47.33 mm . T he he ig ht o f ma ndibl e o n the ex te rn al s ide below the carnass ial is 36.50 mm.

'

Humerus: 2 18.80, 39.88 x 56.62 46.6 1 x 36.44; 222 40.46 x 57.02 46.77 x 37.57; - - 5 1. 60 x 4 7 .94; 17 1 40 .36 x 33.70 Uuv.); - - 48.46 x 39.62; - - 41. 85 x 34.8 1; 2 15 - -; 2 15 50.42 x 34.67 42.07 x 33. 10; ea 208 Uuv.) 54.57 x 38.78 44.0 1 x 35.47; 227 59.25 x 42.75 45.24 x 37.98 ; 2 18 - 47.45 x 37.47; 223 .59 56.94 x 4 1.03 47.37 X 36.88; 228.37 57.29 X 42. 10 46.28 X 38.06; 223. 14 54.42 X 42.49 45 .69 X 35 .55.- Variati on range of overall length : 2 15 - 228.37 (mean value 22 1.2 1), va ri ati o n range of the d ime nsio ns of prox im al epiphys is: 39 .88 - 59.25 (mean va lue 5 1.23) x 34.67 - 57.02 (mean value 45 .24), va ri ati o n ra nge o f di stal. epi phys is: 4 1. 85- 51. 60 (mean value 46 .30) x 33. 10-47.94 (mean va lue 37.76). Femur : 238 5 1.23 X 27.26 48.92 X 42.48; - - 40.47 X 37.38; 235 55 .34 X 26.30 50.37 X 43 .88; 248 53.65 X 27. 18 53.49 X 45.09; 2 16.92 55 .95 X 30.60 43.97 X 5 1.70; 239.48 50.73 X 26.56 42.72 X 49.69. V ari ati o n range of overall le ngth 2 16.92 - 248 (mean value 235 .48), va ri ati o n ra nge o f prox im al e piph ys is: 50.73 - 55.95 (mean va lue 53.38), va ri ati on range of d istal ep iph ys is: 40.47- 53.49 (mean va lue 53.38) x 37.38- 5 1.70 (mean value 45.03). Max ill a: le ngth of the row of teeth (measured in a line) 11 4. 14; 94.64; 84.83 (teeth are c luste red toge ther). Skull : occipital openin g with cond yles 47 .1 5, onl y occipital openi ng 19.37 x I 5.4 1 (occ ipi tal c res t is hi gh); 44 .72 18.84x 16. 12;49.29 2 1.05 x 16.30;46.73 19.63x 16.49. Dime nsions of the di aph ys is in the fo ll owi ng lo ng bo nes are : Humerus: 15 .52x 17.37; 16.42x 14. 15 ; 17.96x 19 .09 ; 18.43x20.59; 16.6 1 x 18.6 1. - V ari ati o nra nge: 15 .5218.43 (mean value 16.98) x 14. 15-20.59 (mean va lue 17.96). Femur : 17.03x 17 .3 1; 18.59x 19.09; 17.82x20.32. Ti bia: 15.00 x 16.74; 14. 19 x 15.90; 16.63 x 17.97; 13.20 x 15.25.- Vari ati o n ra nge : 13.20- 16.63 (mean value 14.7 5) x 15.25- 17.97 (mean value 16.46). Radiu s: 16.6 1 x 12.05 ; 18.35 x 10.94; 15 .5 1 x 11.25 ; 16 . 12 x 12 .50. - V ari ati o n ra nge 15.5 1 - 18.35 (mea n value 16.64) x I 0. 94 - 12 .50 (mean va lue 11.68).

196

Animal prey

Fo r wo lves all skeletal bones are present, but in di fferent numbers. Di sregardin g vertebrae, ribs, ph alanges and min or bones (carpali a and tarsa li a) , the hi ghest number belonged surpri sin gly to mandibl es (55 , 12. 3 %), a littl e less to ca lcanei (47 , 10.5 %), tibi ae (45, 10. 1%), uln ae (42, 9.4 %), scapul ae (40, 9. 0%) and humeri (39 , 8. 7 %). Other parts of the skeleton were less co mmon: femora (3 0, 8.3 %), as tragalu s (26, 5.8%), and atl as (19, 4 .%), epi stroph eus (23 , 5. 1%), fragments of max ill ae ( 16, 3.6%), fragments of skull s 11 , 2.4%), pelvic bones ( 11 , 2.4 %). The quantitati ve diffe rences in th e numbers of indi vidual bones are not due to man, but pro babl y accidental. Ignoring the dimensions of juve nil e individuals, a relatively large metri ca l range ex ists for all bones . Some in dividuals have relati ve ly grac il e long bones, whil e others are more robust. Thi s holds true not onl y for the overall length of di stal and prox imal epiph yses, but also for the size of their di aphyses. As regard s mandibl es and max illae, some spec imens have premolars and molars that are relati vely short with respec t to oth er find s. In two cases the tee th were closely pac ked aga in st eac h other. I am sure that thi s was due to much vari ability in size of the wo lves rather th an to attempts at domes tic ati on. A large num ber of meter squ ares contained bones of one or more indi viduals. Thi s phenomenon was typi cal of wo lves and unlike mos t other anim als. For exa mpl e, in square meter 64 a skull fragment occurred together with an atl as and an ep istropheus that apparentl y ca me from the same indi vidual. The preservati on of the find suggests that that the skull was not violentl y separated from the remainin g body. Both atlas and epistropheus are not damaged. In square meter 8-9/X there were two skull fragments and a number of long bones that indi cate a minimum number of two indi viduals.

Vu/pes vu/pes (Linnaeus 1758) (red fox) . - Gravetti an hunters appear not to have di stingui shed betwee n the two spec ies of foxes; it was probabl y fo r them of no great importance. For sys temati c and eco log ica l reasons, however, I shall kee p th e two species apart.

Dimensions of long bones (the first one is length , the seco nd the prox imal end). Humeru s: I I 1.08 16. 32 x 22 .49 18. 12 x 13.96; - - 20.43 x 15 . 10; 124.20 17.71 x 25. 78 20.26 x 15 .35 ; - I 9.28 x I4.97 ; - - I9.74 x I5.44; - I 2.04 - 22. 75-; - I5.80 x 22.92 . - Vari ati on range of to tal len gth: I I 1.08 I 24.20, vari ati on range of the dimensions of prox . epiph ys is I 2. 04 - I 7 .7 I (mean value I 5 .46), vari ati on range of the dimension of di st. epiph ys is 18. I 2- 20.43 (mea n va lue I 9. 56) x I 3.96- I 5.44 (mean value 14 .96). Rad ius: I24 .28 - -. Tibi a: 149.23 - -; ]5 2 - -; 139.34 22.37 X 25.15 14 .98 X 10.24; - 25.1 8 X 27 .21 17 .02 X 12 .00 ; - - 16. 18 X I 1.07; 144.70 19.51 x 19.54 13.6 x 9.1 7. - Vari atio n range of overall length : 139 .34- 152 (mean va lue 146.31 ), vari ati on range of the dimension of the prox im al epiph ys is I 9. 5 I - 25 . I 8 x I9. 54 x 27. 2 I, variati on range of the dimensions of di stal epiph ys is 13.6- 17 .02 (mea n va lue 15 .44) x 9. 17 - 12.00 (mea n value 10. 62). Fe mur: - - 20.7 5 x I 6.84. The dimensions of so me long bones ex hibit co nsiderable metri c vari ability (e.g. hum eru s or tibi a) . As for the number of indi vidual bones of the skeleton, there are many humeri (32 ; 22.3 %;): calcanea (3 5 ; 24.3 %). Other bones are not as preva lent. These include: radii ( I 9; I 3.% ), as tragali ( I 3; 9. 0% ), femora and uln ae ( I 2 of eac h; 8.3 % eac h). Other bones are onl y negli gibl y represented (pelvis, scapul a, mandibl es). Vertebrae, ribs, metapodi a and so me bones of small dimensions were not taken into considerati on. Alopex lagopus (Linnae us I758) (Arctic fox) . - As fo r dimensions, small indi viduals of the spec ies Vulpes vulpes can overl ap with large r individuals of the spec ies Alopex lagopus . The dimensions of most of the bones are the main distin gui shin g fea tures between the two spec ies.

The dimensions of long bones (the first dimension is length , the seco nd the prox imal epiph ys is, the third the dista l epi phys is) Tibia: I 16.20 I 8.29 x I 8.20 ;- 23.06 x 2 1.94 -; 120.8 1 19.45 x 18.75 12. I 2 x 8.69 ; 1 11.77 - 13.15 x 8.40 ; - 12.39 x 8.60; - - 12.49 x 8.43 ; - - I 1.7 1 x 7.74; 13. 16 x 7.34 ; 13.38 x 9.09. - Vari ati on range of the length : I I I .77 - 120.8 I, vari ation ra nges of prox. ep iphyses: 18.29 - 23.06 x I 8. 20 - 21.94, vari ati on ranges of di st. epiph yses: I I .7 I - 13.38 (mea n value 12.70) x 7.34-9.09 (mean value 8. 37). Mandible: length of all teeth : 60.2 I; 60.03 ; 52.57; 52.40; 49.8 I; 54.87; 44 .63; 53.24 ; 51.60; 52.30 ; 60. 18 ; 63. 19; 53.37 ; 54. I 6; 54 .44 ; 49.66 . - Vari ati on range: 44 .63- 63 .1 9, mean value: 54 . I 6.

197

Rudolf Musil

Humerus: 99.55- 16.75 x 12.50; - 21.69 x 15 .44 -;- - 16.35 x 12.2 1;- - 17.08 x 12.86; 104.33 - 17.20 x 1 1.02; - - 14.75 x 12.55 ; - - 16.24 x 12.29. - Variati on ran ge of the dimensions of dista l epiphyses: 14.75 17.20 (mea n value 16.84) x 11.02 x 12.86 (mean va lue 12.23). Rad ius: - 12.34 x 7.67;- 9.73 x 6.03;- - 11.2 x 7.43. In Arctic foxes ca lca nei outnumber other bones ( 110; 19.7%) and astraga lus (1 10; 90.7 %) ; all other bones are quantitati ve ly far below them. Mandibl es were very numerous (85; 13.9%) but fragments of max ill ae are neg li gibl e (o nl y 2; 0.3 %). From among long bones, the mos t frequent are tibi ae (68; 11.1 %), humeri (65; 10.6%) . There are few other long bones: uln a (3 5; 5.7 %), radi us (3 5; 5.7 %), and femur (43; 7.0%). Pelvic bones ( 18; 2.9 %) and scap ul ae ( 12; 1.9%) were very rare. Free teeth from both the mandible and maxi ll ae occurred frequent ly and so did di sarti cul ated verteb rae and ribs. The quantitative co mpos iti on of indi vidual bones of Arctic foxes di ffer th at of red foxes. The disproportion between the number of max ill ae and/or sk ull s or their fragments in relation to mandibl es is puzzling. In view of the fact th at gracil e bones were also preserved , thi s disproportion suggests that fox skull s served some spec ial purpose, but it is hard to say what that could be. The family Mustelidae

Gulo gulo (Linnae us 1758) (wolverine). -The wo lverine was certai nl y not a frequently hunted anim al and it may have been hunted for reasons other than for food or pelts. The fol low ing wo lverine bones were fou nd in the study area: Calcaneus (8 pi eces) and femur dex. et sin. ev id entl y from one individual (length I 58.44 and I 58.87 mm , dimensions of proximal ep iphys is 42.27 x 20.77 , proximal epiphysis from the left femur is damaged : dimensions of dista l ep iphysis 34.35 x 30.34 and 33.87 x 30.70). In the same square meter (37) calcaneus and pelvis dex. and si n. were also fo und . Other indi vidual finds included: mandibl e (2), pe lvic bone fragment , two whole humeri (length 142.05, 137.22, dimensions of proximal ep iphys is 3 1. 15 x 3 1.7 1, in the seco nd humerus the epiphysis is damaged , dimen sions of di stal ep iphys is 40.87 x 20.59 and 32.58 x 16.58), a whole tibia (length 149 .07. dimensions of proximal epiphys is 36.3 1 x 34.43, dimensions of distal epip hysis 23.90 x 19.30), phalanx I (2), almost the who le ulna, neg li gibl y damaged (length about 147 - 148), humerus dex. (length about 157, dimensions of prox . epiphysis 29.78 x 34.35, dimensions of di stal epiph ys is 4 1.95 x 23.45, dimensions of di aph ys is 12.43 x 14.80), femur (le ngth 147 .28, dimen sions of pro ximal epiphysis 40.19 x 18.47 , dimensions of diaph ys is 12.37 x 11. 28), a whole femur, both ep iphyses damaged , di sta l ha!f of humerus, uln a (length 139 .86), uln a (3) , proximal ha!f of radi us (2) , a whole radius (length 12 1. 65, dimensions of proximal epiphys is 16. 14 x 11 .74, dimen sion of di sta1 ep iph ys is 22.23 x 14.75 ), os penis. It is immed iately obv ious that the bones were preserved in toto and th at their breakages were not intentionally made by man.

Putorius putorius (Linnaeus 1758) (fi tchet). - Di st. half of humeru s of a fitchet which of co urse was not the object of hunting. The family Ursidae

Ursus arctos Linnaeus 1758 (brown bear). - The following finds belong to a bear: phalanx I (9), phalanx II , inciso rs (3), differentl y abraded teeth of maxilla and mandible ( 14), relatively big M 2 (43.50 x 22.57), metapodia (12), three metapod ia of one paw, distal half of tibi a (2), distal half of humerus, humerus with out proximal or di stal ep iph ys is (j uv.) , rib , ca lcaneus and astragalu s from a yo un bo individu al' as traoa lus (3) ' fibu la ' scapul a ' ...... b di stal half of a femur, epiphys is mi ssi ng. The family Elephantidae

Mammuthus primigenius (Biumenbach 1799) (mamm oth). - The majority of find s are bone frag ments of different Sizes. Large fragments come onl y from ri bs and ve rtebrae and also from quite yo ung individuals. Small mammoth fragments must, of course, be much more frequent, but they are mostly unid en tifi ab le and so they appear In the combmed number of all fragments in each quadrant. Teeth are we ll preserved and includ e both deciduous a nd permanent ones. Complete long bones or even large fragments (except juveni le anim als) do not ex ist. In th is way the mamm oths differ from all other species.

198

Animal prey

U nlike fo r o the r spec ies, I also includ e fragme nts of the ir bones of different s izes; the to p numbe r of rema ins is surpri s ing ly hi gh. F ind s: The hi g hest numbe r be lo ng to fragments of various bones (333 pieces). That suggests that a ll large bo nes, and espec ially lo ng bo nes, we re used as raw materi al, a nd the excavated sma ll fragme nt a re o nly waste of some c ultural ac ti vi ty. The breakin g of bones into such sm all frag me nts wo uld make no sense. A large number comes fro m ribs ( 14 1 frag me nts) . Other bo nes present in clude: carpal a nd tarsa l bones (4 1), me ta podi a (32), differe ntl y pre e rved fragments of lo ng bones (28), di sarti c ulated e piphyses o f lo ng bones (25 ), skull fragments of different s izes (20) , phalanges I-III (35), vertebrae ( 19), fragment s o f pelvi s (8) a nd fragments of tus ks (20) . A re latively large catego ry is the deciduous a nd permane nt molars o f different degrees of preservat io n a nd wear: dm2 (22), dm3 ( 15 ), M I (49) , M2 (17), M I o r M2 (23), M3 (6). From thi s li stin g it fo ll ows th at mammoth bones , like th ose of othe r hunted a nim als, were discarded inside the settl e me nt, but because the lo ng bo nes we re used as raw material , no visib le large acc umul ati o n of the m formed. The large number o f mammo th bo nes at the same times suggests th at at Pavlov the great mammoth bone dumps of Dolnf Vesto ni ce or Milovi ce did not acc umul ate, mak ing Pavl ov di stinct from the othe r two s ites. The recovered intac t atl ases perhaps suggest that mammoth heads were not c ut off, but were bro ug ht to the settl e men t as a who le, eve n w ith part of the body.

The family Rhinocerotidae

Coelodonta antiquitatis Blume nbach 1799 (rhinoceros). - The o nl y find was a fragment of a lo ng bone. The bone is not marked with the find locati o n, but o nly by the year 1956. It may also have co me from a contro l pit made th a t yea r in the no rthwes te rn a rea.

The family Equidae

Equ us germanicus Nehring 1884 (horse). - Free teeth, from the maxilla (82) as well as from the ma ndibl e (68) arc th e most com mo n part of the ho rse remains . Incisors from both jaws number 18. Occlusion areas were large ly immeasurabl e. Therefo re I prov id e o nly the dime nsio ns of a small e r number of teeth (length x width, meas ured witho ut cement lining). P2 : 30.58 x 19. 16; 36.56 x 13.64; 32.68 x 16.53 ; 35.89 x 14.23; 33.46 x 15.41.- Variati o n ranges and mean va lues : 30.58 - 36.56 (mean va lue 33 .83) x 13 .64- 19. 16 (mea n va lue 15 .79). P3,~: 32 .80 X 17.40; 26.59 X 15. 86; 29.22 X 16. 18; 30.72 X 14.53; 28.72 X 18.0 1; 36.40 X 14.74; 32.17 X 16. 82; 32.88 x 15.59 ; 28. 13 x 17 .92; 26 .82 x 17 .83; 32.03 x 10.86 . - Variati o n ranges and mean va lues: 26.59-36.40 (mea n value 30.59) x 10.86- 18.0 1 (mean value 15 .92). M1 ,2: 29.73 X 15 .3 0; 28 .69 X 16. 14; 27.88 X 16.1 4; 28.46 X 15 .07; 25.70 X 16. 27; 27.46 X 16.87; 26.37 X 15 .50; 29.30 x 15.73; 27.33 x 16.80; 26.95 x 17 .37 (deep ly ab raded tooth ).- Variation ra nges a nd mean values : 25.7029 .73 (mean va lue 27 .79) x 15.07- 17.37 (mean value 16. 12) .

M3: 33 .36

X

14.77; 34.47

X

15.87.

2

P : 37.68 x 26 .95; 38.04 x 26.13; 39.0 1 x 24.82; 36.96 x 20.8 1. - Variation ranges a nd mean values: 36.9639.0 I (mea n value 37 .92) x 20.8 1 - 26.95 (mean value 24.68) . p 3·4 : 29.47 x 27.22; 27.84 x 27.63 (deeply abraded too th ); 30.60 x 28.39; 28.48 x 18.25; 30.9 1 x 28.96. V ariati o n ranges a nd mea n va lues: 27 .84-30.60 (mean valu e 29.46) x 18.25-28.96 (mea n value 26 .29). Beca use the le ngth and width d ime ns io ns o f teeth c han ge very much during ab rasio n, they shou ld have been gro uped by ab rasion degrees. Unfortunate ly, this was imposs ibl e because of the low numbe rs in those gro ups. T he re fo re, I combined dime ns io ns together. T hi s, of course, mea ns so me loss of information that could be yie lded by thi s mate rial , a nd moreover the above dimens io ns are o nl y inform ative. Long bones, if o ne igno res the hard to ide ntify fragments of their di aphyses, co ntain uln ae (7), radii (prox imal halves 6 , distal halves 5), tibi ae (d istal ha lves 10, proximal halves missing), humeri (proximal halves 3 , d ista l halves 6), femora (prox imal halves 7, dista l hal ves 3). The number of phalanges co rrespo nds roug hly to the preceding fi nd s: phalanx I - 8, phal a nx li - 8, phalanx Illnone found. Dime nsio ns of phala nges: Pha la nx I ( I st dime ns io n: le ngth , 2nd d ime nsion: pro xi mal ep iph ys is, 3rd dimens io n to di stal ep iph ys is): 87.45 62.32 x 38.60 50.29 x 27.66; 87.24 56.34 x 42.40 47.67 x 24.97 (diaphysis diameter 38.44); 92.59 6 1.89 x

199

Rudolf Musil

42.32 S 1.57 x 25.43 (d iaphys is diameter 40.00); 87 .73 59.98 x 37.85 49.29 x 25.27 (diaphysis diameter 41.05 ); 85.47 56.83 x 35.13 46.86 x 29.79 (diaphysis diameter 37.30); 86.49 59 .06 x 38.09 -; 91.0 1 58. 14 x- 49 .35 x 26.49 (diaphysis diameter 37.87). - Variation ran ges and mea n values: length 85.47 - 91.00 (mean value 88.28), dimensions of prox imal epiphysis 56.34- 62.32 (mean value 59.22) x 35.13- 42.40 (mean va lue 39.06), dimensions of distal epiph ys is 46.86- 51.57 (mean va lue 49. 17) x 25.27- 29 .79 (mean va lue 26.60), dimensions of di aphysis 37.30-4 1.05 (mean value 38.93). Phal anx II (length , prox imal epiphysis, di stal epiphys is): 53.38 - -; 47.66 58.73 x 35.11 ; 55.29 x 28. 00 ;49.50 58.53 x 33.42;- 50.75 x 25.12; 49.68 55.00 x 33.40; - 52 .84 x 27 .84 (diaphysis di ameter 47 .77); 50.53 56.70 x 40.32;- 53.45 x 3 1.18 (diaphys is di ameter 47 .9 1); 50.56 6 1.59 x 36.08;- 54.20 x 30.70 (di aphysis diameter 5 l .l5); 49.35 6 1J I x 35.58;- 57.82 x 29.30 (diaphysis di ameter 53.96).- Vari ation ranges and mean values: length 47.66- 53 .38 (mean value 50.09), dimensions of prox imal epiphys is 55 .00- 61.59 (mea n value 58.64) x 32. 11-40.32 (mean va lue 35. 15), dimensi ons of di stal epiphysis 50.75 - 57.82 (mean value 54.05) x 25 .l 2- 31.18 (mean value 28.69), di aphys is diameter 47.77-53.96 (mean val ue 50. 19). Dista l halves of metapodia numbered 11 , proxi mal fragments of metacarpi III one, proximal fragments of metatarsi Ill three. From thi s one can judge that prox imal parts of metapodia and metapodi a diaph yses may have been used as raw material , unlike the distal parts which represented only waste. The metapod ia group also includes metacarpi and metatarsi II and IV (altogether 7) . Other, numericall y fewer bones include: scap ul a (6) , patell a ( 12), ca lcaneus (2) , as traga lus (4), and atl as (2). Only two fragments of mandibl es were identifi ed, and maxillae or fragments of skull bones are missing altogether. One can onl y state that the absence of sk ull s is strikingly repeated for nearl y all spec ies.

The family Cervidae

Rangifer tarandus (Linnaeus 175 8) (reindeer). -Reind eer are most co nspi cuousl y represe nted by their free teeth (430 pieces), in co ntrast with the very few mandibl es (26) . Even fewer are the max ill ae (o nly I) and skull fragme nts. The teeth came from four young individuals, and only two from an adult animaL Thi s is so mewhat sim ilar to what we saw with foxes where the skull s and/or skull bones occurred also sporad ica ll y relative to other skeletal parts, but in reindeer thi s di spropo rti on is even more marked. Even if the skull s were broken after being discarded by people, more than just teeth should have been preserved. Beca use the number of teeth sugges ts a fairly large number of caught animals while the skull fragments are mi ss ing, we are aga in co mpell ed to ass ume that they were used for so me unkn own purpose. As to the carpal and tarsal bones, I turn ed my attention onl y to ca lca neus (38) and as tragalu s (68) which is immedi ately identifi abl e in the materiaL The other carpal and tarsa l bones, take n together numbered at leas t 32. A great man y phal anges were found: phalanx I ( 137), phalanx II ( 11 3), ph alanx Ill (79), unidentifi ed phalanges (8). Metapodia were also numerous (2 11 ). Out of thi s number, 47 metacarpi and onl y 13 metatarsi were identifi ed. The others are fragments difficult to determine. It is hard to say whether th e quantitative di sproporti on of metatarsi and metacarpi means anything. Among the vertebrae present, I noticed onl y atlas (8) and epi stropheus (8) , whose perfec t preservati on sugges ts that who le bodies of animals, includin g their skull s, were transported to the settl ement and th at there was no vio lent separation of the head from the body, at least not at the point of th ose vertebrae. If the separati on too k pl ace where the reindeer were slaughtered, no great care was given to the separati on of the two parts. Bes id es five skull fragments with antlers, seve n shed antlers were also found in the materi aL These were probabl y coll ected in the vicinity of the settl ement along with 30 sma ll antl er fragments. It is, however, certain that some antlers got into archaeological co llecti on because they were ac tuall y made into too ls. Pelvic bones are very rare (I), scapulae were more numerous (29). Of the long bones, tibiae were the mos t common (76) with 52 di stal halves, 24 prox imal ones, 80 radii , 46 di stal halves, 34 proxim al halves, 34 humeri , and there are many more (30) di stal halves than prox im al ones (4). These were the most frequently found long bones; others occurred more rarel y: femur ( 18), di stal hal ves 14, prox imal 4 and ulna ( 19). In . conclusion, it is reasonabl e to assume that the reindeer carcasses were brouaht to th e settl ement as whole . e animal bodies. The separati on of the head from the rest of the body mu st have been very careful to avo id damage the skull s. The skull s were then used for so me unknown purpose. Alces alces (Linnaeus 1758) (elk).- An iso lated find of the prox imal half of fem ur.

200

Animal prey

The family Bovidae

Capra ibex Lin nae us 1758 (ibex). -O nl y an iso lated find of one too th . Bos primigenius Bojanus 1827.- An iso lated find of an ali as .

3. Northwest: Trenches A and C In 1956 trenches were made in the northwestern part of th e site marked as trench A and C. They are situated in quite a different place than th e described quadrants of 1954 and 1956, adjo ining th e fie ld in ves ti gati on in 1957. For th e sake of th e comp leteness of th e analys is of 1956, I present at least a brief li st of osteological find s. 3.1. Trench C For this re lati ve ly small area, a large number of bones of different spec ies were identified : Mammuthus primigenius: Ml (4) , M2 (4), fragments of tusks (5 ), ribs (5) , carpali a and tarsalia ( 1), bone fragments (45 ). Rangifer tarandus : Antler fragments (9), fragments of different long bones (20), metapodia ( 16), phalanges ( 16), free teeth , carpal and tarsa l bones. A lopex lagopus: On ly 6 bones, wh ich in signifi ca nt com pared to the other spec ies represented here. Vulpes vu/pes : Only 3 bones. Aves: One bone. Canis lupus : Long bones, metapodia and ph alanges (a ltogether 12 1 items) . Equus germanicus: Conspicuously hi gh number of different bones (a ltogether 28) . Ursus arctos : One find. Lepus sp.: Altogether 32 find s. Gulo gulo : One find . Panthera Ieo: Three fi nd s.

The co mpos iti on of osteo logical materi al of thi s test pit is interestin g because mammoth and horse bones dominate and th e presence of fo xes is minimal. It differs substantially from the areas analyzed for 1954 and 1956 in thi s present paper.

3.2. Trench A

The find s are much fewer th an in the preceding te t pit C. They belong to th e mammoth (4 finds of M I , a skull fragment, etc.), the reindeer ( 18 finds), the wolf ( 13 finds), the horse (3 finds) and the bear ( I find). The most co mmon are re indeer (s hed antlers, carpal and tarsal bones, phalanges, and long bones).

4. Spatial Distribution of Bones In thi s section the whole fauna is exami ned from the point of vtew of their distribution in the excavati on areas 1954A, 1956B , 1956A and 1954B which adjoi n each other and form one interconnected unit. The distribution of finds from the point of view of their number is carried out acco rdin g to the following criteri a: fragments of unidentifi ed bones, finds of small animals (birds, arcti c and red foxes, hares) , finds of medium size and large animals (wolves, reindeer and bovids), and finds of mammoths. The individual species are identified by different sy mbols (see the legend accompanying the grap hs) . Major concentrati ons of finds are delineated by a dashed line. Fragments of unidentified bones are found in Figs. I , 6, 9, and I 0.

201

RudolfMusil

26

25

LEGEND :

24

~

G) - G)

3

2

23

22

10

12

11

13

16

IS

"

Figure 1. Pavlov, excavation area 1954A. As basis for this plan and for all further ones, groundplans of the excavation areas elaborated by B. Klima (1987) were used with his kind consent; fireplaces and ash dumps are marked. Spatial distribution of fragments of undefined bones is shown. - Legend: 1. Areas f•·om which no osteological material was preserved; 2. Demarcation of the highest concentration of osteological finds ; 3. Excavation area 1954A has two places of great concentration of osteological finds marked with Arabic numbers 1 and 2. 33

32

31

JO

29

28

27

26

25

2

15

14

LEGEND 1

13

1:

•

3

*

4 6

•

11

Figures 13-14. Pavlov, excavation area 1956. Spatial distribution of finds of bones of medium to big-sized animals (with the exception of mammoths). - Legend: 1 - concentration of bones; 2- horse; 3- wolf; 4aurochs ; 5- reindeer.

208

Animal prey

LEGEND 1

Figures 15-16. Pavlov, excavation area 1956. Spatial distribution of mammoth bones. Arabic numbers are number of bones in each square meter. Above: the greatest concentrations are delimited by a dash-dotted line a nd marked by an Arabic number in a circle. Square meter x=22 y=24 shows that there were two individuals of different ages. All finds are concentrated in the lower part of the excavation area. - Below: dashed lines are places of the greatest concentrations. Finds of mammoths are concentrated mainly in the lower part of the excavation area. - Legend: 1 - concentration of bones.

209

Rudoif Musil

In 1956 all soil of the cultural layer was was hed on sieves and even the smalles t bones were recovered, but in 1954 thi s was not the case. Therefore I used two sets of indi ces for quantity in the yea r 1956. The first one always indicates the number of large bones, while the seco nd indicates th e bones of small animals (in essence onl y hares, foxes and birds, as well as small bone fragments). Fragments of undefin ed bones were not scattered throughout the whole area, but certain co nce ntrati ons are evident th at I marked in each excavati on area by independent numbers in circles. In area 1954A there are three such concentrati ons in the central and lowe r parts of the area. By number of find s these co ncentrati ons differ markedl y from their immedi ate surroun dings . The adj oining area 1956B has three co nce ntrat ions situated in the left centra l and lower parts of th e excavati on area, of which concentrati on No. 3 may we ll be the co ntinuati on of concentrati on No. I of area 1954A . The spati all y upper part of the excavati on area contains almost no animal bones. The greates t number of concentrati ons (five) and the hi ghest number of bone fragments are in area 1956A. Bes ides these co ncentrati ons, th e other square meters also have, unli ke areas 1954A and 1956B , a relatively hi gh number of find s - mainl y of small animals. In the adj acent area 1954B bone concentrati on occur largely in its upper part ( I , 2 and 5), above an almost bone-free zo ne. Below the bone-free zo ne three more bone co nce ntrat ions (3 and 4) reappear. The quantitati ve distributi on of bones is clearl y no acci dent, but suggests th e main process ing areas of th e hunters wh ere they cut apart th e game. These areas were concentrated th roughout almost th e entire area 1956A , in the lowest part of 1956B and in the upper part of 1954B. As for th e concentrat ions in area 1954A, this can either be a rand om fac ies of a great concentrati on of area 1956A or so me independent work areas. The same also concern s bone co ncentrati ons Nos. 2 and 5 in area 1956B. The lowest part of area 1954B may be a wo rk pl ace. Here we have without any doubt a large, homogeneous settl ement area (ca mp) of recta ngul ar shape with th e dimensions 20 x 12 m, i.e. about 250 m2 represe nting a single time uni t. Because the ri ght hand part of the excavati on area is un fini shed, the settl ement area is certain to ex tend fa rther; I es timate it to be 300 to 350 m2 . The important poi nt is th at, fo r th e firs t time, such a settlement area has been almos t entirely traced. It delimits th e habitat ion space of the gro up of hunter/gatherers, dat ing bac k to a single interval in th e total time of their presence in that area. T hi s provides us wit h a poss ibility of further hypotheses about th eir li ves. 4.1. Small animals (Figs. 2, 5, 11, 12)

Birds: Bird bones are few, and most of those were fo und in area 1956A. T heir bones are irregul arl y di stributed and co ncentrati ons are not obvious. Arctic and red foxes: In area 1954A, their bo nes emul ate the conce ntrat ion of fragme nts of undefined bones outside the area marked by No. 2 (lower part). In area 1956B, their bones are co ncentrated in three pl aces, eac h occup ying a relati ve ly large space, particul arl y so for co nce ntration No. 2. Ma ny bones are also located outside the areas of bo ne concentrat ions. T hi s does not apply to th e upper pa rt of area 1956B, where fox bones are nearly absent. More numerous bones are aga in onl y found in area 1956A. 1956: Areas of fox concentration

2

3 4 5

1956: Areas of fragment concentration

none none 2+4 3+5

Although I have delimited the areas of their co ncentrati ons, fox bones are so spati all y extensive th at in so me cases their foci almost coalesce. It is, howeve r, interesting th at th ey roughl y co incide with the areas of bone fragments. The overall di stributi on of fox bones again sugges ts th at excavati on area

2 10

Animal prey

1956 A a nd the lowe r part of excavati on area 1956 B form one unit separated by a space with a small part of bones from another settl e me nt area. In area I 954B onl y three conce ntrati ons appear in the di stribution of bone fragme nts, and in all area Arctic foxes predomin ate whi le red fo xes are re presented fa r less and almost absent in a rea 1954A. The situa tion is the sa me in th e lower part of area 1956B. The largest number of red foxes are found in th e central part of area 1956A, while being virtua ll y absent in area 1954B . Perhaps the ratio of Arctic foxes a nd red foxes might he lp in the identification of individual areas (seasona l migration). However, th e low numbers cann ot be we ll eva lu ated, and acc ide ntal causes can also play a role in their distribution.

Hares: B as icall y, th e spati al di stributi on and qu antity of hares is ide ntical with that of the foxes and both fox a nd hare bon es have th e same di stribution and accumu lation.

4.2. Medium to large size game (Figs. 3, 7, 13, 14; 4, 8, 15, 16) Thi s catego ry includes find s of wolves, horses, bovids and reindeer. The bones of bovids are quite iso lated and can be ignored in the ana lysis. V e ry large parts of area 1954A have not preserved any fauna and qu a ntitative eva lu ation of tho se anima ls is thu s imp oss ibl e.

Wolves : In area 1956B wolf bones are co ncentrated in th e ce ntral and lower parts (a ltogether 4 concentra ti ons). In th e upper half the re are onl y iso lated bones. The above concentrations correspond (w ith onl y small shifts) roughly to those of bone fragme nts and of s mall anima ls. In the lower half of th e area 1956A there are so many wolf bones that some concentrations almost coa lesce. Despite this fact, we traced out a tota l of 5 pl aces with an increased numbe r of bones . In the 1954B area, there are four co ncentration s, agai n domin a ntly in the centra l and the lower parts of th e area. The upper half of th e area is aga in almost totally w ith out bones. Thi s sugges ts a gap between the two settleme nt areas th at are probably of diffe re nt age. Reindeer: Th e di stribution s of re indeer and wo lves are virtua ll y th e same. Only in area 1956A there are bones in co ncentration I mostl y from wolves; reindeer bones are nearly a bsent there. Probably some prey animal s were discarded the re on one heap. On the othe r hand , in concentration 4 in the sa me area ( 1956A) the bones were do min antly from re indeer, bones of wo lves were very few there. It is ce rtainl y poss ibl e th at thi s is lin ked with seaso nal hunting of the two spec ies. In area 1954B re ind eer are also di stributed in the same way as wolves, except for concentration I , where the re are almost exc lu sively reindeer.

Horses: B ones of horses vary in numbe rs in all areas studi ed. A relative ly large number of them are in area 1954A while in area 1956B they are on ly a thin scatte r. In a reas 1956A they are agai n relatively frequent. Thi s is also the case in a rea 1954B. The re they are concentrated above all into concentration I , whe re th ey outnumbe r th e other spec ies. Otherwise it i impossib le to see any cu ltural inte ntion in the di st ributi on of th eir f inds.

Mammoths (Figs. 4, 8, 15, 16): The bones of ma mmoth s are not as nume rou s a those of the other spec ies. In a rea 1954A th e ir co ncentrati on is in meter 11/24 and around it. They may also be in meter 12/28. The lac k of preserved bones in most meters, however, does not permit a quantitative ana lysis. It is bette r to eva luate area 1956B in which one can observe five pl aces of concentrated mammoth bones , but it is not great concentration, cannot be spoken about because the number of finds is very low . The same is also true in a rea 1956A (three places with an increased number of bones) and in a rea 1954B . The numbe r of bone fragments of the ma mmoth ske leton does not correspond to the number of other prey spec ies in the areas studied. The expl anati on for thi s co ntradictory ph e nome non might be different, but it is necessary to wa it until ot he r areas are inve ti gated .

4.3. Conclusions Ana lys is of th e di stributi on of prey animal bones leads to these conc lusions:

I. Bones from th e area excavated in 1954 and 1956 sugges t two settle ments of possibly different age .

211

RudolfMus il

2. Around the great bone concentrati on located mai nl y in area 1956A, minor co ncentratio n areas ex ist, but being clearl y separated from th e large area, they will probabl y not have n bee n part of it. 3. If we measure th e ex tent of the great co ncentration of bones whi ch is s~ rTo ~nd ed by a bone-free space bones, the exposed part of the settlement appears to be about 250 m- whr ch has a rectangul ar 2 shape of 20 x 12 m. The actual size will probabl y be 300 - 35 0 m . 4. The bones were irregul arl y scattered, and di splayed co ncentrat ions within areas of diffe rent sizes. The areas of th ose concentrati ons, irrespecti ve of what animals were co ncerned, had all approx imately the same size. That suggests th at th ose places were used for a long time for process ing animals. 5. Excavati on area 1956A and its immedi ate surroundin gs have five co ncentrati ons, each co ntaining all species of hunted animals processed over time (the hunted animals were always brought to diffe rent pl aces). Or th ey were used at the same time, whi ch would indicate independent hunting of more or less independent group s. I would not exc lude this second poss ibility for th e time being, even th ough it does not seem probable. 6. Reindeer and wo lves were also fo und in iso lated co ncentrati ons. Thi s sugges ts seasonal hun ting of these two species. 7. If the concentrati on of one species was found on onl y one or two squ are meters, it co nsists of remains of one indi vidual. 8. Contrary to excavati on areas analysed earli er, horse bo nes were frequentl y fo und . Thi s aga in suggests th e ex istence of the indi vidual settl ements at diffe rent ti mes. 9. For the first time in the hi story of Pavlov faun a analys is we have an almost complete settl ement area ava ilable fo r analys is.

5. Bone Fragmentation As in all Palaeo lithic settlements, irrespective of wheth er they are caves or open air sites, most bo nes at Pavlov were fo und in fragments of diffe rent sizes. I was not sati sfied with thi s desc riptive statement, and I tried to di scover wheth er there was a certain meanin g in th ose fragments or whether it was a purely acc idental phenomenon. First, I di scovered th at bone fragmentatio n can be divided into several groups depende nt on the species of the animal. In some spec ies (Group I) almost all skeleton bones of the majority of species are broken. In another group (Group 11), besides broken ones a re lati ve ly hi gh number of complete bones, including th e long bones, may also occur. Wolves belong to thi s second group . The last group (G roup Ill) includes compl ete bones. Thi s category co nsists of animals hunted in iso lated cases, such as li ons and wo lverines. Thus it foll ows th at hunter/gath erers di d not treat all animals the same way, not because of the structure of the bones, their di fferent size, etc., but because of the attitude of the hunters towards indi vidual species. Thus, Gravettian peop le did not look at all hunted species in th e same way fo r various reasons whether reli gious or purely psychological, and approached them di ffere ntl y. Thi s may be simil ar to Europe today where people do not eat dogs, but do eat other animals. The character of the fragments, mainl y in th e way of breaking th em, can be di vided into three classes . The fi rst class includes all transverse fractures in th e diaph ysis of long bones (Group A), but it is unclear at first sight especiall y by smaller animals like hares and foxes whether the breakin g was due to trampling by people on di scarded bones (Group A I) or occurred intenti onall y (Gro up A2). Thi s ques tion mi ght be answered by calcul ating the percentage of prox imal and di stal halves of the individual bones; if th e numbers are roughl y the same due to natural and intenti onal breaking both. Wi th broken di aph yses of small animals, it is very difficult to di stingui sh th e two groups. Another situati on ari ses if the rati o of the two halves is co nspicuously diffe rent, i.e .if one half is much more abund ant th an the other. In thi s case it is certainl y an intenti onal acti vit y by man.

2 12

Animal prey

The second class (Group B) contains all long bones with transverse as well as longitudin al broken di aph yses. Thi s involves onl y medium to large sized animal, whose breakage was certai nl y intenti onall y caused by man. The third class (Group C) consists mainl y of bi g an imals such as mam moths, but includes some bones of medium-sized animal . A strong, thi ck cortical ti ssue of bones permitted multiple splitting into small er fragments in many varied directi ons and angles. Intenti onal act ivity of people is quite evident in thi s case. On the basis of thi s class ifi cati on system, we can now make an analys is of the different species, ordering them according to thei r size. Hares. - For hares, I carri ed out an analys is of the long bones which are most suitable for thi s purpose in thi s spec ies, but left out the metapod ia, phal anges and all bones of small dimensions. Thi s analys is is ve ry time-consumin g and therefore demands a selection of sampl es for the study of osteological materi al. Fem ur: there were 48 di stal halves and 53 prox imal ones, as we ll as one co mplete femur. Unambi guously those bo nes can be included into Group A 1. Tibia: 9 1 distal halves aga in st only 28 prox im '!l ones; sin gle co mpl ete tibi a were not found . The disproportion of the two tibi ae halves is considerabl e, makin g it likely ir was the intenti onal activ ity of people (Group A2). Th e hi gher number of dista l halves must be considered as waste. Humeru s: 152 di sta l halves were fo und with only 3 proximal ones; there were no co mpl ete humeri . Even if intenti onal human acti vity on tibiae mi ght be doubted , co ncernin g humeri the situati on is quite unequivocal. The breakage could not be due to the moveme nt of people across unbroken , di scarded bones. The proximal halves of humeri evid entl y serving as raw materi als for too ls, orn aments, etc .(Group A2). Radius: Distal halves numbered 35, prox imal ones 48 . No co mpl ete radiu s was fo und , leadin g to the same co nclu sion as proposed fo r fe mora (G roup A I ).

It fo ll ows therefore that the proximal halves of tibiae and humeri served as tools for some human ac tivity. If th e di screpancy between numbers of proximal and di stal halves of long bones was due to chopping th e front and hind legs off, it would probably be focu sed on both extremities in the same pl aces, impl ying th e femur and humerus or still better to tib ia and radius . Thus, it seems th at their use as too ls (th at is why nothin g was left of them) is the most likely explanation which I have given elsewhe re also. Arctic foxes . - The two spec ies of foxes cou ld be analyzed as a single unit, but because I have previously dea lt with them separately, I will do so here also, start ing with th e Arctic fox which is more abundant in the assembl age. Fem ur: 27 di stal halves aga in st 19 prox im al ones, and one comp lete femur. The breakage may be the result of intenti onal as we ll as unintenti onal hum an causes (Group A). Tibia: 36 di stal halves, but 25 prox imal ones and 6 comp lete bones. In this case also the breakage is can be due to either intenti onal or unintenti onal human acti vi ty or both (Group A). Hum eru s: 36 di stal halves and 30 proxi mal ones with 7 comp lete humeri 7 sugges ting the same causes as fo r fem ur and tibi a (Group A). Radi us: 14 di stal hal ves with 23 proximal ones and one co mpl ete radius. Althou gh the d ifference in the individual halves is hi gher than in the preceding bones, I beli eve th at again the cause may be intenti onal or accide ntal (G roup A).

For Arctic foxes one can safely assume th at their long bones were probably broken in th e diaphysis due to trampling by humans. Red foxes. - In red foxes the situati on for femur, tibia and radius is identical to that observed on Arctic fox bones, but there were 27 di stal humerus halves and only 13 proximal ones, but because of th e relati ve ly small amount of material, I would prefer, in thi s case, the same conclusion proposed for Arctic fox bones.- Both Arctic and red foxes thus un equivocally belong to Group I.

2 13

Rudolf Musil

Wolves. - Other species also belong to the group of medium sized animals. Let us first start with the analys is of wolves. A current view of the preserved materi al is th at wo lves belong to Group II. Earli er research at Pavlov has shown th at skeletons of wolves or their parts were di scarded wh ole and th at the bones were usually preserved wh ole, but in the area Pav lov 1954 and 1956 it is di ffe rent. A number of wolf long bones were broken in the di aphysis, sometimes approx imately in the middle but in other cases nearer to the epiphysis. One di aphysis was longitudinall y split intenti onall y caused by so meo ne using a tool. Amongs t th e wolves of Central European Palaeo lithi c settl ements, thi s is almost unique matter.

Splitting onl y took place in long bones, and th e very frequent metapodi a (345) were found co mplete. The same is true for phalanges (phalanx I- at least 197, phalanx II - at least 25, ph alanx Ill- at least 43). They had been often di scarded and complete paws were represented. Onl y one phalanx II was broken in the middle and one metapodia was clearl y broken by man. For the remaining small number of broken metapodi a, intenti onal breaking could not be establi shed. I propose they were bro ken in another way. The analys is of the indi vidual long bones foll ows: Fe mur: Distal halves 9, prox im al ones 13, whole fe mora 9. Tibi a: Distal halves 24, prox im al ones 9, whole tibi ae I0. Humeru s: Dis tal halves 16, proxi mal ones 8, whole hu meri 20. Radi us: Distal halves 16, proxi mal ones 4, whole rad ii 17.

Bes ides the above bones, three complete uln ae and one uln a broken in its di aph ys is were identifi ed. The analys is of the fragmentati on of wo lf bones clearl y indicates th at th ey belong to Group II, differing fundamentall y from Group I. Breaking of long bones was evidentl y intenti onall y done in most cases, but for which reaso ns it occurred is not clear .. Reindeer. - Medium sized animal also include rei ndeer. Reindeer belong to Group I. Diap hyses of long bones were broken not onl y transversely, but also longitudinall y. Sometimes th ere remained onl y longitudin all y split di aph yses with out the two epiphyses.

The analys is of the indi vidual long bones fo llows: Fem ur: Distal halves 16, prox imal ones 3, no whole femo ra fo und. Tibia: Distal halves 62, prox im al ones 13, no whole tibiae fo und. Hu meru s: Distal halves 30, prox imal ones onl y 5, no whole humeri fo und . Radiu s: Di stal halves 40, prox imal ones 34, no whole rad ii fo und.

Di stal and prox imal halves of fe mora, tibi ae and humeri are in such a great di sproporti on th at this cann ot be an accidental phenomenon. The breaks were due to human ac ti vity (Group A2). The mi ssing prox imal halves were evidentl y used for so me wo rking purpose; the present di stal halves were was te materi al resultin g from thi s acti vity. Thus th ey were preserved. Al so thi s scenari o can be stated fo r ea rli er studies. It is worth menti oning th at fo r all spec ies where human ac ti vity occurred in co nn ecti on with long bones, onl y proximal halves were used. No reindeer metapodi a was fo und complete. It was not normal breakin g, as can be observed with long bones, but the breakage was carri ed out repeatedl y for several times and from di fferent angles. A total of 39 pieces of metaca rpi belonged to prox imal ends; 19 pi eces represent the prox imal ends of metatarsi. The hi ghest number belonged to di stal ends of metapodi a (i.e. metacarpi and metatarsi togeth er), totalling 110 pieces. These proporti ons suggest th at the prox imal end and/or prox imal epiph yses of metapodi a served as raw materi al for producti on (Group A2); di stal ends represent waste. Also the di aph yses of metapodi a are very rare (onl y 3) . At th e same time, the number of di stal halves indicates th at a relati ve ly hi gh number of reindeer were hunted. Ph alanges, also very common, were represented by both unbroken (th ey were th e most frequent) and transversall y or longitudinall y broken bones. Whole phalanges: phalanx I - 114, phalanx II - 95 , phalanx Ill- 82. Transversall y broken phalanges: phalanx I - 27, phalanx II- 11 , phalanx Ill- 0. Al so, 2 14

Animal prey

th ere were fo und 10 di stal halves of transversely broken phalanges belonging either to phalanx I or phalanx II. Longitudinall y broken phalanges were fewer: phalanx I - 5, phalanx II - 7, phal anx Ill - 0. Thi s group includes longitudinally broken di stal halves of phalanx I or ph alanx II (2 pieces). One phalanx was first cut transversely and th en longitudinall y. Al so one free tooth and one as tragalus were cut longitudinall y. It is difficult to fin e some reason why thi s acti vity occurred. It appears th at the fragmentati on did not have any practi cal reason or serve any prac ti cal use. I have never before seen by reindeer a longitudinall y and transversely cut phalanx and a longitudinall y cut tooth and astraga lus durin g my research. Horses. - Horses must be included among large animals. Their bones are found rel ati vely frequently du ring excavati ons at Pav lov 1954 and 1956. Like in all Palaeo lithic sites, cut lower molars are found . The cutting occurred while they were still embedded in the mandible. Beside th em, and th at is an excepti on, two molars from the maxill a were also found whose roots were cut in the same way. Thi s is a phenomenon I have also never seen before. Analys is of selected bones. Fem ur: Di stal halves three, prox imal ones six, no whole femora. Tibia: Di stal halves ten , proxi mal ones are miss ing altogether, no whole tib iae . Humerus: Di stal halves five, prox imal ones three, no whole humeri . Radius: Dista l halves seven, proximal ones six, no whole radii .

Phalanges were always preserved whole in horses, unlike th ose of reindeer: Phalanx I -10, phalanx II8, ph alanx Ill- 2. Onl y one phalanx Ill was, oddl y enough, broken longitudinall y. On the other hand, metapod ia are always cut in va ri ous ways. Di stal halves number I 0, proximal parts of metatarsi are three, and metacarpi is one. In iso lated cases, cut parts of di aph yses we re also found . With respect to the small amount of osteological materi al, I do not think it suitable to draw any conclusions from th e present frag ments. Mammoths. - In thi secti on I do not describe mammoth bones. They belong clearly to Group I. Intenti onal human acti vity cann ot be doubted in thi s case. Other species. - All oth er spec ies found belong to Group Ill. They include: the li on, panther, lynx, wo lve rine and bear. Most, and sometimes all , bones are in no way modifi ed by humans (li on, panther, lynx and wo lverine) . Among bear bones, one metapodium was found which was deliberately broken in an oblique way. A phalanx was also found broken in the middle. These two bones must, no doubt, repre ent th e ac ti vity of man.

Little bo ne fragmentati on of the above spec ies, di ffe rin g from th at of all the other animals, shows th at the fragmentati on of bones of medium and large sized species cann ot always be un ambiguously exp lained by human trampling on bones. In thi s case also the bones of small animals would have to behave in the same way, which is not the case. In conclusion I summari ze th at a number of bones of different species evidently served useful technological purposes . Currentl y, it is not clear what th ose purposes were. Another possibility is th at th e bones were used to the point th at they wore out and th at practi call y nothin g was left. Currentl y, it seems th at the second possibility best explains the proporti onal frequencies of bones for small and medi um size animals.

6. Quantitative Analysis The entire area studied in 1954 and 1956 was submitted to quantitative analys is . This means th at mutual quant itati ve proporti ons of the indi vidual species can be somewhat changed in comparison with reality (see th e secti on about the di stributi on of find s), because it would be correct to carry out th e analysis accord ing to the ind ividual settlement areas. I define the settlement area (,camp") as an inh abi ted space with several settl ement units, i.e. with several huts. In the case at Pav lov we have ava il abl e onl y one settlement area which is incomplete. Other cultural materials from th e surroundings

2 15

Rudolf Musil

may or may not belong to th at specific settlement area. Exact qu antitative analysis can onl y be done after the fin al analys is of the entire excavated area. It will then be possible to compare the amount of hunted game not onl y by indi vidual in vesti gati on years but also by settl ement areas. That, of course, will permit much more detailed and insightful conclusions co ncerning the amount and use of hunted ga me as we ll as to th e time durati on of indi vidual settl ement areas. The qu antitati ve analys is sugges ts the follow ing conclusions: l. The numbers of prey spec ies, including small , medium, and large animals, are very hi gh. The analys is shows th at th e community of people li ving in the settl ement area was very we ll prov ided with food. A producti ve eco nomic base had a favo urable impact on other human acti vities.

2. The task of comparing these data with data from earli er studi ed areas will be completed in future years. However, when comparing thi s analys is with th at of areas stud ied earlier it is already obvious th at great changes in th e eco nomic base occurred over time. Thi s was due either to vari at ions in the abundance of game (perhaps assoc iated with climatic changes of diffe rent intensity and length), or for other reaso ns. The better ex pl anati on of the eco nomic changes in thi s region will be poss ible onl y after the analys is of faun a from all excavated areas is completed. 3. In future work it will be interesting to see if there were more settl ement areas like thi s one. If such settlement areas ex ist, we can determine how they are spatiall y located, how large th ey are and what kinds and numbers of hunted game th ey contain . From th is it will be poss ible to infe r the date of the optimum phase in the presence of humans in these settlements and how long thi s lasted. It may also be possible to determin e whether develop ment before and after the optimal phase was gradual or wheth er the optimal phase was followed by a qui ck co ll apse of the economic base which may have res ul ted in the mi grati on of people to oth er, more favourable regions. The number of separate animal species does not in itself provide a view of the amount of foo d used by Gravetti an hunters. It does not take into account the large differences in size nor th e fac t th at so me of th em were hunted fo r reaso ns other than food procurement. Despite this I inc lude raw numbers whi ch in all cases ex press the minimum number of indi viduals. At Pav lov the largest number of animals as represented by MNI are reindeer. Close behind them are hares, wo lves, arcti c foxes and mammoths. A so mew hat small er but still hi gh number belongs to horses, birds, and red foxes. Bears, wo lverines and li ons are also freq uentl y represented. Panthers, lynxes, ibexes, beavers, elks, bovids and also a pole-cat occurred in iso lated cases and may rep resent animals that were acc identall y hunted. The summary table exp resses th e numbers of indi viduals from all stud ying research years and the percentage of the total number of indi viduals as fo ll ows: number of individuals Rangifer ta randus Lepus sp. Canis lupus Alopex lagopus Mammuthus primigen ius Equus german.icus Aves * Vulpes vulpes Ursus arctos arctos Gulo gulo Panthera Ieo Panthera pardus Lynx lynx Capra ibex Cricetis cricetus Casto r fibe r A lees alces Putorius putorius Bov idae, ge n. et spec. indet.

216

423 345 3 18 260

213 184 102 100

so

31 13 3 3 2 2 2

percentage 20.6 16 .8 15.5 12.6 I 0.4 8.9 5.0 4.9

2.4 1.5 0.6 0. 15 0.1 5 0.1 0. 1 0. 1 0.05 0.05 0.05

Animal prey

*Birds, except for bones unide ntifi ed beyo nd the ge nu s (a ltogether 63 individuals), belonged to the fo ll ow ing spec ies: Corvus corax (raven, 6 indi vidu als), COJ-one co rone (commo n crow, 3 indi vidu als), Pyrrhocorax sp. (jackdaw, I individual), Tetrao urogallus (heath -cock, I indi vidual), Lyrurus tetrix (moor-cock, 6 indi viduals), Lagopus sp. (ptarmigan, 2 1 individual s), Anser sp. (goose, 3 individual s) and Anas sp. (duck, 1 individual ).

The li st above shows that from an eco nomi c point of view th e main prey spec ies was the ma mmoth . The numbe r of frag me nts of its bones and teeth is surpri s in g ly hi gh a nd as suc h impli es th at at Pav lov an iso lated bone dump like th ose found at Dolnf Vestonice or Mil ovice will not be found. Mammoth , toge th er with reindeer and horses, co mpri sed the eco nomi c base of the hunte r/gatherers of thi s settl e me nt. The numbe r of ha res is a lso hi gh and roughl y eq ua l in numbers with fo xes. Th e presence of relatively youn g a nimals leads to questions concerning the ir procure me nt. The numbe r of wolves is also very hi g h. Contrary to earli er studi es, it is c lear th at the bon es represent di scarded carcasses or their pa rts afte r stripping th e pe lts, but so me time the bones represent animals that served for food . Numerous broke n bones suggest human interventi on. Des pite thi s state me nt, I beli eve th at the probl e ms of hunting wolves, from th e point of view of their suita bility as a food source, has not yet been sati sfactoril y so lved . Th e numbe r o f hunted birds and bears is a lso inte res ting. I cons ider all other species (perhaps with the excepti on of wo lverin es) to be acc id e nta ll y hunted. The residence le ngth o f humans in thi s settl e me nt a rea is still unkn ow n, but it is clear th at th e number of ga me li vin g in the immedi ate surroundings was great and fully sati sfied th e needs of Gravetti an peopl es .

7. The Age of Hunted Game Hunte rs preyed on animals of all age groups. In thi s pape r, th e hunted animals are divided into juveniles and adults. Ju venil e a nimals represent indi vidu als of all juvenil age groups. Adults also inc lud e tho se whi c h reac hed very old age. The age profiles sugges t that me th ods of hunting did not res ult in a prefere nce for animals of the same age. Th e numbe r of youn g indi vi dua ls is re lative ly hi gh. This is unde rsta ndable for ma mmoth s, horses and re ind eer, but th e sa me age profile for foxes and hares, requires thought. W e have stated that the food base was large a nd th at prehistoric people obviously did not suffer from hun ger. What, the n dro ve hunters to hunt young ha res and foxes also when food was suffic ient. This must be related to a meth od of huntin g, when automa ti ca ll y a nd without human se lection, animals were captured or killed regardl ess o f the ir age, because in active hunting of individual a nima ls, people would not bothe r about suc h yo un g ha res and foxes. Perhaps, the age of hunted animals mi ght co ntribute to co nc lu sions about pre historic huntin g method s. As stated above, in all spec ies youn g and o ld animals a re represented. Thi s can particul arly be seen in mammoth s and in re indee r; but is less ev ide nt in sma ll game. This may be due to an insuffi cie nt record of thi s phenomenon in youn g animals, i.e. by omiss ion, when at the beginning I did not cons ide r the age c lass ifi cati on of th ose small an imals. A particularly hi gh number of youn g indi viduals marks the mammoths . These a nimals co ntain all age groups, from several weeks o ld to very o ld indi viduals. Out of 2 13 hunted a nimals, I 06 belonged to juvenile indi vi du als. This hi gh numbe r of youn g indi viduals may be beca use they were more eas il y hunted th an o lde r, larger adults. A simil ar age profile is observed for reindeer. Out of 423 indi vidu a ls, 103 were young animals, nearly 25 % . The youn gest calves were 3-4 month s old, but age groups of 5-7 and 7-10 month s also occur. M any a nimals aged I 5-20 month s also occur, but most juvenile individuals a re 20-24 month s old. Few re indeer belong to the age group of 3 to 3.5 years. For the sake of comparison, reindeer, on average, li ve about 15 years. Young horses were a lso found (out of 184 individuals 2 1 young one , a littl e more than 11 %). The you nges t anima ls belonged to the age group of S-6 months ; othe rs I 0-12, I 5 months and 18 month s (these were the most freque nt) , and 3.5 years.

2 17

Rudolf Musil

Of a total of 3 18 wolves 29 (onl y 9 %) were yo un g ones. Most youn g animals were about 18 months old ; 13 and 6-2 months old animals were few. Wolves had the larges t group of 14-1 5 month s old ones. The data above show quite clearl y that animals were hunted irrespec ti ve of the age, youn g and old individuals being equall y common. Thi s large age range of animal groups suggests tw o possible causes: 1. Des pite th e ass umed mi grations of so me species (above all mammoths and reindeer), a certain number of animals stayed in the same region year round . 2. The animals were hunted throughout the year; not seasonall y, and th at hunters did not move from pl ace to pl ace in the course of the year. The settlement at Pav lov was thus permanent and not seasonal.

8. The Purpose of Hunting It is obvi ous th at the majority of animals found in the settl ement area were hunted for th eir meat. At the same time, all oth er parts of thei r bodi es were also used, although it is probable that so me animals were hunted onl y fo r th eir skin s. If one exa mines the entire osteological assembl age, an interesting fac t emerges. Many bones, es peci all y those of mammoths were broken or cut in a vari ous ways and so metimes several times in succession . However, the bone fragmentati on was not restri cted to mammoths, but also appears in all reindeer, horses, hares and foxes. Animal size did not pl ay any ro le here. Although the bones of th ese species were concentrated to certain pl aces, indi vidual, di sarti cul ated bones rather than anatomi cal parts of the skeleton were widely scattered across the entire settl ement area too. This spati al di stributi on sugges ts th at these animals were used as foo d and that the other parts of their bodi es were subsequently used. However, I cann ot be confident th at thi s statement holds true for foxes. An other group represents animals represented by whole skeleton bones . Where breaks occur on th ese bones, they are natural. Wolverine bones are an example. In one squ are meter di ffe rent bones evidentl y belonged to a single indi vidual. Wolves bones (from ea rli er years of in vesti ga ti on) also belonged to thi s group ; their bones were often found in anatomi cal order. I regard the next group as transitory, being half- way between th e two groups di scussed above. For thi s settlement area wolves and bears fit thi s catego ry. Some of th eir bones are found whole, but others, also belonging to these two species appear to have been broken by human hands. A maj ority of th e diffe rent bones found in indi vidual square meters undoubtedl y belong to the same animal. Frequentl y, parts of the skeleton can be reassembled in anatomical order, representing di scarded animal bodi es or body parts. Thi s bone pattern is frequentl y observed in wo lves and sugges ts th at th e animal was hunted, transported to the settlement and its carcass di scarded as a complete unit. Hunting in thi s manner must have had a purpose; in thi s case, th e wolf was not hunted for its meat but fo r its pelt. It is interesting that oth er parts of the wo lf carcass, including the bones, were not used like th ose of other animals. For these reaso ns it is probabl e th at wo lves were hunted durin g winter months. Three groups of animals can be defined: those whose bones were used, those animals wh ose bones are whole and intact, and animals th at we re treated both ways in vari able rati os. The most interestin g info rmati on comes fro m th e stud y of wo lves. Unlike in areas investi gated earli er, in the excavati on area of 1954 and 1956 there are also bones, whi ch were evidentl y broken by man, like e.g. th e bones of reindeer. From this informati on one can suggest that, in some cases, wolves, like have reindeer, must have provided meat. But thi s was not the rul e. Thi s apparent contradi cti on between the two groups sugges ts th at during times of stress hunters at Pav lov even used the meat of these carni vores out of necess ity. Despite th e ri ch amount of game available to th e hunters in the area surroundin g the site th ere must have bee n excepti onal times when animals used normally as fo od did not suffice for all members of the group . As a result, it was necessary to turn to animals th at did not typicall y serve as a source of food. However, even in times of great scarcity, there were species (e.g., wolverines) which were never used as food. Wolves, reindeer, and poss ibly foxes also provided skins, analogous to modern Arctic hunters wh o use reindeer skins for warm cl othing. Tanned reindeer skin has a number of excellent qualities. It shrinks 2 18

Animal prey

whil e in a wet state which makes it suita ble for lac ing winter boots. Threads and cords for sewi ng hides are made from reindeer sin ew. Antlers in velvet can be eaten. These exa mpl es clearly show that th e ancient hunters, like the ir modern analogues, viewed and treated various anima l spec ies differently.

9. Hunting: Where and How? In ear li er sec ti ons I have stated th at co mpl ete anima l bodi es were tran sported to the settl ement, regardl ess of their s ize. This is true not onl y for small animals, but also for medium-sized re ind eer and wo lves and large anima ls such as horses . Even so me mammoths may have been treated in a s imilar way. We find parts of skull s of young mammoths; perh aps because tran sport to the settlement of the sk ull was not profitable. The di sta nce travell ed during huntin g can be determined by di viding the animals killed into small and large group s. Small animals may have been hunted over a relative ly large area, but not large prey spec ies. Of course, even the di stan ce travelled to procu re sma ll animals was limited. Small animal procurement pays at a great di stance only when th ey are nume rous in that di stant area. If only a few sma ll animals are located far away, th e cos ts of trave l would, under normal c ircumstances, exceed the return s in meat and pelts . Larger animals were hunted within a spec ifi c way that would make the effort in transpo rting th eir carcasses or parts of th em back to the settl ement worth their yield in meat, fat or hide, in short a reasonable, fairly short di stance. The allu vial pl ain below the settl e ment included a river and swamps co nte mporaneo us with the cultural layer (peat in the near-b y Bulhary location show that it was a water-logged a lluvi al pl ain); it is poss ibl e that parts of the swampy area were exc luded from summer hunting forays. Th e sa me mi ght have been the case for the steep s lopes bordering the settlement. Because of the settl e ment locati on between the flo od pl ain and relat ive ly steep and hi gh hill s there was nor mu ch space ava ilable where hunting could be performed. Something e lse is of interest. Fo r hunting societies, we usually assume constant shifts of move ment by both hunters and hunted animals w hich would sugges t a certain seaso nality for the settl ement. At Pavlov thi s was not th e case. Pl enty of game in the immed iate environment and the ideal position of the settl ement area permitted hunters to remain in the same pl ace throughout the year. Thi s hypothesis is supp orted by the age groups of the prey spec ies. Pavlov represents a hunting society settled permanentl y in one pl ace. For hunter/gatherers, thi s is to a certa in ex tent, an ano ma ly. Mammoths were present for the entire duration of the settle ment. One can assume that , like modern e lep hants, mammoth s moved in he rds in which the number of females exceeded the numbe r of males. Modern elep hants can run a distance of I 00-200 km with no great proble m . They mo ve in c losed format ions and often in long rows. Across hill y terrain they a lways choose the most access ible routes. ewbo rn mammoths were approxi mate ly 90 cm hi gh, but after one year they a lready measured 120 c m, at two years th ey measured I40 cm, and at the age of three they were I .5 m . There was a co ns iderable number of such young mammoths (most ly aged 2-4 years) in the Pav lov area. Elephants grow until they age of 20-24 years and they are sexua ll y mature at 16 years. Mammoth s probably had a similar rate of growth . Recentl y, it has been recogni zed that the people from Pav lov could weave (Adovasio et al. 1996, Soffer et al. 1998). It is therefore co nce ivab le that during huntin g episodes hunters captured prey with woven nets. Those animals did not cross those nets but stopped in front of the m and were thus eas il y taken. Mammoth meat was relatively tough ; it tasted like beef, but the fibres were rough. The fat was coarsegrained and it so lidi fied eas il y into a so lid mass at 20° C. Both horses and reindeer li ved in large herds . They graze in pl aces where they have a good overview and can smell e nemies from a long distance, and were mi gratory anima ls. Re indeer migrated seasona ll y between hill y lands and plains and/or migrated north in spring, returning southward in

2 19

Rudolf Musil

autumn. Or similarly to higher elevations to avoid large numbe rs of flie s and midges . In winter, they moved to th e lowl ands in the forests around the strea ms to seek protection from the harsh c limate . Their mi gration s were a lways acco mpani ed by packs of wolves. Reindeer migration s always occurred a long the same routes, and they a lways swam across rivers at the same places. Of course, the hunte rs from Pav lov undoubtedl y understood re indeer behav iour a nd used thi s knowledge to hunt th e m successfully. Wolves li ved in packs o nly during winter; during sp rin g and su mme r they li ved indi vidu a ll y. The number and preservation of their bones in the cultural layer suggest th at they were hunted when th ey li ved in packs. Wo lf huntin g may have had two reaso ns, in w inte r to obtai n the ir sk in s, but perhaps also to reduce the ir numbe rs and thu s competiti o n in huntin g, for instance with wolf packs that acco mpani ed herds of re indeer that were also the targets of humans. Huma ns were not inte rested in the herd s being chased long di stances away by other predators. During those hunts a large numbe r of wolves may have been exterminated. In any case, it see ms sure that wolves were th e least favourable animal s of prehistoric human s who considered these ca rnivo res th e ir arc h-e ne mi es . I re fer to the meth od of hunting foxes in more de ta il in the secti o n o n the relation of man and anima ls. The sa me is true for mammoth s. The age profil e of re ind eer at Pav lov indi cates the seaso ns they were hunted . Re indeer shed their antlers near th e e nd of Dece mbe r and in Janu ary. The re indeer age profile shows that re ind eer were killed mos tl y during winter. Thi s corresponds to the time of th e ir residence in the forests. The female has one ca lf per yea r which is born durin g April/ May. The youn gest ca lves represented at Pavlov were 3-4 months o ld , suggesting they were killed in late summer o r in the beginning of au tumn. Most reindeer be longed to the age group of 20-24 mo nth s and that indi cates that they were hunted during winter. Not all of these anima ls moved away nea r the e nd of spr ing ; many of th em rema in ed in the surroundin gs of Pav lov for the e ntire year, a lth ough their numbers were reduced. The quantitative re lat ion of the age groups documents it well. From these data, I sugges t that the settl e me nts with a hi g h number of wolves and reindeer probably hunted in winter month s, represent winter s ites.

10. Comparison of the Investigation Areas of 1952, 1953, 1954 and 1956 We may now compare the di stributi on of os teo log ica l f inds from a large r area th an was th e case in the individual years of inves ti gation. A great acc umul ati o n of bones of hunted anima ls ma rks th e 1956A area and the lowe r half of area 1956B. I labe led th at a rea Settlement Area I, w ith sma ll e r sett le ment units (huts) like th ose found during th e investigation by B. Klfma . Upward , to the left, and downward , thi s area is well de marcated by the presence of bones (Fig ure 19) . To the ri g ht , the settl eme nt ev identl y ex tend s further- currentl y it is not known how fa r. It is of more or less rectangular shape and 250 m2 in size. Outside Settlement I th ere are bone concentrati o ns of different sizes and of diffe re nt spec ies in a muc h larger area th an covered by excavati on years 1952, 1953 , 1954A and 1954B . In area 1954B areas of conce ntration s are relative ly sma ll. Bones of Area I large ly co nsist of foxes a nd re indeer. Area 2 co ntain s the mos t var ied species . Area 3 conta ined on ly hares. In Area 4 hares and wolves were found . In excavation area 1953, concentrations are marked by numbe rs 7 and 8. Th ey are spati a ll y so mew hat larger th an 1954B , and they have different animal spec ies . Co ncentration s 9, 10 and 1 I in excavati o n area 1954A are again smaller in size. In area 9 there are mos tl y wolves. In a rea l 0 various spec ies occur. And in area ll only horses are represented . What the relation of these isolated areas of co nce ntrati o ns mean s for Settlement I is hard to say. Minor areas with one prevailing spec ies might co nta in just o ne or a few individu a ls of the same species whose ske leto ns for med a great co ncentrat ion (co ncentrati o ns indicate the numbe rs of bones, not of individuals). More diffi cult it is to acco unt for areas of co nce ntration that a re s patiall y larger and co ntai n bo nes of different speci es.

220

Animal prey

The above summary clearl y indi cates th e ex istence of a ettl ement area proper with settl ement obj ects (huts) and its strict demarcati on within its surroundings. It appears to be rectangul ar shape and its size will ultimately be larger than 250m 2 . I sugges t the size of th e co ncentrati on to the ri ght of the studied area to be about 300-350 m2.

11. The Environment I have paid great attenti on to the environment durin g th e time of settlement in my Czec h written paper entitled "Th e En vironment in th e Last Glacial" (Mu il 1999). In th at publicati on th e environment is discussed from the many aspects, the prese nt state of informati on, the geo morph ological environment, th e environment on th e bas is of ph yto-palaeo ntological data, vegetati on of maj or interstadial s, vegetati on of interstadi als and stadi als in the pleni glac ial, th e environment on the basis of palaezoo logical data (primaril y mammoths, rhinoceroses, reindeer and horses), and oth er main factors of the environment. The conclusions of th at paper are summari zed below: I. The climate of maj or area (c limate of all the Europe) need not be identical with th e environment of a certain loca lity - a certain limited area. Local differenti ati on of the climate was relati ve ly great; indi vidual, small regions could have very different climates.

2. Long-term presence of permafrost can be assumed in Morav ia onl y in hi gher elevati ons. Those areas were also quite devo id of vegetati on (or of pl ant cover). Lower hill y lands, mainl y on southern ex pos ures. were covered with grass or were poss ibl y park-landscapes. In the valleys of water sheds th ere was woodl and . Permafrost occun·ed in southern Morav ia onl y in islets, and its depth, although locall y vari able, certainl y did not reach hundreds of meters deep. 3. The environmental di versity of the landscape is important not onl y for th e pattern of th e vegetati on and for fa un a! communities, but also for the presence of Gravetti an people. High elevati ons were of no va lue fo r pl ants, animals, or humans. Intermedi ate elevati ons were important onl y during the wet season, es pec iall y in spring, but no longe r in summer, and certainl y not throughout the yea r. At such places one co uld not ex pect settl ements of Palaeo lithic people fo r long durati ons. Ri ve r va lleys were impo rtant fo r peo pl e during th e entire year, but most importantl y durin g winter when herds of diffe rent prey pec ie we re gath ered th ere. - Thi s informati on is impo rtant in th at it can predi ct the locati on of human settl ements durin g Gravetti an peri od and also the mi grati on of human groups fo r long di stances between th e ri ve r va lleys. During th e winter, people settl ed in ri ve r va ll eys or in their close proxi mity. 4. In the surroundin gs of Pav lov, permafrost could not occ ur at time th e area was occupi ed. Remains of plants show th at extreme ly low winter temperatures did not persist for a long time. 5. Dec iduous trees requi re a warmer climate and th ose found in the cultural layer of Pav lov and in peat of the same age in the prox imit y of the nearby vill age of Bulhary could not be extended there durin g a c limati call y un favo urabl e peri od, i.e. at the time of the ex istence of th e settl ement at Pav lov . It must be assumed th at the region around Pav lov was a refuge co nt inuously from the last interglac ial. The climate must have been excepti onal in th at region durin g the enti re Las t Gl ac ial. 6. Major sett lements of Palaeo lith ic people must have been located onl y in th e va lleys of major ri vers or in their prox imjt y, but the reaso ns for establi shin g the th ree large Gravetti an settl ements in Morav ia, i.e. Predmostf, Dolnf Vestoni ce and Pav lov, were probabl y di ffe rent. 7. A large di ve rsity of the co mmunit y of mammals also indicates a great diversity of th e pl ant cover. The region was probab ly not just a uni form steppe regio n, and it certainl y was not at all an arctic desert. 8. Thi s biome of th at ti me is spec ific fo r this late Pleistocene, and such a bi ome does not exist anyw here today. Any comparison with the condi ti ons of the present-day tundra and taiga, both tn Siberi a and in Canada, must be do ne with cautio n.

22 1

Rudo/f Musil

12. Mutual Relations Between Man and Animals All circumstantial evidence suggests th at the indi vidual habitati on obj ects (huts) ex isted for onl y a short time, whereas the settlement was inhabited for a long time. Thi s means th at hunting did not occur too far from the settlement proper. Under normal circumstances thi s would have resulted in a relati vely rapid reducti on of the amount of game. Evidentl y thi s did not occur. Thi s means th at th ere must have been a great seasonal mi grati on of animals ac ross th e surroundin g landscape. Thi s is the onl y way to explain the contradiction between the rich faun a! assembl age, the re lati vely small area in whi ch hunting occuned and the length of settlement. Thi s suggests that, des pite intense hunting, there was no substantial reducti on of animal prey populati ons. Thi s was probabl y true for all animal spec ies, i.e. not onl y reindeer, horses, hares and foxes, but also mammoths. Thi s furth er supports the premi se th at humans did not dec imate the mammoth popul ation to the extent th at it di ed out. All previous papers have been more or less interested in the acti vity of humans towards the animals li ving in the surroundings, but so far none have di scussed the acti vity of th ose animals towards man. Prey animals were th ose animals th at lived in the surroundings. Around the settl ement there li ved li ons, panthers, wolves, bears and wolverin es . These are animals th at did not pass ive ly submit to th e presence of humans. They defended their territory and made the ex istence and presence of humans difficult. Like in many regions today, in the past humans li ved with these animals in an co ntinuous open fight. Humans certainl y considered them an undesirable element in the landscape, and certai nl y people must have pass ionately hated so me of them. Man saw them as hi s enemies and he, therefore, merciless ly harassed them. Felidae remains are relati ve ly numerous. They are strong and dextrous animals that can qui ckl y run fo r short distances and jump very far. A fe w of them can climb but, although th ey can swim we ll , they do not love water. They are capable of dragging large burdens without any percept ible effo rt . Their food includes mos tl y mammals, and in thi s regard they competed with humans. They eat onl y th ose animals th ey hunt th emsel ves, avo iding carri on. If they have enough food, and th at was ev identl y the case around Pavlo v, they feed mostl y on th e bl ood of their prey. They usuall y prefer large animals, although they do not ignore small ones. They onl y avo id animals, such as mammoths, from whi ch they anticipate stro ng resistance. Lions hunt in troops of 6-8 heads and foll ow the mi gratin g herds of herbi vo res. They prefer to stay in ri ver valleys with forest stands. Thi s included the Pleistocene Pav lov gallery fo rests around the ri ver. If modern day li ons find food in vill ages they do so onl y at ni ght. Leadin g a nocturn al ex istence, th ey are seldom seen durin g daytime. They are able to jump th orn y fe nces as hi gh as 3 m. Old indi viduals prefer to stay near villages where they make predatory exc ursions, and it is di fficult to chase them away. If th ey attack humans, they are mostly old lions age who are not di scouraged by fire. One must reali ze that a spear is a ridi cul ous weapon aga in st a li on, but Paleolithic hunters did not have anything else. Li ons were not onl y in competiti on with humans for ga me, but they mi ght have also chased away the mi grating herds from the surroundings of Pav lov. Th ~y could also be dange rous fo r humans even at the settlement. It was the same with panthers. They are not afraid to enter vill ages or inhabited huts. They mi ght drag away the prey before people's eyes. In iso lated cases, lynxes appear at Pavl ov . Lynxes prefer ex tensive, cl osed fores ts and thi ckets ri ch in game. They are among th e cleverest beasts of prey, are nocturn al and hide by day. They prefer to hunt large animals. These are more th an necessary fo r their body size, and they often onl y drink bl ood and eat the most tas ty parts of the body, leaving the rest. Lynxes avo id man so they were probabl y not any dange r fo r the peopl e at the settlement. Even today wo lves are found in Central Europe. They dwe ll in park forests with swampy and dry pl aces, but seldom stay in one pl ace fo r long. During spring and summer they li ve alone but in winter th ey fo rm pac ks, and it is clear th at was winter when th ey were hunted by th e dozens at Pav lov. The prey of wolves includes reindeer and smaller game, and they are able to kill nearl y all hares and foxes

222

Animal prey

in th e region whe re they li ve. The ir presence at Pav lov mu st have been an unpl easant fact and it is littl e wo nde r th at they were always hunted . Wo lves do not onl y hunt li ve ga me, but pass ionate ly love carri on. As a result , th ey must have scavenged ga me hunted by humans, but for a vari e ty of reaso ns, th ey do not see m to have gained access to the carcasses or bones at Pav lov, because onl y a fe w bones found a t the settle me nt showed gnawing by wol ves. At th e beginnin g of winte r mode rn wo lves approach human houses more freque ntl y, and try to get into sheds. If th ey succeed , th ey can ki ll all cattle. Whe n wolves li ve alone, th ey avo id huma ns but not whe n they li ve in a pac k. W o lf meat is not tas ty; a nd the refore they did not usuall y serve as food . The greates t profit came from the ir winte r fur . Foxes were pl e ntiful in the surroundings a nd were freque ntl y hunted . Red foxes have diffe re nt habits th an the A rcti c fox however, w hi c h was obviously the most co mmon in the a rea surroundin g Pav lov. A rc ti c foxes a re very aggress ive towa rd impude nt animals and at present they a re very ple nti ful where they live . Thi s was also the case for Pavl ov. They are not afraid of peopl e. Arc ti c fox es try to e nter houses during both day and ni ght , stea lin g whatever they co me across, inc ludin g not onl y food, but also leathe r, furs, clothin g, ca ps, gloves, etc . Th ey gnaw on bones from fres hl y kill ed animals as well as the soft parts of th e body incl udin g the meat. A rcti c foxes even stea l obj ects w hi ch seem to be of no use for the m. It has been recorded th at once they began eating a bl anke t made of reindee r skin on whi c h a ma n was lyin g. Fo r peo pl e at Pav lov foxes mu st have been, at the very least, a nui sance. M ode rn reports desc ribe that whe n hunte rs skinn ed kill ed a nimals, A rcti c foxes tri ed to stea l a pi ece of meat even in th e presence of huma ns. Th ese sma ll carni vo res approac hed so c lose th at the hunte rs kill ed the m whil e skinnin g other animals. If humans hun g th e meat on a pole to make it in access ibl e for the animals, the foxes undermin ed the po le until it fell dow n. A rcti c foxes fo und a buri ed hide loaded w ith heavy stones and managed to ro ll the stones away. Foxes may have eve n di sturbed huma n buri als. Even th ough peopl e c hased th e m away , they did not succeed and foxes a lways fo ll owed the m at close d ista nce. So metimes hum ans had to sw in g sti c ks to keep foxes away but thi s was a fruitl ess task. It was poss ibl e to throw ba it a few steps a way and in a mo me nt a whole pack of foxes came running a nd started eatin g . Th e feedin g was so frenzied th at it was poss ibl e to kill the m w ith a sti c k one by one, without the oth e rs runn ing away . T hi s may have been how foxes were hunted at Pavlov. Thi s desc ripti on shows th at Arcti c fox co ntact w ith peopl e at Pav lov mu st have been not onl y freque nt , but also rath er irritating. Foxes need not be hunted, because th ey could be kill ed near the ca mp or eve n in it. S laughtered game and the resultin g bones mu st have freque ntl y a ttracted foxes, but it is curi ous th at no bones carry traces of the ir teeth. A ll gn awed bones were due to wo lves. Wh at can be co nc luded from thi s brief descripti on of animal be hav iour? Because huma ns hunted most anima ls li vin g in th e surroundin gs, a numbe r of carni vo res tried to scave nge huma n kill s. This made human li fe , more or less , unpl easa nt. So me, inc luding Arcti c foxes , were insiste nt. Othe rs, inc luding wo lves, li ons, a nd pa nthers, were co mpetitors w ith humans. They hunted and ch ased he rds of animals fa r away fro m th e settl e me nt. So me were directl y dangerous to man. The ir be hav iour indi cates th at the ir camp vis its probabl y were co mmon and th at th ey were not di scouraged by camp fires or by patro llin g peo pl e. If thi s carni vo re be hav iour ex isted , and fo r the time be ing everythin g sugges ts it did , the re is one probl e m: in the settl e me nt area onl y few traces of the ir acti vity were found . The fe w bones gnawed by wo lves are neg li gib le co mpared with th ousand s of bones from the s ite. Wh at was it th at prevented the m from enterin g the camp ? It was ev ide ntl y not the presence of man, nor was it ca mpfires, but humans may have barri caded the ca mp by wooden po les th at would pre ve nt anima ls from e nte ring. Suc h a barricade may have a lso served as protecti on aga inst othe r human groups. Thi s is, of course, a mere hypothes is, is not supported by fea tures around the settl e ment area. H owever, gnawed bones are not foun d e ith er. Neverthe less, the bordered area may have been large r th an the accumul ati on of bones. It seems mos t improbabl e, but at present th e re is no othe r ex pl anation . In any case, thi s workin g hypothes is requ ires furth e r stu dy and veri f icati on.

223

Rudolf Mu sil

rn~

I

19~4 A

..:..

./.... '..·....·.. 10

~

~

··

....

.... I

9 ':

I

11

:

956 ~

..... .....

,,

'"

''

f

I

\\

.

I

8

: : : ........ !"'···

1953

-

/"'

;:,

c 1953 A

.·· ...

..

r--·-

.•

''

~,1

,·1

,,.

7

1 54 B

'I

,.

2

4

,,....

1952

{~:

LEGEND :

'' I '' I I

5

Figure 17. Pavlov, exca vation a r eas 1952, 1953, 1954A, 1954B, 1956A a nd 1956B. T he dash-dotted line ma rks the location of ha bitation obj ect I (individual " huts" a r e not draw n). The dotted line defin es a r eas of bone concentration of differ ent sizes outside settlement a r ea I. Settl ement a r ea I is clea rly distinguished from the a mount of osteological ma terial from its surroundings. - Legend: 1 - bone concentra tion outside the settlement area ; 2 · settlement area I (camp).

rn~

I

~

~V

·)

(·

0 6• /. ~ I~

195 3

. ~))

)_:)

LL •

0

0 0

'/

-A· ~

'11 '-"\ 956 ~ \

~· tvo a b8 -1{ ~ ~t ~ af.• ,) f>:· . f o: A:tm IV I~

c

_{

:0;"

+

0

lt:

~~rP;r--.

r-; R ~ R!; [:)_

I '!54 A

;~

,.

! )953 A

:,...-

0' ~0

~ ~

~

I 54 B

€

l:_

LEGEND: 1

D

2

0

3

•

4 • 5

"

6

+

7 *

\a.

195 0 .

0v.

Figure 18. Pavlov, exca vation a reas 1952, 1953, 1954A, 1954B, 1956A and 1956B. Prevailing species of hunting game acco rding to the individual years of in vestigation. - Legend: 1 - foxes ; 2 - hares; 3 reindeer ; 4- wol ves ; 5- horses; 6 - und efin ed frag ments; 7- ma mmoths.

224

Animal prey

13. Conclusions The analys is of faun a fro m a large area of the cultural layer a ll ows a much more in-depth and more prec ise unde rstanding of prehi stori c habits th an has been prev iously poss ibl e with analyses limited to individu al in vesti gati on years. The exposure o f such areas is artifi cial and cannot objecti ve ly express the prehi stori c s itu ati on. Onl y a large area presents a poss ibility to stud y a ll faun a in the ir natural order. As in preceding years, I sha ll summari ze th e conc lusions in a brief synops is; expl anati ons have been g iven in earli er secti ons:

I . For th e first time it has been poss ible, on the bas is of bone accumul ation s, to demarcate th e settl ement (,camp") . It is of rectangul ar shape and probabl y about 300-350 m 2 large. Contrary to individual settl e ment units (huts) whi ch eac h represent a short-term habitati on, th e entire settl ement area was used for a longer time. Probabl y at th e edge of the studied excavati on areas, anoth er settl ement of proba bl e different age may appear. 2. In additi on to the settl e ment area with its great concentrati on of artefact s, small er spatial concentrati ons also occur. The ir ori gins may be multipl e and it is thu s far imposs ible to expl ain their meanin g unequi voca ll y. The bo ne co ncentrati on areas do not correspond to habitation features or fireplaces. 3. Th e area of the c ultural layer at Pavlov does not represent a sing le contemporaneous unit ; indi vidu al areas were settl ed at different times . 4. Th e di stributi on of concentrati ons of the indi vidua l prey spec ies correspond s to itself. Bones of bi g and sma ll animals, and even small bone fragments obta ined by wet screenin g were found . These small fragments could onl y have been formed when the bone materi al was used or worked . The co ncentrati on o f bones is not acc idental, but refl ects activity areas, th at suggest that Gravetti an peoples possessed a re lati ve ly co mpl ex labour organi zati on. 5. A large number of fragments of mamm oth bones and teeth in the area suggests th at no large bone dumps will be found at Pav lov. Thi s is in co ntrast to the sites of Dolnf Vestonice I, 11, or Mil ov ice whi ch have bo ne piles. It is not c lear, yet, wh y the pattern is different at Pavlo v. 6. It is probable th at wooden fences (pali sades) were erected around the settlement. These protected the settl ement from carni vores and were poss ibl y a lso used as protecti on aga inst other human groups. 7 . Numbers o f prey animals are rath er hi gh and the animals mu st have provided th e nutrition al requirements of the prehi stori c people durin g both summer and w inte r. In winter, the gall ery forests along the ri ver served as a suitable shelter befo re the deteriorated c limate, and also a source of food for anima ls. 8. Th e human huntin g tetTitory fo r both sma ll and large animals was relati ve ly small. Animals were hunted throughout th e yea r and the hunting group s were sedentary. The settl e ment , unlike the ind iv idual settl ement units (huts) , was permanent rather than seasonal. 9. Animals of all age groups were hun ted . There was no preference fo r hunting animal s of a specific age. Many young indi viduals were hunted , some of them onl y a few weeks o ld . Ab out one-ha lf of the mammoth s were youn g animals, for re indeer about one-fourth , fo r horses about one-tenth . Very young indi viduals were present among the small animals (hares and foxes) . CutTentl y, it is imposs ibl e to determine whether animals lived in the region that peop le did not hunt.

I 0. A ll parts of animal ske letons were fo und in the cultural layer. Ev identl y entire bodi es of slaughtered animals were transported to th e settl ement. Large animals, such as mammoths, were transported as butchered portions. 11 . W olf and rei ndeer hu nti ng was mos t frequent during winter months, but thi s mu st not be taken to mean th at re indeer d id not li ve in the area during other seasons of the year. Although most of these animals mi grated to hi gher e levations or to the north during summer, a small number of them remained around Pav lov .

225

Rudolf M~tsil

12. For most speci es, eve ry part of the anima l was used ; they did not serve o nly as food. S o me spec ies, such as wolves, were u sed as food only durin g times that were no t favourable for huntin g. Some animals, including wolverines, were never used for food.

13. Whe n comparing numbe rs of mandibl es th e re ma in s of skull s o r the ir fragme nts, skull s are much the rare of all speci es. Excellent preservation of the first cervical vertebrae sugges ts that heads we re carefull y separated from the rest of the body. The skulls were pro ba bly used fo r so me re ligiou s or ritual purpose. A ritualistic use of skulls is proposed for small , medium , and even large anim a ls including th e mammoth s.

14. Fox and wolf bones showed a re lati ve ly great metri c variability. Th e mo rph o logy of wolf j aws does not di splay the characteristics of domesti cation . 15. Bones of hunted animals were ne ve r scattered across th e e ntire area; they were a lway s co ncentrated into units of diffe rent sizes . Sometimes the re were units consisting prefe re nti a lly of o ne spec ies; e lsew here a ll th e animal s were represented. 16. Comparison of hunted game of all previ ously studi ed areas ex hibits certain diffe re nces in th e spec ies and so metimes in age patterns. In areas 1954 and 1956 re indee r domin ated , followed by hares, foxes and wolves. Mammoth s were also re lative ly numerous. Ho rses, like re ind eer in othe r areas, had minima l representation. Unlike other areas, Arcti c fox es outnumbered red foxes. Quite differe nt is the fauna of tren ch C of Northwest (mammoth s and horses domin a te) or of tre nc h A (re ind ee r d o min ate). Thi s indicates both th e seaso na lity of hunting and the age diffe re nce of indi vidua l part of th e cultural layer. 17. All osteological mate ri a l was equa lly preserved, without pl ant root or c he mi ca l etc hin g. Onl y a small number of bones showed such taphon o mic modificati o ns. Thi s sugges ts th at th e majo rity of bones did not li e o n the ground surface for a long time and mu st have bee n qui c kl y cove red with sediment, mainly loess, or humans may have buri ed the u sed carcasses to prevent ste nc h and fli es in th e ca mp . The second poss ibility seems to me th e mo re probabl e o ne . 18. Not all spec ies were not hunted equ a lly for the ir nutriti ona l worth. The eco no mi c base at Pavlov co nsisted predo minantl y of mammoth , re indeer, and ho rses. Thi s food base, up on which the prosperity of human soc iety depended was re lati ve ly na rrow, a nd thus eas il y access ibl e, c lea rl y not subj ect to maj or change. Any such change would have necessaril y res ulted in th e dec lin e of li vin g conditi o ns and to the loss of the ad vantage of li vin g in thi s te rritory.

19. Humans we re not th e only the hunte rs of anima ls. A numbe r of carni vo res were a lways dange rous, or th ey made human ex istence at leas t very di sagreeabl e. 20. Three groups can be di stin gui shed based o n bone fragmentation. Th e first g roup has a ll lo ng bo nes transversely broken (hares and foxes). The seco nd group o nl y has a part of bo nes broken while oth e r bones are found co mpl ete (wo lves). Th e third group cons ists of co mpl e te bo nes (wo lverines). 2 1. Co ncerning breaks, three different groups ca n be observed . The first one in c ludes only lo ng bo nes in the di aph ys is transversall y broke n. Often it is hard to de te rmine if these a re natura l fractures or breaks due to man. The seco nd also in c ludes long itudin a ll y o ri ented frac tures. Th e third group has fragments of several angle direc ti ons, severa l times repeated. 22. Proportion s for th e presence of di sta l and proximal halves of lo ng bon es were a lso diffe re nt. In so me excavation areas , in most cases, only di stal hal ves of a ll o r of mos t long bon es we re present. In other pl aces thi s presence/absence pattern was not as conspicuous, and/or it concern ed o nl y so me long bones of some spec ies . Also thi s preservati on is ce rta inl y no t acc ide ntal, and it will be poss ibl e to finally eva lu ate it onl y after analyses of all excavati on areas has been co mpl eted . 23. Di scarded , co mpl ete ske letons o r th e ir pa rts, large ly be lo nged to wolves o r foxes. Thi s patte rn can a lso be assumed for wolverines, lion s, and bears from which o nl y individual bo nes were found. 24. The g reat spec ies diversity of fauna at Pavlov a lso ass umes a g rea t spec ies diversi ty fo r pl a nt cover in the immedi ate area of the site. Durin g th e Gravettian period, southe rn M o ravia was not just steppe and the area was certainl y not an arcti c desert.

226

Animal prey

25. Permafrost was not widespread spati alIy and in no case did it reach such great depths as is so metimes menti oned. In th e surroundin gs of Pav lov it was not present at th at time. 26 . For a long peri od of time, th e territory surroundin g Pav lov was a refuge for a large number of dec iduous trees requirin g a relative ly wa rm climate. 27 . Great zo nal climatic differences exi sted in the area based on differences in elevation. In th e ri ver va ll eys there were ga ll ery fore sts; in the nea rb y hill y lands th ere were either small gro ves with steppe islets or onl y grassy steppe. Hi gher elevations were sparse in plant cover, and the ground surface was quite bare. 28. A biome typi cal of late Pleistocene times does not ex ist today. Therefore, any compari son with today's taiga or tundra must be very carefull y made. The nort h-so uth shift of the individual plant zo nes in cold an d warm sea ons, typical during the Holocene, probably did not ex ist during the Plei stocene. During th e Pleistocene there was a mixture of all opatric elements of today, and thus a mixing of today's plant community. 29 . Gnawed bones were rarely observed in th e fauna! assemb lage. It was performed by wo lves . 30. Major Gravettian ettl ement areas probably occurred in all va lleys of major rivers or in their prox imity. Long mi grati ons of peopl e between water drainages mi ght be ex pected during spring, but not in summer.

Acknowledgements I wou ld like to thank Ass. Prof. Jiff Svoboda for inviting me to parti cipate at thi s project. I am deep ly grateful to

Prof. Tjeerd va n Ande l from th e Departm ent of Earth Sciences of the University of Cambridge fo r hi s rev iew of the manuscript and for we ll -meant wo rds of criticism.

References: Adovas io, J.M., Soffer 0. , Kllm a B. 1996: Upper Paleolithic fibre tech nology: Interlaced finds from Pa vlov I, Czech Rep ublii c, c. 26.000 years ago. Antiquity 70: 526-534. Kllma, B. 1987: Paleo liti cka parohova indu stri e z Pav lova. Panuitky archeologicki 78: 289-370. Krause, H. l996: Th e 11/C/11711/0 th and th e flood. Vol. I. Indi a Printers, New Delhi . Musil , R. l955: Osteo log icky materi al z paleo liti ckcho sldli ste v Pavlove. (Das os teologisc he Materi al aus der pa lao lith . Siedlun gssstatte in Po ll au). Acta Academiae Scientiarum Cechos/ovenicae, Basis Brun ensis 27/3 18, 6: 279-320. - 1958: Morl'olog icka a metricka charakteristika predmosteckych mamutLI. (Die morph ologisc he und metrische Charakteri stik der Mammute von Pred mostl). Acta Musei Moraviae 43: 95- 1 I 0. - 1959a: Osteo log icky material z paleo liti ckeho sld li ste v Pav love. Cast II. (Das osteo log isc he Materi al aus der palaolithi schen Siedlungss tatte in Pav lov. II. Teil ). Anthropozoikum 8: 83- 106. - 1959b: Poznamky k pa leo ntolog ickcmu materialu z Dolnlch Vestonic. (Bemerkun ge n zum palaonto log ischen Mater ial aus Dolnl Yestoni ce /Unterwisternitz/). Anthropozoikum 8: 73-82. - 1964: Die Braunbaren aus dem Ende des Letzten Glazials. (Medved brtnfk z konce pos led nfho glac ialu). Acta Mu se i Moraviae 49: 83-102.

- 1985: Palaeobiograp hy of Terrestrial Commun iti es in Eu rope during the Last Gl ac ial. Sbomfk Narodnfho muzea v Pra ze, 4 1 B/l-2. Praha.

- 1990: Hunting during the Upper Pa1eolithic in Midd le Europe. In : International Sy mposium Hun ting in Prehistory. Trei gnes, pp. 3 1-32 . - 1994: Hunting Game of the Culture Layer of Pavlov. In: Pavlo v !. Excava tions 1952- 1953 . ERAUL 66/DVS 2, Liege, pp. 169- 196. - 1994: The Kn ow ledge of the Pleistocene- an Assumption for th e Differenti ation of Natural Reg ul ariti es and Human Interventio ns. CeoLines I : 25-26.

227

Rudolf Mu sil

- 1997: Hunting game analysis . In : Pavlov 1- Northwest. DVS 4, Brno, pp. 443-468 . - l999a: The environment in Morav ia during the stage 3. In : State of the Stage Project at the Start of its fou rth Phase, News 7. Cambridge, pp. 69-78. - 1999b: Zivotnf pros tfedf v pos led nfm glac ialu. (The environment in the Las t Glacial on the territory of Moravia). Acta Mu sei Moraviae, Sci. Ceol. 84: 161 - 186. - 2000a: Natural environment. Anthropologie 38: 307-3 10. - 2000b: The environment in Moravia during the stage OIS 3. In : Neande rthals and Modern HumansDiscussing the Tradition: Central and Eastern Europe f rom 50.000-30.000 B.P. Wissensc haftli che Schriften des Neanderthal Museums 2, pp. 68-75. - 2000c: Hunting in Central Europe at the End of the Last Glacial. In: La chasse dans la Prehistoire. Hunting in PrehistOI)'. Actes du Coll oque international de Trei gnes 3-7 octobre 1990, ERAUL 51 , Liege, pp. 233-236. - 2002: Hunting game in Paleolithic cultures, their utili zati on by Paleolithi c people. In : The Cravettian Along the Danube, Abstracts. Mikul ov 20-21.11.2002, p.3. - 2003a: Die Umweltanal yse und ihre Interpretation: Ein anderer Weg. (The analysis of the environme nt and its interpretation: A different way). Praehistoria Thurin gica 9: 80-8~. - 2003b: The Middle and Upper Pal eo lithi c game suite in Central and Southeastern Europe. In : Tj eerd H. van Andel and William Davies, eds. , Neanderthals and modem humans in the European landscape during the last glaciation: Archaeological results of the Stage 3 Project. Me. Donald Institute Monographs, Cambridge, pp. 167-190. - 2003c: Hunting and utili zati on of game in Paleolithic cultures . In : Erkenntnisjdger. Kultur und Umwetlt des f riihen Menschen ( Festschrift Dietrich Mania). Veroffentli chungen des Landesa mtes fur Archao logie, Bd . 57 /I,II, pp. 425-43 1. Soffer, 0 ., Adovasio, J.M. , Hyland, D.C. , Klfma, B ., Svoboda, J. 1998: Perishabl e tec hnolog ies and the ge nesis of the Eastern Gravetti an. Anthropologie 36: 43-68. Stewart, J. R. , Kolfschote n, Th . van , Mm·kova, A., Musil , R. 2003: The Mammali an Faun as of Europe during Oxygen Isotope Stage Three. In : Tjeerd H. van Andel and Willi am Davies, eds., Neanderthals and modern humans in the European landscape during the last glaciation: archaeological results of the Stag e 3 Proj ect. Me. Donald In stitute Monographs, Cambridge, pp. I 03-130.

228

Activities on fa una! material

Chapter 111.3.

HUMAN ACTIVITIES ON THE FAUNAL MATERIAL Piotr W ojta l - Lenka Sedl ackova - Jarostaw Wilczynski

The results of the fa un a! mate ri al studi es from the excavati ons of 1954 and 1956 at the site of Pav lov I are presented in the chapter by Mus il (Chapter 111.2). In th e course of our studi es, we foc used on recordin g spec ies and e lement identifi cati ons of a ll mammal re mains, with spec ial e mph as is on the modi ficati on visibl e on the bones (tramplin g marks, stage of weath erin g, carni vo re gnawin g marks etc.). Results of th e findin gs and more detail ed studi es of the taphonomy of this site will be presented in the future. Now, we would like to give an account of th e results of our examin ati ons of the traces of human ac ti vities co nn ected with the process in g of the hunted animals (cut marks, impac t traces), vis ible on the bones of the large mamma ls. Thi s was th e reason all bone mate ri als (both identifi able and non-id entifi abl e bones) were ex amin ed for. Whenever traces of cutting, a hit, or burnin g were identified , the mamma l spec ies, the type, and th e descri pti on of th e modi ficati ons were recorded . G raphi c and/or ph otographi c documentati on has been obta ined as we ll. Th e results are shown in the Tabl es 1 to 15 and on Figures I to 8. We were a bl e to stud y nearl y 19,000 rema in s of large mamma ls (about 90% of th e enti re bone material) co ll ec ted during the excavati ons of 1954 and 1956. W e are sure th at th ere are, in th e not studi ed palaeontolog ical materi al, more traces of skinnin g, di sme mbering or fill etin g of th e hunted anima ls. However, we beli eve th at onl y the number of the bones w ith th e traces of human acti vities would c hange, but the proporti ons of the types would rema in the same, had we studi ed more bones. It was poss ibl e to identify th e spec ies and e le ments of about 12,000 fragments of bones and teeth . There are visible traces of human acti vities on th e total of 235 (- 1.2% of the total number of remains) of the id entifi a ble and unidentifi able remain s. 14 1 spec imens bear cut marks, 90 spec imens document di ffe rent stages of burning, and traces of hittin g are ev ident on five bone fragments. M ost of the " human modifi ed" bones ( 176 spec imens, -78 .2%) were found during the excavation s of 1956. Patches in red-brown co lor were noted on so me of the bone fragments (Figu re 8: D-E). The ori g in of the modifi cati ons is not c lear: the patches are e ither th e traces of fire or mineral dyes. Buikstra and Sweg le ( 1989) noted th at fl es hed bones, w hen heated/roasted in an open fire, could be carbonized in th e area where no meat cove rs the bone. Neverthe less, thi s proble m requires a mo re detailed stud y. In additi on, the seco nd poss ibil ity sugges tin g a more natural ori g in of the patches (i.e. th at some min erals could have co lored the surface of the bones) should also be verified . T he largest number (99 spec imens, -42. 1%) of human modifi cati ons on the bones were found on re indeer rema in s. Mos t of them are cut marks- 88 frag ments fa ll into thi s category of modificati on. All ste ps of a butcherin g process can be ev idenced : skinning, di smembering and fill eting (Figures 12). One of the mos t d istinct ive fea tu res of the re indeer re m a ins is th at no co mpl ete long bones were fo und at thi s site . A ll of the long limb bones were broken - probably for the marrow extraction. There are visibl e impact traces, probab ly by stone, on two metapodi als, whi ch could have been done during the process of break ing the bones . There are a lso obvi ous cut marks on a few ph alanges suggestin g a ca reful sk inning. Binford ( 198 1) po inted out th at thi s type of cut marks is produced by the modern Es kimos es pec iall y wh en obtainin g skin s for the ir shoe production . A small number of co mpl ete re indeer teeth do not all ow for the spec ificati on of th e hunting season. Howeve r, some of the

229

Pion· Wojra/ er al.

teet h prove that the animals were kill ed in th e time span between the late summer and late winter. Pa leo li thi c hunters of Pav lov killed yo un g and adu lt as we ll as very old reindee r (so me of th e animals had nearl y co mpl etely wo rn teeth ). Contrary to th e other Grave tti an sites such as Sagva r or Moravany Lopata II (Voros 1982; Lipecki and Wojtal 1998), onl y iso lated milk teeth and few long bones with unfu sed epiphyses were found. This observat ion sugges ts th at th e Paleo lithi c hunters se lected rath er older (larger?) animals . Presence of all parts of reindeer skeleton s may indi cate th at co mpl ete carcasses were tran sported to th e site. The animal s were th en skinn ed, di smembered, and fi lleted at th e site. Remain s of hea rths were also discovered at the site. However, an important observat ion is th at the traces of fire on th e reindeer remains were rare. Only nin e bone fragments revea led such modifi cati ons. Hare (Lepus sp .) is the bes t represented species among th e Pav lov I (seaso ns 1954 and 1956) palaeonto logical material. During our studi es we recogni zed about 4,000 hare bone fragmen ts. Numerous cut marks ( 15 cases) and burnt bones ( 18 cases) were reco rded on the hare remains; i.e., altogether 33 specimens document so me human modifi cati ons. The location of the cut marks sugges ts th at th e majority of th em were don e in the process of di smemberin g of th e animals (Figure 6: E-F). In additi on, isolated signs indi cate that the Pal eo lithic hunters (Tables 1 and 2) also skinn ed hares. One of th e most important features charac teri sti c for th e site of Pavlov I (South eas t) is the large number of found carn ivore remain s - espec iall y wolves, foxes and wo lve rin es. Nearly 40% of all identifi able bones belong to thi s group of the large mammals. Some of the remain s (47 spec imens) bear signs of human act ivit ies- cut marks and traces of fire. Among ca rni vo res, th e largest number of hum an modification s was observed on wo lf bones: in th e material s from th e excavati ons of 1954, there were two specimens wi th cut marks, and in the materi als from the excavati ons of 1956, eight bones with cut marks were found (Tabl es 3-4 ; Figure 3). Other ca rni vores- fox es and wolver ines were not so freq uently cut by th e hunters (Tabl es 5-8). The pl ace of fo und cut marks suggests both skinnin g and di membering of the anim als (Figures 4-5). Some of th e cut marks found on th e ca rnivore remain s suggest a very carefu l skinnin g (see the wo lf remains on Figure 3: E-F). It has its signifi ca nce that so me of the carnivore bones are burnt. We ca nn ot di srega rd the hypoth es is th at so me of th e ca rnivores were eaten by people. This sugges ti on is supported by so me of the cut marks loca ted on th e parts of bones where peopl e could di smember the anima ls before th e fill eting (s uch as wolver ine bones). A lso signifi ca nt are the findings of burnt long bones such as fox humeru s or wolf uln a, suggestin g th e roastin g of the meat (Tables 4-7). On the other hand , we ca nn ot exclude the poss ibility th at th e bones were found in the hearth s accidenta ll y. Paleolithi c hunters could have dropped them into th e fire after the skinnin g of the animal. It should be noted th at among th e studi ed materi als, spo radi c findin gs of cave li on remain s were also documented - most ly foot bones and iso lated teeth . It is signifi ca nt th at on one li on as traga lus a cut mark was noted (Figure 4: A-B). During th e Gra vetti an time in the Central Europe, the use of carni vo res (wo lves, foxes, bears) is we ll doc umented. It is sugges ted th at thi s group of animals played an important role in th e economy of the time. Such sites as Kerms-Wac htberg (A ustri a) or Krak6w Spadziasta (E) and (F) (Poland) document carni vo re process ing mainly for the use of furs, but also of bones as a raw material (Fiaderer 200 I ; Wes t 1996). Sampl es from Deszczowa cave (Pol and), Morava ny Lopata II (S iovak ia) or Hohl e Fels (Ge rman y) have proved th at bea rs were kill ed and processed by Gra vetti an hunters as we ll (Wojtal 2000; Lipec ki and Wojtal 1998; Mi.in zel 2004). One of the most important res ults of th e studi es of th e Pav lov faunistic materi als is the poss ibility of understanding the way of process ing of th e prey by th e Paleolithi c hunters. It is ev ident that th e peopl e utili zed all parts of reindeer and hare bodies fo r meat, marrow and sk in . The impress ive feature of th e Pav lov material s is the presence of numerous signs of hum an ac ti viti es on the bones of ca rni vo res, whi ch makes it obvious th at these animal s pl ayed an important role during the Gravettian time. Even if they were mainl y the source of skin s and raw materi als, we cann ot exc lude the possib ility that the Pa leo lithi c hunters so metimes co nsumed th eir meat.

230

AcTi viTies on fa una/m aterial

Refet·ences :

Bin fo rcl , L. R. 198 1: Bones: ancienT men and modern myth s. New York , Academi c Press. Buikstra, J.E. and Sweg le, M. 1989: Bone modifi cati on clue to burnin g: ex perimental ev id ence. In: R. Bonni chse n and M.H. So rg, eels. , Bone Modifica tion . Ce nter for the Stud y of the First Ameri cans, Uni versity of Mai ne. Orono, pp . 247-258. Flacle rer, F. A. 200 I : Die Fauna reste von1 jungpalaolithischen Lagerp!aTz. Krems· Wachtberg, Ausgrabung 1930. Jagchvild und Tierko rpernutz.ung an der Donau vor 27.000 Jah ren. Mitteilun ge n cl er Prahi stori schen Kommi ss ion, b sterreichi sc he Akacle mi e cler Wi sse nschaften, Phil osophi sh-hi stori che Kl asse, 39 , Wi en. Lipeck i, G. and Wojtal, P. 1998: Mammal remain s. In : J. K. Kozlowsk i, eel., Comp lex of Upper Palaeolihic Sites near Moravany, Western Slovakia. Vol. 2 Moravany- Lopata (Excavations 1993- 1996) . Institute of Archaeo logy, Jage ll oni an Uni versity, Cracow I Archaeo log ica l In stitute, Slovak Academy of Sciences, Nitra, pp . 103- 126. Mun ze l, S. C. 2004. Subsistence pattern s in th e Grave tti an of the Ac h va ll ey, a fo rmer tri butary of the Danube in the Swa bi an Jura. In: J.A. Svo bocl a and L. Secll ac kova, eel s., Th e C ravellian Along the Danube. The Dolnf Ves toni ce Studi es I I , Brno, pp. 7 1-85. Vorbs, !. , 1982: Faun a! remain s from the Gravetti an reind eer hunters' ca mp at Sagvar. Folia Archaeologica 33: 43-69 . Wes t, D.L. 1996: Krak6w-Spacl zista, unit E and unit F. Faun a! remains. In : The Upper Palaeo lithi c site Krak6wSpaclzista. Units D, E and F (Excavations 1986- 1989). Folia Quaternaria 67 : 2 1-34. Wojtal, P. 2000. Taph onomy. In : Cy rek, K. et al. , Excava ti on in the Deszczowa Cave (Kroczyck ie Rocks. Cztrs toc howa Upl and , central Poland ). Folia Quatem a ria 7 1: 5-84.

23 1

Piotr Wojtal et al.

A

B

Figure 1. A: Reindeer right astragalus with multiple cut marks produced during dismemberment (scale bar is 2 cm); B: Close up of cut marks; C: Reindeer right calcnaeus cut marks produced during dismemberment (scale bar is 5 cm); D: Close up of cut marks; E. Multiple cut marks on anterior face of navicular-cuboid (scale bar is 2 cm); F: Close up of cut marks.

232

Activities on fauna! material

E Figure 2. A: Reindee r dista l pa r t of r adio-cubitus with cut marks produced during d ismemberment (scale ba r is 5 cm); B: Close up of cut ma rks; C : R eindeer prox imal part of metatarsus with cut marks produced during dismemberment (scale ba r is 5 cm); D: Close up of cut marks ; E : Reindeer distal part of medial phalanx with cut ma rks (sca le bar is 2 cm); F: Close up of the cut marks.

23 3

Pion· Wojtal et al.

c

D

Figure 3. A: Wolf distal part of right ulna with cut marks (sca le bar is 5 cm); 13: Close up of cut marks ; C: Wolf distal part of right tibia with cut marks (sca le bar is 5 cm); 0: Close up of cut marks; E: Wolf proximal phalanx with cut marks produced during skinning (scale bar is 2 cm); F: Close up of cut marks.

234

Acti vities on fauna/ material

.. ..

A

Figure 4. A: Cave lion left astragalus with cut marks (scale bar is 5 cm); B: Close up of cut marks; C: Wo lverine right astragalus with cut marks (sca le bar is 2 cm); D: Wolverine atlas with cut on proximal ve ntJ·al part marks produced during dismemberment (scale bar is 5 cm); E : Close up of cut marks.

235

Piotr Wojtal et al.

Figure 5. A: Polar fox right humerus with cut ma r ks (scale ba r is 5 cm); B: Close up of cut ma rks ; C : Vulpes/A lopex left tibia with cut marks on the shaft (scale ba r is 5 cm); D: Close up of cut ma rks; E. Red fox left tibia with cut ma rks (scale ba r is 5 cm); F: Close up of cut ma rks.

236

Activities on fauna! material

Figure 6. A: Horse axis with cut marks (scale bar is 10 cm); B: Close up of cut marks; C: Horse distal part of left tibia with cut marks (scale bar is 10 cm); D: Close up of cut marks; E: Hare left pelvis with cut marks (scale bar is 5 cm); F: Close up of cut marks.

237

Pion· Wojtal et al.

Figure 7. A and C: Traces of hitting visible on undeterminable fragments of long bones (sca le bar is 10 cm); B and D: close up of the marks.

238

AC!ivilies on fauna/ ma/erial

D

Figure 8. A: Traces of fire on fragment of a horse mandible (scale bar is 10 cm); ll: Partly burnt wolf ulna fragment (scale bar is 2 cm); C: Bone awl with traces of fire (scale bar is 2 cm); D: Reindeer distal part of humerus with brown "patches" (sca le bar is 5 cm); E: Close up of the marks. F, G, H . Different stages of burnt bones (scale bar is 5 cm on Figu•·e F and 2 cm on Figure G and H).

239

Piotr Wojtal et al.

Table 1. Traces of human activity visible on hare (Lepus sp.) remains found in material from Excavations 1954. Trench sq uare and meter 12/1 3 23/7,8 25/1 19/4 18/ I0 19/3 21/2

Bone

Type of marks

Descripti on of the marks

Cut marks

Ulna sin .

Burnt Burnt

Transverse cut across posteri or surface of shaft Oblique cuts on medi al face near the epiph ys is Blac k co lour Bl ack co lour

Burnt

White co lour

Burnt

Black co lour

Burnt

Black co lour fra.gment of pelvis

Femur sin.- shaft part and di stal ep iphys is Cut marks Metapod ium - shaft part and distal ep iph ysis Femur - head Femur- head Metapodium - shaft part and di stal epiphysis Humerus sin. -shaft part and di stal epiphysis Pelvis sin .

Cut marks

Table 2. Traces of human activity visible on hare (Lepus sp.) remains found in material from Excavations 1956. Square Meter

Bone

Type of marks

2 1/1 3

Pelvi s dex.- ilium

Cut marks

20/13

Cervical vertebra

Cut mark

25114

Femur sin .- shaft part and di stal epiph ys is Cut marks

17/14

Scapula dex.

Cut mark

23/ 15

Pelvis sin .

Cut marks

22/ 15 25/ 19

Femur sin .- shaft part and distal ep iph ys is Cut marks Femur sin. - shaft part and distal epiphys is Cut marks

20/20

Pelvis dex.

Cut marks

2112 1 2 1/22 18, 17/25 19/26 19,2011 1 20/ 13 2 1/14 25/ 15

Pelvi s si n. Tibi a dex. -shaft part and distal epiph ys is Sacrum Lumbar vertebra Radius dex. prox imal part Metacarpus II dex. proximal oart Calcaneus sin . fragment Calcaneus fragment Humerus sin. -shaft part and distal epip hys is Cal caneus fra,gment Humerus sin.- shaft part and distal epiph ys is Calcaneus fragment Thoracic vertebra Humerus sin. - shaft part and distal epiphysis Calcaneus fragment Humerus sin.- shaft part and di stal epiph ysis Humeru s sin . -s haft part and distal epiphysis

Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt

22/ 16 20/ 17 2 1/1 9 20119 1711 9 24/20 2512 1 18121 18/22

240

Descripti on of the marks Marks above acetabulum on arm of ilium Tran sverse cut ac ross posteri or surface just above co nd yles Marks on the isc hium and pubis (Figure 6: E, F) Cuts on the co ndyl e Cuts on the both co ndvl es Cuts below acetab ulum on arm of the ischium Transverse cuts on the ilium bone Small transverse cut on the sp ine Black co lour Black co lour Black co lour Bl ack co lour

Burnt

Grey colour

Burnt

Brown/grey co lour

Burnt

Grey co lour

Burnt Burnt

Grey co lour Black co lour

Burnt

Black co lour

Burnt

Grey co lour

Burnt

Grey co lour

Burnt

Grey co lour

Activities onfaunal material

Table 3. Traces of human activity visible on wolf (Canis lupus) remains found in material from Excavations 1954. Trench and square meter

Type of marks

Bone Thoracic vertebra

Cut marks

Tooth 13 dex.

Possible cut marks Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt

Trench B 24/6 ------- ------

Phalanx di stal part Phal anx x 2 Me V dex. proximal part Occipital condyle

Description of the marks Small marks on the centrum of vertebra

White co lour White co lour White co lour Black colour

Table 4. Traces of human activity visible on wolf (Canis lupus) remains in material, Excavations 1956. Square Meter

Type of marks

Bone Tibia dex . - shaft part and di stal epiphysis

Cut marks

Fibula dex.- shaft part and distal ep iphysis

Cut marks

2 1115

Phalanx I

Cut marks

19119

Cervical vertebra

Cut marks

19120

Triquetrum dex.

C ut marks

2 1/2 1

Atlas

Cut marks

2 1/24

Thorac ic vertebra

Cut marks

2 1126

Ulna dex.- shaft part and di stal epiphysi s

Cut marks

25/ 13 1711 2 22/ 14 24114, 15

Phalanx I fraament Sesa moid Thorac ic vertebra Lumbar vertebra

Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt

23/ 16

Ulna dex. proximal part

Burnt

23/ 17 25119 24/20 23/20

Phal anx III Phalan x II - fragment Metapodium distal part Phalanx II

Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt

1711 3

Description of the marks Transverse cut ac ross anterior face (Figure 3: C , D )

Transverse cuts near the proximal epiphysis (Figure 3: E, F) Transverse cuts on the dorsal spine Transverse cuts across the proximal and pos terior ventral surface Transverse cuts across the dorsal part of base Transverse cut near the epiphysis (Figure 3: A, B) White-grey colour Black colour White-grey colour Fragment of bone - black co lour (Figure 8: B) Grey-white colour (Figure 8: G) Grey co lour Black co lour Black colour

Table 5. Traces of human activity visible on fox (Vu/pes vu/pes) and polar fox (Alopex lagopus) remains found in material from Excavations 1954. Trench and sq uare meter

Species

12/30 18/8 Trench B

Vulpes/Alopex

Bone Tibia sin.- shaft part and distal epiphysis Humerus dex. -shaft part and di stal epiphysis Humeru s dex . -s haft part and distal epiphysis

Type of marks Cut mark

Description of th e marks Transverse cut on the middle of the shaft

Burnt Burnt

24 1

Piotr Wojta/ et al.

Table 6. Traces of human activity visible on fox (Vu/pes vulpes) and polar fox (A/ap ex lagopus) remains found in material from Excavations 1956. Square meter 17/l6

Alopex lagopus

-----17 ,18/23

17, 18/26

Vulp es vulpes

19/2 1 19 ,20/11 1911 3 1711 8 24/20 19/20 18/2 1 19/24 22/20

Bone

Species

Vulp es/Alopex

Type of mark s

Desc ripti on of the marks

Humerus sin .

Cut marks

Pelvi s dex . fragment Calcaneus sin.

Cut marks Cut marks

Tibia sin.

Cut marks

Tibi a sin. - with out prox imal part Tibi a dex.- shaft part and di stal epiph ys is Metacarpal e V dex. prox imal part Caudal vertebra Ulna sin . prox imal part Metapodium di stal part Me II dex. prox imal part Calcaneus sin. fra.gment Metapodium di stal part

Cut marks

Marks above the olecranon fossa (Fi.gure 5: A, B) Transverse mark on arm of ilium Marks on the tuber calci s Transverse cuts on the anteri or face of the di staltibi a (Fi gure 5: E,F) Longitudinal marks on the shaft of bone (Fi ,gure 5: C, D)

Burnt

Grey co lour

Burn t Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt

Grey-white co lour Bl ac k co lour Bl ac k-white co lour bl ac k co lour grey co lour grey co lour

Table 7. Traces of human activity visible on wolverine (Gulo gulo ) remains found in material from Excavations 1954. Trench and squ are meter

Bone

Type of marks

23/5

Humerus sin . co mpl ete

Cut marks

2517

Femur dex . co mplete

Cut marks

Descripti on of the marks Transverse cut on lateral face below th e head Transverse marks on lateral surface of greater trochanter

Table 8. Traces of human activity visible on wolverine (Gulo gulo ) remains found in material from Excavations 1956. Square meter

Bone

Type of marks

23/ 16

Atl as

Cut mark s

23/22

Astraga lus dex.

Cut marks

24/ 13 17/ 14 23/20 17, 18/26

Phalan x Phalan x I Phalanx III Ph alanx I fraament

Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt

Descri pti on of the marks Transverse cuts on pro ximal ve ntral part (Fi.gure 4: D, E) Transverse cuts at margi ns of the anteri or face (Figure 4 : C) White co lour Bl ac k co lour Bl ac k co lour

Table 9. Traces of human activity visible on horse (Equus sp. ) remains found in material from Excavations 1954. Trench and square meter 15/22 15/29

242

Bone Humerus dex. -s haft part and di stal epiph ys is Rib

Type of mark s Cut marks Cut marks

Descripti on of the marks Marks ac ross lateral surface of epiphys is

Activities on fauna! material

Table 10. Traces of human activity visible on horse (Equus sp.) remains found in material from Excava tions 1956. Square meter 2 1/ 13 24/ 14 25/15 ----24/ 19 2 1/23

B one

Type of marks

Tibia sin. - shaft part and di stal epiph ys is

Cut marks

Scaph o ideum dex . Rib fra gme nt Scaph o id eum sin. Cervica l vertebra Femur fragm ent M andibl e fragm ent

Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks C ut marks Hit marks Burnt

Description of the marks Oblique mark on the shaft (Figure 6: C, D )

Transverse c uttin g (Fiaure 6: A, B) (Figure 7 : A, B) Black/bro wn patches (F igure 8: A)

Table 11. Traces of human activity visible on woolly mammoth (Mamm uthus primigenius) remains found in material from Excavations 1956. Trench and square meter 19/ 13 24/ 17

B one

Type o f marks

Radi us dex. proxim al part

Cut marks

Processus spinosus cervica l of verte bra

Cut marks Cut marks

Cauda l verte bra

Descripti on of the marks Transverse cut near the proximal e piphysis Transverse cuts Trans verse cuts

Table 12. Traces of human activity visible on reindeer (Rangifer tarandus) remains found in material from Excavations 1954. Tre nch and square meter 16/27 12/28 11 /28 17/2 20/4 20/2 2 1/5 20/8 23/6 22/8 23/2 2317,8 24/8-25/8 25/6 16/22 ----13/28 13/28 Trench A ----Trench B Trench A -----

----- --- -

9/22

Type o f marks Astragalus dex. Cut marks Metatarsus dex. Cut marks Humeru s sin. di st. Cut marks Cut marks Astragalu s sin. Tibi a dc x.- s haft part and di stal e piph ys is Cut marks Fe mur s in . proxim al Cut marks Process us spinos us Cut marks Humeru s dex . -s ha ft part and di stal Cut marks e piphysis Cut marks Cervica l ve rtebra Ulna sin . prox imal Cut mark s Atl as Cut marks Rib Cut marks Pha lan x II di stal Cut marks Cut marks Cervical vertebra Humeru s dex.- sha ft part and di stal Cut marks epiph ys is Astraga lus sin Cut mark Astraga lus dex Cut mark s Cut marks Astraga lus dex . Cut marks Calcane us dex . Cut marks Tibia sin .- s haft part and di stal epiphys is Cut mark s Astra,galus dex. Me taca rpus- sha ft part and di stal Cut marks epiphysis Tibia dex.- shaft part and di stal e piphysis Cut mark s Cut marks As traga lus dex. Radius sin .- sha ft part and di stal Cut marks epiph ys is Humeru s dex . -s haft part and di stal Cut marks e piph ys is Burnt Phal anx I reduced Bone

Description of the marks after Binford ( 1981 ) TA-2 MTp-3 cf. Hd-2 TA-l (Fi g ure l: A , B) Td-4 Fp-7 or Fp-9 Hd-2 and Hd-3 c f. CV -2 RCp-3 CV-2 (Figure 2: E , F) Hd-2 TA-l TA-2 TC-1 Td-3 TA-l andTA-2 Mtd-1 , Mtd -3, Mtd-4 Td-3 and Td-4 TA-2 RCd-l and RCd-2 c f. Hd-2 Black colour

243

Piotr Wojtal er al.

Table 13. Traces of human activity visible on reindeer (Rangifer tarandus) remains found in material from Excavations 1956. Bone

Square meter 19,20/1 1 23112 19/12 23/13 22/ 13 21/ 14

17/14

23/ 15 2211 5 20/ 15 19/15 1811 5 18/ 16 24/17 23/ 17 17/ 17 24/ 18 23/18 22118 20/18 18/18

17/1 8

24/19,21/19

22/l9

24/20 23/20 21120 20/20 19/20

244

Scapula dex. Astragalus sin . Tibi a sin . - shaft part and distal epiphys is Os malleo lare dex. Astragalus dex. Phalanx I - distal part Astragalus dex. Calcaneus sin. Tibi a sin. -shaft part and di stal epiph ys is Humeru s dex. -shaft part and di stal ep iph ys is Ulna sin . prox imal part Astragalus dex . Humerus sin. -shaft part and di stal ep iphys is Centroq uartale dex. Astragalu s dex. Metapodium - fragment of di stal part of bone Rad ius dex.- shaft part and distal epi ph ys is Astra,galus dex. Astraga lus si n. fragment Metapod ium unfused di sta l arti cul ar surface Atlas Axis Rib fragment Metacarpus- shaft part and distal epiph ys is

Descripti on of the marks after Binford (1981 )

Type of marks Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks

TA-l and TA-2 TC-1 (Fiaure I: C, D) Td-3

Cut marks

Hd-2

Cut marks Cut marks

RCp-3 TA-l

Cut marks

Hd-1 and Hd-2

Cut marks Cut marks

TNC-1 TA-2

TA-l Td-1 TA- l

Traces of hit Cut marks

RCd-2 (Figure 2: A, B)

Cut marks Cut marks

TA-l TA-l

Cut marks

MTd- I or MCd- 1

Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks

CV - 1 and ven tral surface of atl as poss ible CV -5

Traces of hit

Near the epiphys is crease of bone

Cut marks Burnt At las fragme nt Cut marks As tragalus dex. Cut marks Cut marks Calcaneus de x. Metatarsus- shaft part and dista l ep iph ys is Cut mark Tibia dex. - shaft part and di stal ep iph ys is Cut marks Astragalus sin. Cut marks Scaphoideum si n. Cut marks AstraaaJus dex . Cut marks Humeru s sin. - shaft part and di stal Cu t marks epiph ys is Centroquartale dex.

Centroq uartal e sin . Ce ntroq uartal e sin. Ca lcaneus dex. fragme nt Astragal us si n. Metacarpus- shaft part and distal ep iph ys is Tibia dex.- shaft part and distal ep iph ys is Ce ntroquartale sin .

Cut Cut Cut Cut

Radius dex. prox imal part

Cut marks

Phalanx II Tibi a sin . -shaft part and di stal ep iph ys is Lunatum dex . Cen troquartal e sin. Phalanx I - prox imal part Radius di stal part fragme nt Scap ul a sin .

Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks

marks marks marks marks

TNc-1 B Jack co lour fragment TA- l and TA-2 TC- 1 MTd-4 Td-3 TA- l and TA-2 TA- l and TA 2 Hd-1 and Hd -2 TNC- 1 (Figure I: E, F) TNC- 1 TA- l and TA-2

Cut marks

MCd-1

Cut marks Cut marks

cf. Td- I TNC- 1 Diagonal cuts on posteri or margin of the bone Td-4 TNC- 1 RCd-2 Opposite to S- I

Activities on fauna! material

24/2 1 23/2 1

22/2 1 19/2 1 18/22 17, 18/23 24/24 23/24 22/25 20/26 18/ 13 23/ 17 17119 23/20 19/22 25/23 17, 18/24 ----- -

------

Metatarsus- shaft part and di stal epiphys is Humerus sin .- shaft part and di stal epiphys is Radius sin . -shaft part and di stal epiphys is Radius sin . prox imal part Calcaneus dex . Tibi a dex. - shaft part and di stal ep iphysis Thoracic vertebra Metatarsus- shaft part and di stal ep iphysis Tibia dex .- shaft part and di stal ep iphysis Astraaalus Phalan x I Astraga lus sin. Metatarsus si n. prox imal part Ph alanx II Metapodium di stal part frag ment Astragalus fragme nt Antler fragment Antler fragment Reduced phalanx II Antler fragment Sesa moid Astraga lus dex.

Cut marks Cut marks

Hd-2, Hd -3, Hd-4

Cut marks

RCd-2

Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt Cut marks Cut marks

RCp-5 TC-1 Td-3 TV-2 Td-3 TA-l , TA-2 TA- l , TA-2 MCp-1 (Figure 2: C, D) Bl ack co lour Grey colour Bl ac k-grey colour Grey co lour TA-l

Table 14. Traces of human activity visible on unidentifiable remains in material from Excavations 1954. Tre nch and square meter 16/4 20/2 2 1/4 25/6 11 /28 24/6 18/ 10 12/22 12/22 Trench B -----

Bone Processus spinosus Rib fra ament Rib Caudal vertebra Unidentifiab le two frag ments Phalan x two spec imens Unidentifiable Phalanx Unidentifiab le Carpus/tarsus

Type of marks Cut mark Cut marks Cut marks Cut marks Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt Cut marks Burnt

Descripti on of the marks

White co lour

Blac k co lour Bl ack co lour White colour

Table 15. Traces of human activity visible on unidentifiable remains in material from Excavations 1956. Sq uare meter 18/ 13 17/17 23/20 24/23 19,20/ 11 19113 25/ 14 23/ 14 22/14 2 1/ 14 19/ 14 18/ 14 17/14 19/14-23115

Bone Un identifiab le Tibi a frag ment Long bone Long bone Articular surface of long bone Phalanx Unidentifi ab le Phalanx Unidentifiable Unidentifiable Unidentifiable Unidentifiable Unidentifiab le Unidentifi ab le Phalanx Unidentifiable Unidentifi ab le Unidenti fiab le

Type of marks Cut marks Cut marks Hit marks Hit marks Cut marks Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt Burnt

Descripti on of the marks

(Figure 7: C, D)

White co lour Bl ack colour White co lour Brown colour Bl ack co lour Bl ack co lour Blac k co lour Brown-grey co lour Brown-black co lour Black-grey colour (Figure 8: H) Bl ac k-white co lour

245

Piotr Wojtal et al.

22/ 15 211 15 22/ 16 25/ 17 23/l7 23/17 23/ 18 19/ 18 17/ 19 23/20 21/2 1 18/2 1 25/23

246

Unidenti fiabl e Unidenti fiabl e Phalanx Uni denti fiabl e Unidenti fiable seven specimens Unidenti fiable Cauda l vertebra Phalanx Phalanx Unidenti fiabl e Uni denti fiabl e Uni denti fiabl e Phalanx fo ur spec imens Phalanx Bone fragment Phalanx III Unidenti fiable Unidenti fiab le

Burnt Burnt Burnt Burn t Burn t Burn t Burn t Burn t Burn t Burnt Burn t Burnt Burnt Burn t Burnt Burn t Burnt Burnt

Grey co lour Brown-b lack co lour White co lour Brown-,grey co lour Black-grey co lour Grey co lour Grey co lour Black co lour Black co lour Black co lour Grey co lour White co lour Grey co lour Black co lour Bl ac k co lour (Fig ure 8: F) Grey co lour Black co lour White co lour

Bones selected for tools and decorations

Chapter 111.4.

ANIMAL BONES SELECTED FOR TOOLS AND DECORATIONS M iriam Nyv ltova Fisakova

Tools and decorations made from anima l bones and teeth excavated during the fie ld seasons of 1954 and 1956 at the Pavlov locali ty have been evaluated. The same researc h method as for the other osteological materials was app lied, and the resu lts of the analysis were compared wit h the zooarc haeo logical ana lysis co nducted by Musil (C hapter III.2). The anatomical pos ition and the age of the ind ividua l were determined for each bo ne and tooth , when/if possible. The reasoni ng behind the use of so me bones for produci ng specific too ls or decorations coul d be determi ned in some cases.

1. Anatomical Position of the Fauna) Remains Ma mmoth (Ma mmuth us prim igenius) . - Tusks were the mos t common mammoth materi al used for the too l production. In addition , the mammo th 's ribs, lo ng bo nes, molars, and a flat bone (o nly o ne iso lated occurrence) we re ide ntifi ed (Table I). Arc tic fox (A lopex lagopus) . - Perfo rated tee th , mainl y incisors and canines, with the upper teeth being more co mmo n (Tab le 3), were used as decorati o ns. Thi s co nclusio n is in an agreement with the observations of Mus il 's (Chapter III .2), who doc umented the absence o f the fox's uppe r teeth and m ax illas in the unworked osteo logical ma te rial from the same loca lity. The reaso n for the prefere nce of the upper teeth is yet not known ; th ere mi ght, however, have been a specia l ritua l meaning to it. Two iso lated cases of the use of a hume rus and a rad ius of a n arc ti c fox fo r making too ls were also docum e nted . It is a very pecu liar finding, as othe r parts of skeleton s of the red fox were co mm o nly used for the too l producti o n. Red fox (Vulpes vulpes) .- Similarly to the arctic fox, pe rfo rated inciso rs and canines (the upper teeth prevai ling onl y sli g htly ; Table 3) were used mainl y as decoration s. Ulnas were co mmon ly used fo r maki ng a wls and/or barbs. A pelvis with a ho le dril led into the art ic ul ar soc ket (a decoration ?) and four unworked femurs of the red fox we re also fo und (Ta bl e I). It is evide nt th at the Palaeo lithi c peop le used the red fox 's bones for too l ma king mo re frequently than those o f th e arctic fox; thi s pre fe re nce has so far re mained unreso lved. Wolf (Canis lup us). - The ribs, humeri , radii , ulnas, femurs, tibias , fib ul as, metapod ia and perforated teeth of wolves we re used as tools and/or for deco rative purposes (T abl e 1). No preference has been observed regarding the frequency of the use o f different teeth , as is the case of the tee th o f the red fox (T abl e 3). Wolverine (Gu lo gulo ). - A mandible, decorated (Chapter III.7 , Figure I 0:452156). Lion (Panthera spelaea). -A metatarsa l, deco rated (Chapter III .7, Figure 6: 140456). Reindeer (Rangifer tarandus) . - Antlers a nd ulnas are the most common ly used parts of the s ke leton of reindeer. Conversely , ribs, teeth , and tibias were used less frequently and a use of phalanx was doc umented in one iso lated case o nly (Tabl e I). This co nclu sio n is in agreement with the observations of Musi l 's (Chapter III .2), who describes the absence of the re indee r's skull s and antlers in the unworked osteological materia l. Horse (Equus caballus).- Ribs, me tapod ia (mainly the seco nd and fourth metapodia) a nd fib ul as of horses were used for a too l producti o n as we ll. These bones , owing to the ir original shape , are suitable for the production of awls a nd barbs . Further, different types of s moothe rs were produced from the horse ' s ribs . Brown bear (Ursus arctos). - A perforated tooth (a seco nd inci sor ?), a no n-perforated ca nin and me tacarpals we re used as decorati o ns. Fibulas were e mpl oyed as awls, which is simi lar to the ones of the horses . T he usage of the bear's bo nes was apparently rare, because bear is not regarded the ord in ary game.

247

Miriam Nyvltowi Fisako va

Table 1. Frequency of skeletal parts of individual species I minimum number of individuals (MN I) used as tools and decorations.

Animal spec ies I type of bone

skull skull with antl ers horn and antlers tooth perforated tooth ivory mandible vertebra perforated vertebra rib scapula humerus

616

173128 Il l

1016

174148

Il l

211

Il l

Ill Ill 181l

21l

1612 Il l

513

212

21 1

1418

Il l

Ill 412

radi us carpal metacarpal

1512

814

Ill

211

Il l

Il l

pha lanx pelvis sacrum

713

Ill Il l

Il l Ill

Ill

fe mur tibia

412

Ill

fibul a tibi otarsus tarsal metatarsal

312

Il l

513

312

312 Il l

211

Ill

814

58

T a bl e 2 F requency of 1'denti fi1ed bones and teeth used as tools or deco rations. Animal species number of identifi ed bones identified bones and teeth (%) and teeth Mam.mmuthu s primigenius 50,9 606 Alopex lagopus 14,8 176 Vulp es vulpes 71 6,0 Canis lupus 4,5 54 Gulo gulo I 0,1 Panthera spelaea I 0, 1 Rang ifer tarandus 22 1 18,6 Equus ge rmanicus 3, I 37 Ursus a rctos 6 0,5 Homo sapiens I 0, 1 Lepus cf. timidus 10 0,8 A ves sp. indet. 5 0,4 Pisces sp. indet. I 0,1 Total 11 90 100

24 8

Ill

Il l

3615

519123

ulna

determinable bones bird bones

621l4

Ill

3

MNI

MNI (%)

23 48 14 5 I 1 28 4 1 1 4 1 I 132

17,4 36,3 10,6 3,7 0,8 0,8 2 1,2 3, 0 0,8 0,8 3,0 0,8 0,8 100

Bones selected for tools and decorations

Polar hare (Lepus timidus ). - Owing to th e anatom ica ll y unique shape of the hare ' s bones, the most commonl y employed ske leton parts were ulnas used as aw ls and barbs; a case of a radius and tibia used as tools was doc umented too. Man (Homo sapiens ). - Perforated tooth (lower firs t incisor- I 1) was used as a decoration. Birds (Aves sp. ind.). - The aim of the usage of the bones of birds (diaphyses of long bones) is not yet apparent. Fishes (Pisces sp. indet.). - A perforated fish vertebra with the traces of the use as a decoration was preserved.

2. Analysis of the Osteological Material Based on the number of found bones, the mamm oth 's ones dominate, followed by the reindeer's and those of the arc ti c foxes. Other less frequent species are red foxes, wo lves and horses . Other ve rtebrate group and yet oth er species are very rare: brown bears, li on, wo lver ine, birds, fish , and humans (the perforated toot h). Desp ite th e low number of indi viduals, the arctic fox and reindeer prevai l, fo ll owed by mamm oths and red foxes. Other less frequent groups are: wolves, horses, and hare , with the oth er game, fur animals (bear), li o n, wolverine, men, birds and different kinds of fish- Table 2. Musil (C hapter III. 2) found the following representati ons of indi viduals within the unworked osteological materi al: reindeer (20.6 %), hare (16.8 % ), wo lves (15.5 % ), arc tic foxes ( 12.6 %), mammoths ( 10.4%), horses (8 .9%), birds (5 %), red foxes (4.9 %), brown bears (2.4 %) and wolverines (1.5 %). The other species are present in th e amounts of less than I % . The difference in proporti ons of the indi vidua ls between the os teo log ical material and the present too l analys is could be a result of the variab le preservation of indi vidu al bone tools. The tools may have been removed from the camp or destroyed by the usage. However, the spectrum of the bone tools at the locality does not differ from the spec ies of the hunted animals documented by Musil (C hapter III.2).

3. Age Structure of the Animals Fo ur of the 23 individuals of exami ned mam moths were young; one was less th an 2 years old and three were between the 2 and 5 years of age , the rest of them were adults. T wo of the rei ndeer were juvenil es, one individual was very o ld , and the rest of the an imal were adu lts.

Table 3. Number of found perforated upper and lower teeth of: the red and polar foxes and the wolves. Alop ex lagopus

Vulp es vulpes

e

22 59

Canis Lu]lUS 18

27

2

cl

30

14

I

27

8

12 2

,I -_

p p2 pJ P"

MI MI 1-z IJ c1

PI p2 p3 p4

MI Mz M3

6 16 6 4

4

9 I I

2

I

249

Miriam Nyvltova Fisakova

2

4

3

5

6

9

8

7

10

12

11

13

p 14

24

15

25

16

26

17

27

20

19

18

28

29

21

30

22

31

23

32

Figure 1. 1-6, 8-13 incisors of polar foxes; 14-23 canines of red foxes; 7, 24-30 incisors of wolves , 31-32 unidentified pieces of the root of a tooth. Drawing by B. Klima.

4. Palaeoethnological Evaluation Based on the proporti ons of the indi vidual skeleton parts belonging to va ri ous animal spec ies, the Gravetti an hunters preferred easil y process ible materi als, uch are the mammoth 's tusks and reindeer's antlers or th e long bo nes of mammoths. Gravetti an humans also took an advantage of the ori gin al anatomical shape of the bones . The suitable bones had been used directl y or pecked to the given purp ose (e.g., the horse metapodi a, the fibul as of horses or carni vo res, the uln as of horses, reindeers or hare). Teeth of foxes, wolves, bears or other animals, metapodi a, mandibl e and a fox pelvis (iso lated case) were co mmonl y used as deco rati ons and for oth er non-utilitari an purposes (Tabl e 3) .

5. Conclusions 1. Bone tools and deco rati ons were produced from the fo ll ow ing animal spec ies: mammoth s, horses, reindeer, wo lves, arctic foxes, red foxes, bro wn bears, li on, wo lve rin e, polar hare, birds and fi sh; 2. Accordin g to the number of indi viduals, the most common species were the arcti c fox and reindeer, fo llowed by mammoths and red foxes . Less co mmon were wo lves, horses and polar hare. The least frequent animals were th e other game, fur animals and th e other vertebrates. Thi s contradi cts the abundance of the indi vidual spec ies in the un wo rked osteological materi al, where the re indeer, polar

250

Bones selected for tools and de co rations

hare and wo lf were the most co mmon spec ies ; arctic and red foxes and ma mmoth s were the leastco mmon spec ies . T he a mounts of the othe r spec ies were equ al; 3 . Th e diffe re nce in th e numbe r of indi vidu als preserved in the un wo rked osteo logical mate ri al and w ithin the grou p of bone too ls could have resulted from th e mainte nance of indi vidual too ls at the locali ty or fro m the re mova l of the too ls from the ca mp by humans; 4. Four of the ma mmoth 's tusks be longed to ju venil e ind iv iduals; the othe rs came from adult indi vidu als. T wo bones of re indeer came from youn g a nima ls, one indi vidual was very old and the rest of the m were of th e adult age. The othe r too ls have been made fro m the bones of th e adult ind iv idu als; 5. T he G ravetti a n hunte rs prefe tTed eas il y process ibl e mate ri als, suc h as the mammoth's tu sks and the re in deer's a ntl e rs or the long bones of ma mmoth s. Th ey a lso too k ad vantage of th e anatomi ca l shape of the bones to directl y adapt th e m to the requ ired use or to a g iven purp ose . Teeth , metapodi a and a fox pe lvis were used for deco rati ve or othe r non-utilitari an purp oses.

Acknowledgements Thi s study was supported by the grant of th e Min istry of Ed ucat ion, Youth and Physica l Ed ucati on, No Jl 3/98 : 3 1 00006 . The auth or woul d like to thank to Jiff Svoboda and Piotr Woj tal fo r co nstructi ve comments, which led to significa nt im proveme nt of th is chapter.

251

Enrico Briihl

Chapter 111.5.

THE BONE, ANTLER, AND IVORY TOOLS E nri co Bri.ihl

One of the main c haracteri sti cs of the Pa vl ov ia n is a numerous and type-ric h spectrum of bone, a ntl e r, and ivory artifacts (KJfma 1959a; Svoboda 1996; Svoboda et al. 2000). This research builds upon the works of Bohusla v Klfma (1 994 ; 1997) and presents the materi al excavated in the years 1954 and 1956 in orde r to compl ete the pi cture of th e Southeaste rn pa rt of the site of Pav lov I. The find s from the excavati ons of 1957B , 1970 and 197 1 were a lso impli cated in thi s study. The decorati ve obj ects, trinkets and art obj ects from ivory, antl e r, and bone we re described separate ly (Chapter III.7). Al so, numerous re mainders of too l making processes and the use o f bone, antle r and ivory, like fl akes, obj ects with simpl e negati ve structures or fl ake sca rs, and cut marked pi eces, were not obj ects of thi s stud y, as a detail ed researc h on the tec hniques of th e too l makin g would be a more suitable frame for such interesting part of th e mate ri al (cp. On o 2003). 627 too ls and tool fragments were studi ed . 166 ite ms we re found on the area excavated in 1954, 423 on the area of 1956 . 38 objects were excavated in th e sond age of the a rea B of 1957 and th e sondages of 1970 and 1971. Divided by the raw mate ri al of the bl anks the qu antiti es are: In the 1954 mate ri al, 58 obj ects we re made from bone, 26 from antle r and 82 from ivo ry. In th e 1956 mate ri al, 133 obj ec ts were made from bone, 90 from antl er and 200 from ivo ry. The re were two ivo ry too ls or too l fragme nts in the materi al of 1957 B. The material of 1970 contained two ivo ry, two a ntl e r and one bone too ls or fragme nts. In 197 1, 23 tools and tool fragme nts from ivo ry a nd 8 from bone we re found . Among th ose 8 bone obj ects, there were 3 fragme nts of one bone needl e, two pi eces o f whic h matc h at th e frac ture lin e. Unfo rtun ately, th ere are no furth er informati on on the local di stributi on of th ese three needl e fragments, onl y its ori gin at the so nd age of 1971 is certain . Th e proportions of the raw materi als are quite similar at both areas. This e nabl es us to present both co mpl exes from the Southeastern part of the s ite of Pav lov I as a unity. Th e unity is a lso give n by th e locati on of the sites and the pos iti on of the indi vidual excavati on areas th emse lves . The remarkabl e domin ance of ivo ry in th e mate ri al - 309 ivo ry objects on one hand , in co ntrast w ith onl y 11 8 antler obj ects and 200 bone objects on th e oth er - is not a sign o f a prefe rence of thi s raw materi al at th e site, but probably resulted from the spec ifi c deco mp os iti on prope rti es of ivo ry. The bi ggest part of the materi al of both excavati on campaigns is formed by small ivo ry too l fragme nts- if identifi abl e, mostl y spearheads and needl es - lame ll a like decayed at the growth structures of th e tusk. Because of the fact that no concentrati ons of such la me ll ar splinters and fragme nts were recogni zed in th e excavated area, it is assumed th at most of the too ls probabl y decayed durin g th e life time of th e Pavlovian peop le at the Pav lovske Hill s; most ce rtainly the y we re des troyed or dec ayed be fore th e sedime ntati on of the hi gh glac ial loess . As opposed to the predomin ance of the small ivo ry specime ns, small fragme nts o f antl e r a nd bo ne too ls are very rare and mo stly limited to shaft fragme nts of ve ry thin bon e needles. Co mpl e tely preserved bone tool s are frequent ; small aw ls and pi ercers are the most freque ntly recorded artifacts.

252

Bone, antler and ivory tools

The antl er ad zes and smoothers- "Giatter" in th e sense of Klfma 's (1994 ; 1997) - were , in general , co mpl etely prese rved , and if th ere were damages, th ere was no ev idence of a decomposition process, but of th e use wear traces. The ivory obj ec ts more frequently show results of corrosive surface damages than th e bone and antler obj ects. There are exampl es of a co mplete weathering of the surface as well as corrodin g traces of pl ant roots. The spati a l di stributi ons of strongly weathered fragments and th ose with no or just few weathering traces document no regu lariti es or concentrations of similarl y weathered obj ec ts. Without furth er mi croscopic and chemo-ph ys ica l analysis, it is imposs ible to decide to what ex te nt the weathering conditi ons of the ivory objects were caused by the pedol ogic and sedimentation processes and to what exte nt by th e time the obj ects were layin g on the surface. The spati al distribution of ivory, bone and antl er artifacts documents some differences between the areas A and B of th e 1956 excavati on camp aign. Area A shows a quite cons istent dispersion of artifacts, gettin g a little thinn er to the W est. Area B, s itu ated to th e South of the area A, shows a remarkable artifact concentration in the Eastern part - near the border with the area A. To th e South , Southwest and W est, the number of artifacts rapidly dec reases until it reaches the po int of a complete lack of the artifac t ev idence. The above menti oned concentrati on co incides with the dwelling structure (Kifma 1959b) . Th e area A of 1954 is a continuation to the East of the areas A and B of 1956. This part of the site shows a s imil ar consistent di spersion of artifacts with th e area 1956 A. Th e artifact dispersion of the area 1954 B is also quite diffu se. The number of artifacts is remarkably small er and clearl y dec reases to the North, with the excepti on of a co ncentrati on of antl er adzes and other antl er too ls wi thin th e area of the main reco rded co ncentrati on in the Northeastern part of th e area 1956 B . The di stributi on of all raw material groups is simil ar and does not give any indi cati ons fo r a structural division of the settle ment area such of workshops or ateli ers. In th e material of the so ndages, the number of artifacts of a precise ori gi n is small. No researc hes on the spatial distribution and relations of th e raw material, type of tool and the spot of findin g were possible. Notable is the hi gh number of finds in th e so nd age of 197 1, situ ated to the South from the area of 1954 A. The sond ages to th e Northeast ( 1957 B) and to the Southwest (1970) of th e 1971 area co ntain ed onl y a poo r asse mbl age consisting of few ite ms, but the area excavated in 1971 is only s li ghtl y bigger th an the areas of 1957 B and 1970. However, thi s concentration is limited in its signifi cance, as Klfma menti ons in th e excavati on documentat ion that all objects except 5 were clearly redepos ited by so liflucti on processes.

1. The Ivory Tools The excavation areas of 1954 and 1956 co ntai ned 82, respectively 200 ivory objects, that could be c lass ified as tools and too l fragments. 27 ivory objects were excavated in the sondages. 94 of these spec imens were ivo ry fragments that cou ld not have undoubtedly been ass igned to a spec ial tool type, but whi ch bore many signs of different working processes. It is poss ibl e th at amo ng these objects are not onl y tools but also fragme nts of trinket pieces suc h as diadems or hairpins. Fragments of spearheads and needles form the most numerous gro ups amo ng the ivory objects. Four almost co mpl etely preserved spearheads and 26 larger fragments all ow for th e distinction of vari ous spearhead types . Also, the numerous need le fragments all ow for a typological differentiation. The spearheads could be divided in tw o main groups: There are th e typical baton or bolt like projectiles, and the spearheads with a laurel or box tree leaf shaped blade and a tang. The baton like points with a round cross section all owed for a more detailed classification thanks to some further characte ri stics. The basal fragments and the butts of the compl etel y preserved spec imens showed that 3 different kinds of butts were manufactured. There were points with co ni c butts (e.g. Figure 2: 4, 6), with sing le beveled butts (e.g. Figure I : 2), and with he mi spherical butts (e.g. Figure 1: 3, F igure 2: 3, 8). In the material of 1954 and 1956, fragments of points with he mi spheri ca l butts predominate. But estimating the amounts of representations of these three types within the found material is less predictable, because of the high portion of fragments and lame ll as of strong ly destroyed points in the assemblage (cp. F igu re 3) . There ex ists a poss ibility th at the fragments belonging to one point are impossib le to refit.

253

En rico Briihl

While the projectiles with hemi spheri cal butts mos tl y have a regul ar round shaft cross secti on of an un changing di ameter at the bi gges t parts of its length (Figure 1: 3), the projectiles with a coni cal or beveled butts reach th eir bigges t di ameters mos tl y shortl y before th e butt and taper continuously to the tip (Figure 2: 6). An example of thi s type is the most co mpl ete projectil e from both excavati on campaigns: Just a light scar at the tip that shortens the obj ects a few millimeters at the beveled butt. The spearh ead is 136 mm long with a max imum di ameter of 12 mm . At thi s length , the projectile seems to represent the lower borderlin e of th e lengths vari ability of thi s type of spearheads. Another, also just at the tip eas il y damaged, specimen is 263 mm long with a max imum di ameter of 18 mm . Some fragments with the length s between 122 and 163 mm demonstrate, due to the degree of the taper rati o, th at they represent only 1/2 to 3/5 of the ori ginal length ; projectil es up to 350 mm in length most probabl y ex isted. Numerous lamell as - parti cul arl y from middle range of spearhead shafts - make it poss ibl e to reco nstruct the di ameters of the projectiles. So it is recogni zabl e that fragments of spearh eads with di ameters of about 5 to 6 mm are relati ve ly frequent. Herein a characteri stic of the site Pav lov I seems to ex ist, because baton like spearh eads with di ameters smaller th an 7 mm were a rather rare feature in the mjddle Upper Palaeolithic between the Ural Mountains and the Atl antic coast of the Iberi an peninsul a (Bosinski 1987). The larges t recogni zabl e di ameter in the find material is 2 1 mm. Numerous fragments of baton like ivo ry obj ects with di ameters of 4 mm were described as needle fragments, because they are close to the ivo ry and bone needl es in th eir dimensions, but it must be co nsidered at least, that fo r a part of th ese objects a use as a spearhead is poss ibl e, es peciall y fo r so me larger fragments from medi al or termin al ranges . With a general reducti on of the projec tile di ameter acco mpani es an extending of th e shape. The di ameters reducti on gives a larger techn ological independence from the natural curvature of the raw materi al, the mammoth tusk. The thi cker projectil es show accordingly more frequentl y and more strongly developed curvatures. A fragment of a thi cker spearh eads - di ameter 14 mm- has a coni cal butt, whi ch shows additi onall y a bevel (Figure I: 2). Thi s bevel is not pl ane but appears as a fl at, far groove with a ro unded V-s haped cross secti on. Thi s basal spearhead fragment is at the same time th e onl y spec imen of thi s tool type, which shows cl ear deco rati ve pattern made of ge nuine engrav ing lines. An about 20 mm wide and 60 mm long surface secti on near the frac ture line shows two se ri es of angle lines separate fro m two rows of di ago nal lines by a perpendi cul arl y standing line. The lines were produced by engrav ing, not by simple cutting, as it li kewise appears in regul ar pattern on the surface of oth er ivory obj ects, like a baton like spearh ead from the sondage of 1970, described bell ow (Figure 3: 1). Compared with the engraved patterns at the antler tools these engrav ing lines at the spearh ead fragment were very fl at. The running out of indi vidual engrav ing lines in the transiti on area to th e undeco rated sections of th e projectile surface, as we ll as the stronger weathering of th ose undeco rated surface secti ons, indi cates th at clearly larger parts of the proj ectile shaft ori ginall y carri ed an engraved ornament. The group of tanged projectiles with flat leaf shaped bl ades appears clearl y more heteromorph and raises at the same time aga in the questi on about the mini aturi zed too ls of organi c materi al at Pav lov I site (Fi gure 7, 8). Those fragments of tanged spearheads, whi ch belongin g to obj ects with lengths similar to those of th e baton like points, showing co ntrary to the mini atures - th e spoo n like obj ects in the sense of Klfma- no such strong stand ardi sati on li ke it is charac teri sti c for the baton like points. 4 different types of tanged ivo ry points are recogni zabl e in the materi al of the Pav lov I site (Bri.ihl and Svo boda 2003). Both shape and size of these too ls vary as we ll as length and organi zati on of the tangs. One compl ete large sized tanged ivo ry spearhead and 12 fragments are present. The longest completely preserved piece is 178 mm long; the bl ade reaches a max imum width of 30 mm (Figure 7: 2). The shape of the blade is easil y asy mmetri cal and rese mbl es the shape of a box tree leave; the bl ade length is 85 mm . The tang of thi s projectil e shows a rectangul ar cross secti on. With excepti on of a li ght arch in the central range, caused by the peculiariti es of th e raw materi al, th e tang have a co nstant width and a even co nstant thi ckness of about l 0 mm on th e entire length . The basal range of the tang is scarred, whereby it is not recognizable wheth er thi s scarrin g represents a bevel or thinnin g of the butt and belongs to the producti on process of the spec imen, or wheth er it represents a damage

254

Bone, an tler and ivO J)' tools

deve loped during the use. Characteristics of thi s spec imen are th e obtuse a ngl e of approximately 100° the late ral edges o f the bl ade meet at the tip , and the rounding of the tip secti on. The proj ectil e was prod uced by grindin g a nd polishing. Es pec ia ll y the tip section and the bl ade surfaces were finely polished. On th e ve ntral surface of the ta ng however so me irregul a riti es, caused by th e laminated structure of ivo ry, were rewo rked onl y care less ly by grindin g. These irregu lariti es formjng th e abo ve me nti oned arc h. Thi s spec ime n is th e prototype for type 11 of the Pav lo v I tanged ivo ry points (Bri.ihl and Svoboda 2003). From a quite s imil ar, alth ough larger and better worked point a termjn al fragment is prese nt in the material of th e year 1954 (Figure 7 : I ). Thi s po int however cannot be ass igned to the same type like the spec ime n descr ibed above, sin ce the te rmin a l tip is c learly lesse r rounded and the edges of th e bl ade meet w ith a straighte r course in a c learl y more pointed ang le of 50°, so a drop or lancet shaped blade is mos t like ly. Close to the fracture lin e starts a patte rn of vertically cut lin es runnin g over the bl ade, on one surface 2 and on the other 3 lin es are still preserved . Caused by the mi ss in g basa l secti on thi s specime n was not assignable to one of the know types. Beside thi s typological sepa rat ion based on the blade shapes also the le ngth proporti ons of bl ade and tang a re very variable. Whil e at th e complete preserved tan ged point, described above, a proportion of approx imate ly I : I is present , diffe re nt point fragments show in g th at other po ints had fl attened tip secti ons tak in g just a qua rte r or less of the overall length (e.g. Figure 8: 8). At least 3 fragments of ta nged points show bes id e tec hn o log ica l also c lear typological s imilarities and seem to represent a stand ardi zed type. Thi s type is not securely recognizable in the ma te ri al of the excavati ons 1954 and 1956, since only fragments in thi s assemblage re present it (F igure 8: 1-3). This type covers points with overall le ngth within the lowe r ra nge of the spearhead le ngth variability . Ch a racteristic s are the production from a thi c k ivory la me lla, which seems to be the result of a natural decay ing, the dropshaped blade, so me times by carvin g c learl y set off from the tang, a nd th e long-rec tangul ar shape of the tang. Caused by th e natural curvature of the ivory la me ll a the bl ade of the poi nt loo k simjl ar to th e head of a spoo n. Th e ta ng is usua ll y rathe r wide and the bl ade ex pand s onl y few millime tres over the lateral edges of the tang. The short drop-shaped heads give the impress ion, th at they were se ld om longer th a n one qu a rter of the overall length . The fact th at these points wilfully were made from lamell as of di sintegrated tusks and were not decaying products from more three dime ns ionall y structured points of type I (Bri.ihl a nd Svoboda 2003), like they occurred for exampl e in the ma te rial of 1953 (Klfma 1994) , is de monstrated not onl y by the presence of grinding traces on both surface of the point but a lso by the exis te nce of half finished object of thi s type. These fragments represent type III in the Pavlov I ta nged ivory point typo logy of Bri.ihl and Svoboda (2003); a type, which is also in the who le assembl age of Pav lov I site j ust represented by fragments. Likewi se usuall y made from la me ll as of tu sks are the ivo ry obj ec ts designated by Klfma as spoo ns and/or spoon like tool s (Figure 7: 3-6). Klfma grants to these spec ime ns a functional c haracter on ly in sin g le cases, he e mph as is a deco rative and/or ritual function. The c lass ifi cat ion as spoons was based the reby mos tl y on the curvature of the blade secti on of these objec ts, but thi s c urvature is g iven by the raw mate ri al - the ivory la me ll a. Some ite ms, both in the total material of Pavlov I s ite as well as in the materi al of the excavat ion yea rs 1954 and 1956, indicating however that thi s curv ature did not possess any functional c harac te r. At so me obj ects made from thicker ivory la mell as or also from tu sk sp linte rs it was du e to th e la rger thi ckness of the bl ank poss ibl e to co mpe nsate th e curvature by carving, grindin g and po li shin g (cp . Figure 7: 3). More probable is a c lass ifi cati on of these obj ec ts as miniaturized projectile points (B ri.ihl and Svoboda 2003). The hi gh degree of shape standardi sati on is characteri sti c w hil e the dimensions of the spec imen are very vari ab le. For all co mpl ete ly preserved specimens the laurel leaf shaped blade is characterist ic. It takes about half of the ove rall le ngth . At three of the five comp lete specimens the tangs showi ng le nti cul ar c ross sec ti ons and quite parall el running tang edges. At two of these objects the tang w ide ns short before the straight runnin g butt (Figure 7: 4 , 5) . A seco nd one- approxi mate ly equal large copy- shows scars of a splintering in the basa l ectio n, therefore it is uncertain if this specimen also had suc h a basal widening. Scars of this kind, alth ough less stronger are present with one excepti on at a ll speci men . Unsure is the origin of the sca rs. Was it a part of the manufacturing process and hence a type characteristic or is it a manifestation of wear acts (Bri.ihl and Svoboda 2003). Onl y the sma ll est of these mini ature po ints had a coni cal arran ged butt w ith out any beve l or scar (Figure 7: 6). At the larges t copy the tang tapers to the butt. A sca r distu rbs the basa l, mainly affecting the left-lateral edge and caus in g a lateral tape rin g effect.

255

Enrico Briih/

Therefore the taperin g effect must not have been prese nt at the ori ginal obj ect (Figure 7: 3). But th ere is also the poss ibility that a subtype with taperin g edges ex ist. Thi s is indicated by a tang fragment, which was equall y produced from a lamell a and shows a longer, but in the same style tapered tan g (Figure 8: 5). Although it is at las t just a va ri ati on of th e main type, indi cated by a 98 mm long point, showin g a taperin g of the tang as well as a basal widenin g. All mini aturi zed tanged points belonging to type N in th e typology of Briihl and Svo boda (2003) but the miniaturi zati on is no type characteri sti c, because in oth er areas of Pav lov I site morph ological matching tanged points with dimensions close to these of the baton li ke spea rh eads were found . The rounded tips of most of the points are no general characteri sti c. They were caused with the exception of the larges t point by outbreaks. One object of thi s find catego ry had a very we ll pointed tip. Negating a fun cti onal character of th e small tanged points just because of their dimensional differences to large sized spec imens and to th e baton like points however is not possible by different reaso ns (Briihl and Svo boda 2003). One of it is the circumstance, th at the largest copy of thi s stron gly standardi zed group is j ust little shorter than the shortes t "genuine" spearhead of type IV. The obj ect is 11 2 mm long. The bl ade with a length of 76 mm and a width of 26 mm is larger than numerou s blades of large sized points, especi all y these of the specimens belonging to type I and III. Onl y the small es t obj ect with just 39 mm overall length , a bl ade length of 2 1 mm and a width of 12 mm stands outside the vari ati on range of the "genuine" tanged spearheads. The round des ign of one of the projectil es tip secti ons and the hi gh probability that also the oth er spec imens did not carry very pointed tips, does not limit the interpretati on as projectil es, because also among the large sized tanged points (cp. Figure 8: 1, 3) and the baton like spearheads were numerous exampl es with strongly en-round ed termin al sections (Figure 4: 2, 3). The fun cti onal and typological unity of the desc ribed small points is underlin ed additi onall y by the occurrence of almost identi cal patterns at two pi eces (Figure 7: 3, 4). Both carry smooth ed line patterns, produced in co ntras t to th e decorated baton like point from simple cut lines and not from engrav ing lines. At one proj ectil e blade and tang were decorated on both surfaces at th e edges with perpendi cul arl y to th e longitudin al ax is standin g lines . At th e second spec imen the orn ament is made in the same way, stands however eas il y di ago nall y to th e longitudin al ax is. At both specimens the lines are strongly smoothed and recogni zable best at th e edges. Thi s smoothin g of the cut lines whil e running over the bl ade indicates an attriti on of the surface durin g use as reason. Thi s seems to be more probabl e th an a naturall y caused corrosion of the surface befo re and after th e sedimentati on of the coverin g sediments. The deco rati ve patterns correspond to th ose present also at bone and antl er too ls. Ivo ry needles are present in the materi al of the two excavati on peri ods with 82 spec imens (Figures 56). There is onl y one app rox imately complete spec imen. It is a quite thi ck needl e with hemi spheri cal butt (Figure 5: 67). All other finds are fragments; th e longest one is 49 mm long. Most of th e find s are however small and smallest fragments of needl e shafts. Data co ncernin g the lengths of complete copi es of the thinner needl es are therefo re not ascertainable. The shaft cross secti ons are vari able. Round, ova l to lenticul ar, rectangu lar to squ are and all between th ese shapes intermedi ating cross secti ons appear (Figure 5: 25-38, 43-66). The shafts are usuall y parallel-laterall y made and the taperin g starts just short before th e tip . Spec imens tapering over the entire shaft length are rare. The di ameters of the parall el-l ateral shaft s th ereby have a max imum of 5 mm, while the minimum of 2 to 1.5 mm is given by the raw materi al properti es . The poss ibility, th at larger needl es could be thin spearh eads was menti oned already above . Three fragments with tri angul ar cross secti on fo und in 1956 could be surely ass igned to one needl e (Figure 5: 70). The middl e fragment shows a pattern of 5 di ago nall y to the longitudin al ax is standin g cut lines. For tw o of the three fragments no prec ise find spot data are present, so additi onal statements to spatial distributi ons are not poss ible. As vari ous as th e orga ni zati on of th e shaft cross secti ons is the organization of the needl e butts. At th e baton like needl es with shaft di ameters of 5 and 4 mm predominate simple organi zation forms like co ni cal (Figure 5: 48, 54, 55 , 57 , 60 ; Fi gure 6: 11 , 17) and hemi spheric butts dominate (Fi gure 5: 45 ,

256

Bone, antle r and ivory tools

53, 59, 61; Figure 6: 16). Thi s correspondence with th e butt shapes of the baton like spearheads is a further indication for a simil a r use of the thi c ke r needl es. On the opposite stand s a multiplicity of diffe re ntly shaped butts at spec imen s with di a mete rs of 3 and 2 mm. Bes id e spherical and flattened sph eri ca l butts (cp . Figure 5: 66; Figure 6: I 5) rectangul a r fl atte ned and rifle butt shaped (Figure 6: l3) basal sec tion s a re freque nt. At needl es with sphe ric al shaped butts predomin ate round to square shaft cross section s. This is caused by techn o logical conditions. At th e specimens with flattened sp he ri cal, with rectangul ar and rifle sha ped butts rectangul a r to le nticul ar cross secti ons are co mmon . Two basa l fragments a mo ng th e piece w ith rifl e butt shaped to long-triangul ar butts show ing a perforation (Figure 6: 1, 2). One obj ec t is a larger s ized needl e with rifl e butt like head (Figure 6: 1), whose perforation is uncertai n in its function. At the othe r obj ect a functi ona l classification as a true needl e eye seems to be poss ibl e (Figure 6: 2). The inve nti on of the eyed needl e was for a long time ass igned to the M agdale nian pe riod , however already kn ow n as muc h older because of the finds from Kost ie nki XXI and Kost ie nki XV (Bosi nski 1987). The eyed need le from Pav lov I unde rlines the older age of thi s in venti o n. An occ utTe nce of suc h finds was even ex pected (Fridri c h and Sykorova 1999) becau e of the recent cogniti ons regardin g th e use of vegeta bl e fibres and th e knowledge of diverse knot techniques by the Gravettian inh abitants of th e Pav lovske Hill s (Adovas io et a l. 1997, 1999). On the other han d the mentioned object was decorated w ith three rotating indentati ons at the remained sectio n of the shaft. This decoration places the spec ime n into the proximity of trinkets. But there are a lso 5 basal fragments of small e r ivo ry need les, which show seve ral ind e ntati ons, so that the needl e butts look like ball s set one ove r the othe r (Figure 6: 5, 7, 9- 10, 12; Chapter III .6). These speci me ns are not coge ntly decorative or trinke t objec ts, sin ce a basa l indentat ion , like for example at net awls a nd simil ar too ls usual till present times, could serve for the fi xati on of fibre or c hord, and thereby took over the function of a need le eye. This makes it possible, that the appeari ng of the inden tation at the perforated need le may be a typological remnant, as it is so frequent in later epoc hs of prehistory. A third but s mall e r rifl e butt shaped basa l needl e fragment shows also such inde ntati ons in the transitional range between butt and shaft (Figure 6: 3). The too ls and their types, presented so fa r, were also recognized by Klfma (1994; 1997) in the find material of the yea rs 1952, 1953, 1957 an d 1958. Amo ng th e worked ivo ry obj ects in th e assemb lages of 1954 and 1956 a so far not known tool type was recogni zed. It is a n aw l-like too l, manufactured from a thin ivo ry splinter (Figure 9: 2-4). For thi s type of aw l a rectangular handle secti on with a pointed tri a ngul ar cross sect ion a nd a long, parallellatera l, terminal stro ngly rounded tip section are c haracter istic. The tools were produced by grinding a nd polishing tec hniqu es, whereby at least one, up to all three surfaces of the handl e were grinded and polished. Th e working tips were grinded on all surfaces, whereby the cross section c hanged from e nrou nded long-tr iangu lar to rou nd. The work ing point is late rall y s ituated . Two complete spec ime ns of thi s type a re present (Figure 9: 2, 4); a third specimen was rebuild from a ha ndle and a tip fragment (find spot data for the tip fragment are g iven). An ivory frag me nt in the materi al of the year 1956 is probably a handl e fragment of this type. The hi gh rate of morphological a nd a lso morph ome tri ca l simil ariti es be tween two obj ects from the find materi al of the year 1956 are thereby very re markabl e and allow th e desc ripti on of a stand ardi zed type . A further too l ori gin atin g from the material of 1954 deviates from the type in the fact, that it is shorter and has a centri call y ori e ntated tip . A furth er aw llike tool fro m ivory shows a rhombic cross section and a li kewise centri c tip (Figu re 9: 3) but it is a c lose relevant of the described type. One spec ime n is a va ri at ion of the type stand ard s. Its deviation from the desc ribed type is a handl e section, w hi c h tapers eas il y to the tip on its ent ire le ngth . At this po int it is to announ ce, th at it is not poss ibl e to differentiate small er fragments of this type of aw l from fragment of needles with rifle butt shaped basal sectio n. The described aw ls are very pragmatically produced. Ju st a few working steps were necessary to produce the tools. Simple sp lin ters were used as bl anks and at las t only the tip section required a larger expenditure of gri nding works. The manufactures se lected ivory fragments and splinters with an a lready ava il ab le shape near to this of the desired tool. A further shaping of th e blank was not needed.

257

Enrico Briihl

...s; /11

I

v.~ 1

I

1/

I

11

I I

~

! li I

I 1/

I

, .,

I

'

.'.r', f",

I

;

·-:• lr .:1

/ l .. r,

/''I "' . I

I

"

I .'"}I'

,J I

~-

~

..

ll \

I fl,i I

(Il!!ij

I .1: 1 ~I I

0

1

2

F1.gure 1. The ivory tools.

25 8

3

'

I

'

11 · ,.:

4

'

I

Bone, antler and ivory tools

II \

I

''

11

{

I

I! i; 11

@ 5

4

Figure 2. The ivory tools.

259

Enrico Briihl

F igure 3. The ivory tools.

260

Bone, antler and ivory tools

~ 2

·... I

@J

.d iD

tlZb

4

~.

· ....

6

7

5

@ 8

w

.til:h. 9

10

...·

~

:~

14

fL.l.l_VJ

15

·. 11 . - - -',

-::ZZZZJ.::·

(flY· ·. 16

-

i '

I

~

23

22

25

26

~ 27

.. 24

~

29

:

~.

28

~

~ ~

tlZLJ::, 30

@ 31

.

:OJIL!J

· ~ ..

aih

32

33

34

. 4 · The ivory tools. F1gure

261

Enrico Briihl

~ ~~ a .

qzp

I

12

·~

16

/

i

~·· 26 25

CZilJ)

i'

27

~~ 24

30

0 29

Figure 21. The bone tools.

289

En rico B riihl

I

'\

''

l'

;.·

;, I

i'

'I

l'' I /I ,

I'

I i

~l, !

I

I

-

'I

-::::=::-

:ti

\

I

I

I

\

i

i

rf(

'

\ I

1:

il I

\

\ \

I'

'

~ ~ ~~ ,jlJ

I

·'I

I

I

~/ 1

,

I

I

' '

1/tj

\

'

11

i

,': ~~\i:'ll·'rr i;,fu' ..P· ,i

.!· ' '

'I 1,\I \li\

I

\

1

~

I

I

III

: I

I'

'I

; I I

'

@Y

6

7

8

Figure 22. The bone tools.

290

'

'

4

---

Bone, an tler and ivory tools

In th e materi al of th e so nd age 1970 onl y one frag ment of a bone too l is present. It is a basa l fragment of a smaller, in the sense of Klfma shovel-like too l made from a rib of Mammuthus primigenius. The materi al of the 197 1 so nd age co ntains 8 bone tools and/or fragments of it. The three fragments of a round needle shaft , two of it fittin g directl y, were already desc ribed above. A small point mi ght be th e fragment of a short bodkin or an awl , which was manu factured from an unkn own bone. Another frag ment of an awl or a needl e is present. An uln a or a tibi a of a smaller mammal like Vulp es sp., Alopex lagopus or Lepus timidus used as bl ank bone. A long bodkin made from a rudimentary metapodium of Equus sp. is completely preserved. The pecimen was made with just a few grindin g works and belongs to the simpl est copies of thi s too l type. Two fragments represent the group of the large sized bone tools. A medi al fragment of a mammoth rib is poli shed on one surface. The specimen belongs probabl y to the pointed ribs, th e tent pegs. Onl y a few signs for grindin g and poli shin g works are recogni zabl e. Some very clear cut marks on th e dorsal sur face of the rib are remarkabl e. They do not form any pattern . The seco nd spec imen is a fragment of a shove l-like tool s made from mammoth rib . It is a very fin ely poli shed terminal fragment.

--:::::::::::

Figure 23. A bone spatula. Length

__

=415 mm.

4. Summary The aim of thi s paper was to present the ivory, antler and bone too ls excavated in 1954 and 1956 in th e middle Upper Palaeo lithi c site of Pav lov I. The materi al fits into th e already ex istin g picture of the large and type-ri ch spectru m of too ls made of ivo ry, antler, and bone. Differences compared to the ea rli er works onl y co ncern th e subj ecti ve functi onal interpretati on of indi vidual too l types. The side by side occurre nce of simple tools, typ ified by a min imum of manufacturing expenditure, with in tensive ly worked too ls, shoul d be emphasized as a characteristic of this assemblage. Spati al distributi on of ivo ry, antl er, and bone too ls does not show a clear indicati on of spati al and temp oral structurin g within the cultu ra l layer and in the settl ement area, whi ch however does not exc lude such a poss ibility.

291

Enrico Briihl

Acknowledgement This paper was just possi ble because of acti ve and patient assistance of numerous friend s and co ll eagues. Special thank I owe to Dietrich Mani a (Jena/Bilzingsleben), for relevant information as well as for manageri al support, to Rudolf Musi l (Brno), Alexander Verpoorte (Leiden) and Michael P. Pickering (Canberra) for still unpubl is hed papers, to Jaromfr Kovarnfk (Znoj mo) for his kind help and friend ship , to Mari o Ki.iBner (Hall e/Saale), Thomas Law·at (Jena) and Antj e Justu s (Kob lenz) fo r co nstructive di sc uss ions, to Tom Neudorn (Arn stadt) fo r his tech nical support and of co urse to the whole staff of the Centre fo r Pal aeo lithic and Pal aeoethnol ogic Researches in Dolnf Vestonice, espec iall y the head of staff Jiff Svoboda as well as Martin Novak, Jana Fi.ihrerova and Ladislav Bures for the poss ibility to work with the outstanding material of Pavl ov I and fo r so me very beautiful and work- ri ch days at the feet of the Pavl oske Hill s. For shortenin g the preparing time of thi s paper I used the drawings made by Bohuslav Klfma, and thus I have to thank to him , and will use the paper to commemorate a great man, researcher, and scienti st.

References: Abso lon, K. 1938: Vyzkum diluvialnf stanice lovn/ n·l.anuml v Dolnfch Vestonicfch na Pavlovsk)lch kopcfch na Morave. Pracovn[ zprd.va za prvn[ rok 1924. Brno Ad ovas io , J.M ., Hyland , D.C. , and Soffer, 0 . 1997: Tex tiles and cord age: A prelimin ary assesement. In : Pavlov I - Northwest. DVS 4, Brno, pp. 403-424 . Adovasio, J.M., Soffer, 0 ., Hyland , D.C., Kl fma, B. and Svoboda, J. 1999: Textil , kosfkarstvf a sfte v ml adem paleolitu Moravy. Archeologicke rozhledy 51 : 58-94. Barta, J. 1988: Trenci anske Bohuslavice. Un habitat gravettien en Slovaquie occ idental. L 'Anth ropologie 92: 173-182. Bos inski , G. 1987: Die groBe Ze it der Eiszeitj ager- Europa zwisc hen 40000 und I 0000 v. Chr. Jahrbuch des Romisch-Germanischen Zentralmuseums Mainz 34: 3- 139. BrUhl , E. and Svoboda, J. 2003: Zu den Speersp itzen aus Elfe nbein der mitteljun gpal ao lithisc hen Mammutjagerstation Pavl ov I. In: J. M. Burdukiewicz et al., eds. , Erkenntnisjiiger. Festsch riftfiir Dietrich Mania. Verbffentli chungen des Museums fi.ir Vorgeschi chte Hall e 57 , pp. 9 1-102. Chau vet, G. 1910: Os, ivoires et bois de renne ouvres de la Charente. Bull. soc. arch. et hist. de la Charente. Clark, J.G.D. 1954: Exca vations at Star Ca rr. Cambridge. Efimenko, P.P. 1958: Kostenki!. Moskva- Leningrad. Feustel , R. 196 !: Das Mesolithikum in Thi.iringe n. Alt-Thiiringen 5: 15 -78. - I 97 3: Technik der Steinzeit- Archiiolithikum und Mesolithikum. Verbffentlichun gen des Muse ums fi.ir Ur- und FrUhgesch ichte Thi.iringens 4, Weimar. Fridrich, J. and Sykorova, I. 1999: Kritika kritiky aneb o tkanf v paleolitu. Archeolog icke rozhledy 51 : I I9- 125. GUnther, K. 1988 : Alt- unci mittelsteinzeitliche Fundpliitze in Westfalen. Band 2, Munster. Gusinde, M. 1946: Urmenschen in Feuerland. Berlin-Wi en-Leipzig. Klfma, B. 1957: Vyzkum paleolitickeho sfdli ste u Pavlova v roce 1954. Archeologicke rozhledy 9: 145- 151 , 177184 . - I 959a: Objev paleoliti ckeho pohrbu v Pavlove. Archeologicke rozhledy 11: 305-3 16, 337-344. - 1959b: Vyzkum paleolitickeho sfdli ste u Pav lova v roce 1954. Archeologicke rozhledy I I: 3- 13, 33-37. - 1987 : Paleoliticka parohova industrie z Pavlova. Pamd.tky archeologicke 78: 289-370. - 1994: Die Knochenindustrie, Zier- und Kunstgegenstande. In: Pavlo v I - Excava tions 1952- 1953. ERAUL 66, DVS 2, Liege, pp. 87- 150. · - 1997: Bone industry, decorative objects, and art. In : Pa vlo v I - Northwest. DVS 4, Brno, pp. 227-286.

292

Bone, antler and ivory tools

Klfma, B. and Brandtner, F. 1995: Uberlegungen zu einer Rekonstrukti on der Behausung der Palaolithstati on , Grabgraben" bei Kammern , NO . In: F. Steini ger and H. Reinh art, ed s., Schamanenzauber und Eiszeitkunst. Katalog zur Sonderauss tellun g Das Leben in der Altsteinzeit an Thaya, Pulkau und Donau . Krahul etz Museum , Egge nburg, pp. 45-50. Koll er, J., Baumer, U., and Mani a, D. 2001 : Pitch in the Palaeo lithic- In vesti gati ons of the Middle Palaeo lithi c , res in remain s" from Ki:i ni gsa ue. In: G.A. Wagner and D. Mani a, eds ., Friih e Menschen in Mitteleuropa Ch rono /og ie, Kultur, Umwelt. Aachen, pp. 99- 112. Korobkowa, G. F. 1999: Narzfidzia w Pradziejach - podstawy badaniafunkcji metodq traseolog icznq. Torun . Koz lowski , J.K. and Koz lowski , S.K. 1975: Pradzieje Europy od XL do IV tysiqclecia p. n. e. Warszawa. Krause, E. 1904: Vorgeschichtliche Fischereige riite und n.euere Verg/eichsstiicke, ein.e vergleichende Studie als Beitrag zur Geschichte des Fischereiwesens. Berlin . Meszaros, Gy. and Vertes, L. 1955: A Paint Min e fo rm the Earl y Upper Palaeolithic Age near Lovas (Hungary, County Veszprem). Acta A rchaeolog ica Hunga ria 5: 1-3 1. Musil , R. 1955 : Osteo logicke material z pal eo li ckeho sfdli ste v Pavl ove. Cas t I. Acta Acad. Se. Cechoslov., Basis Brunensis 27, fasc. 6: 279-320. - 1959: Osteo log icky materi al z paleo liti ckeho sfdli ste v Pav love. Cast II. Anthropozoikum 8: 83-106. - 1994: Hunting ga me from th e culture layer at Pavl ov. In : Pavlov 1 - Excavations 1952-1 953 . ERAUL 66 I DVS 2, Li ege, pp. 170- 196. - 1997: Hunting Game Analys is. In : Pavlov 1 - No rthwest. DVS 4, Brno, pp. 443-468. On o, A. 2003: Fracture and class ificati on of fl aked bone too ls in the Palaeo lithi c. In : J.M. Burdukiewi cz et al. , eds., Erkenntnisjiiger. Festschrift fiir Dietrich Man ia. Veri:iffentli chun gen des Museums flir Vorgeschichte Halle 57' pp. 433-440. Pi ckerin g, M.P. 1979: Aboriginal bone tools from Victoria. Unpubli shed M. A. Thes is, La Trobe Uni versity, Australia. Rust, A. 1943: Die a ft- und mitte/steinzeitlichen Funde van Stel/moor. Neumlin ster. - 195 1: Prehi stoire du Nord -Ques t de !'Europe

a la fin

des temps glac iaires. L 'Anthropologie 55 .

Schuldt, E. 196 1: Ho hen Viecheln , ein mittelseinzeitlicher Wohnp latz in Mecklenburg. Berlin . Semj onov, S.A. 1957: Pervobytnaj a technika. Materi aly u lss ledowani a po Archeo logii SSSR No. 54, Moskva. Svoboda, J. 1966: The Pav lov ian: Typology and Behav iour. In : Palaeolithic in the middle Dan ube region. Brno, pp. 283-3 01. -200 1: Zavazf z mamutov iny v Pfedmostf a Pavlove. In : V. Hasek et al. , eds., Ve sluzbdch archeologie 3, Sbornfk k 75. narozeninam Prof. RNDr. Jana Jelfnka, DrSc. Brno, pp. 184- 189. Svo boda, J. et al. 2002: Paleo lit Moravy a Slezska. 2. akturali zo vane vyd anf. DVS 8. Brno. Svoboda, J., Klfma, B., Jarosova, L. and Skrdla, P. 2000: The Gravetti an in Moravi a: climate, behavi our and techn olog ical co mplex ity. In : W. Roebroeks et al. , eds., Hunters of the golden age. The mid upper palaeolithic of Eu rasia 30,000-20,000 BP. Le iden, pp. 197-2 17. Taute, W. 1968: Die Stielspitzen-Gruppen im nord/ichen Mitteleuropa. Ki:i ln-Graz. Valoch, K. 1960: Magdalenien na Morave. Anthropos 12, Brno. Wankel, H. 1884 : Prvnf stopy lidske na Morave. Casopis V/astivedneho musejnfho spolku Olomouc 1: 2-7 , 4149 , 89- 100, 137- 147. Zagorki s, F. I 973: Das Spatmeso lithikum in Lettl and . In : S. K. Kozlowski , ed., The Mesolithic in Europe. Warszawa, pp. 65 1-669

293

Marcos Gc:uda Diez

Chapter 111.6.

THE BEADS: PRODUCTION, USE, AND SOCIAL AND TERRITORIAL IMPLICATIONS Mm·cos Garcfa Di ez

This study presents the beads recovered during the two campa igns of excavation ( 1954 and 1956) in the southeast sector at Pavlov. In total 122 ev idences were discovered , 69 in the first campa ig n, and 53 in the second one.

Methodology and Limitations of the Study All the beads were analyzed using a binocul ar magnifi er. A database was des ig ned with contextual, forma l, metric , technical informati on and with different observati o ns. The state of conservation in gene ral is good. The majo rity of the pieces were found in a comp lete state of conservation; only so me of th em present fractures and fissures that prevent th e morphological and technical study of the pieces. The study of the manufacture process is limited by sedime nt acc umul at ion in the centra l g roove a nd by the presence of consolidating rema in s used to conserve the pieces. For that reason, at a hi g h numbe r of pi eces cannot be studi ed the techni ca l exec ution processes of th e g rooves and th e tracks re lated to use of the beads .

Description The material s studied have been organi zed in two groups: a . confi g ured e lements ( I 16 pieces) a nd b. configuration elements (7 pieces; Figure I B ; Figure 3). The first group in c ludes those e lements that are found tec hnically finished and ready to be used, the seco nd cons ists of the pieces that are found in intermediate phases of configuration. Two bodi es with a g roove, app roximate ly in the middl e of the beads, compose the configured elements. The configuration e lements are composed betwee n 3 or 9 bodies (2 pi eces with 3 bodies, 4 with 4 bodi es and 1 with 9 bodies). Two pieces with 4 a nd 9 bodies present a zone configured as a rod at the proximal e nd . The configured elements are complete in the majority of cases, 95 pieces are e ntire a nd 2 1 present small fractures at its extremes . In the case of configuration e le me nts, a ll pieces are comp lete and without fracture s.

Table 1. Intervals of the weight of the configured elements and configuration elements of Pavlov 19541956. Intervals (g r )

Configured elements

Configuration elements

0.04 a 0. 1

83

3

0.11 a 0.5

16

3

0.51 a I

294

1. 1 a 1.5

0

1. 51 a 2

0

Th e beads

80 BG 8G 0

0

80

sn 9~ ~_)

0

0

~8

9Q

!JO

0

6

CJ

0

fl CS

98 SG8 8

0

80

.

0

(J

0

0

0

0

80

~G

fJ G

0

Q

0

9G

8G

fj Q

{)

0

0

BGBDSQ BO QO eo I

c::>

0

SG

ao 0G

0

.

[j u n 8G

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

A

0

0

0

Figure 1. A: configured elements of Pavlov 1954-1956 ; B: configuration elements of Pavlov 1954-1956.

T he raw materi al of all the pieces is ivory . The we ight of co nfi gured e lements has been studi ed in 102 pieces; the va ri ati on of we ight osc ill ates between 0 .04 and 1.6 gr and the average is 0 . 12 gr. T he we ight of configurati on e le ments has been studi ed in 7 pieces; the vari ati on of we ight varies between 0.06 and 0.4 1 gr, and the ave rage is 0.26 gr (Tab le 1) .

295

Marcos Carcfa Diez

Figure 2. Configured elements of Pavlov 1954-1956.

296

The beads

Figure 3. Configuration supports of Pavlov 1954-1956.

The he ight of configured e lements has been studi ed in 11 2 pieces; the variation of he ight oscillates between 5.1 and 10.4 mm and the an average is 7.77 mm. The hei ght of configuration elements has been studi ed in 7 pieces ; th e variation of he ight varies between 9 and 47 .5 mm, and the average is 17 .25 mm (Tab le 2) . The height of the bodies of the configured elements has been studied in 207 beads which to I 08 pieces: the variation of height osci ll ates between 1.8 and 4.9 mm, and the average The height of the bodies of the configurati on e lements has been studi ed in 31 bodies which to 7 pieces: the variat ion of height osc ill ates between 1.3 and 3.2 mm and the average (Tab le 3).

correspond is 3.3 mm. correspond is 2.4 rnm

297

Marcos Garda Diez

Table 2. Intervals of the height of the configured elements and configuration elements of Pavlov 19541956.

Configured elements

Configuration elements

10

0

6. 1 a 7

22

0

7.1 a 8

34

0

8. 1 a 9

27

9. 1 a 10

16

10. 1 a 15

3

15.1 a 20

0

40. 1 a 50

0

Intervals (mm) 5a6

3

Table 3. Intervals of the height of the bodies of the configured elements and configuration elements of Pavlov 1954-1956.

Intervals (mm)

Configured elements

Configuration elements

1. 1 a 2

4

8

2.1 a 3

71

21

3. 1 a 4

102

2

4. 1 a 5

30

0

.,..... •• •'• ....:··••••• , .. •

3

·~· ~ ~.· •~

~~

0 ~----~----~----~----r---~ 0 2 4

4

3

• i • · •~ • • • • "' • •

2

0~----~-------r------~-----4

0

2

3

4

Figure 4a. Relationship between the heights of the bodies of the same configured element of Pavlov 19541956. Figure 4b. Relationship between the heights of the bodies of the same configuration element of Pavlov 1954-1956.

298

The beads

Th e relati onship between the heights of th e bodi es of a same co nfi gu red element has been studi ed in 99 pieces (Figure 4a) : the relation ships among th e bodies vary between I :0.68 and 1:1.83, and the average is I : 1.13; th e variati ons of he ight re lati on between th e bodi es were grouped in di fferent ranks : 1 piece shows a relati onship between 1:0 .68-1 :0 .7, 1 between I :0 .7 1-1 :0 .8, 7 between 1:0 .8 1-1:0.9, 7 between 1:0 .9 1- 1:0 .99,9 1: 1, 27 between 1:1.01 - 1: 1.1 , 16 between 1:1.11-1 : 1. 2, 18 between 1: 1.2 11:1.3, 18 between 1: 1.3 1- 1: 1.4, 6 between I : 1.3 1- 1:1.4, 3 between I : 1.41-1 : 1.5 , 3 between 1: 1.6 11:1.7, and 1 between 1:1.8 1-1 : 1.83. The relati onship between the heights of the heads of a same co nfigu rati on eleme nt has been studi ed in 7 pieces (Figure 4b): the re lati onships among the bodi es vary between 1:0 .67 and I : 1.28, and th e average is 1:1.01 : 1 piece shows a re lati onship between 1:0.68- 1:0.7, 3 between 1:0.7 1- 1:0 .8, 2 between 1:0 .8 1-1:0.9, 3 between 1:0.9 1- 1:0. 99, 1 1:1, 7 between I :1.01 - l: 1.1 , 4 between 1:1 . 11 - 1: 1.2, and 3 between 1:1.2 1-1 :1.3. The width of the bodi es of the co nfigured element has been studi ed in 205 heads, whi ch co rrespond to 106 pi eces ; th e vari ati on of width osc ill ates betwee n 2 and 6 .8 mm, and the average is 3.4 mm . The width of the bodi es of co nfi gu rati on e lements has been studi ed in 3 1 heads that correspond to 7 pieces : th e vari ati on osc illates between 2. 3 and 4 .6 mm, and the average is 3.23 mm (T able 4).

Table 4. Intervals of the width of the bodies of the configured elements and configuration elements of Pavlov 1954-1956.

Intervals (mm)

Confi gured supports

Supports of confi guration

0

1.1 a 2 2. 1 a 3

37

14

3. 1 a 4

93

13

4.1 a 5

51

6

5.1 a 6

15

0

6.1 a 7

8

0

5

~

~

,.~

• • •

4

!I

3

•

2

0 +----.----~----~--~~--~

0

2

3

4

5

Figure Sa. Rela tionship between the widths of the bodies of the same configured element of Pavlov 19541956. Figure Sb. Relationship between the widths of the bodies of the same configuration element of Pavlov 1954-1956.

299

MCII·cos Carcfa D iez

The re lati o ns hip between the width s o f the bodi es of the same con fi gured e le me nt has been studi ed in 100 pi eces (Fi gure Sa); the vari ati ons of width re lati on be tween the bodi es we re g rouped in differe nt ranks: 2 pi eces be lo ng to the inte rva l 1:0 .86-1:0 .9, 20 be lo ng to 1:0 .9 1-1 :0 .99, 3 1 1:1, 4 2 be lo ng to 1:1.01 - 1: 1. 1, and 6 be lo ng to I : 1.11-1 : 1.2. The re lati o ns hip between the width s of the bodi es of the sa me co nfi guration e le me nt has been studi ed in 7 pi eces (Figure Sb); the ir va ri ati o n is be tween I :0 .96 and I : 1. 11 , and the ave rage is I : 1.01 : the di stribution of pi eces in ranks are : 7 pi eces be long to the inte rval of variation I :0.96-1:0.99 , 11 I : I , 5 be long to I : 1.01 - 1:1. 1, and I be lo ng to I : 1.11-l : 1.2. Th e thi c kness of the bodi es o f the confi gured e le me nts has been studi ed in 20 3 bodi es, whi c h correspond to I 04 pi eces; th e vari ati on of thickn ess osc ill ates between 1.6 a nd 4.9 mm and th e average is 3 mm . Th e thickness of th e bodi es of th e configurati o n e le ments has been studi ed in 3 1 bodi es th at co rres pond to 7 pi eces ; the variati on osc ill ates between 1.8 and 3. 1 mm , and the average is 2 .5 mm (T abl e 5). The re lati o ns hip between the thi c kness of the bodi es of the e le me nts has bee n studi ed in 99 pi eces (Fi gure 6a); th e vari ati o n of thi ckness re lati o n be tween the bodi es vary in a ra nge I :0 .86 and 1: I ,33, a nd the average is I: 1,01 : groupin g th e e leme nts in inte rva ls, 2 pi eces be lo ng to the rank 1 :0.86-1:0,9, 32 be lon g to 1:0.9 1-1 :0 ,99, 22 to 1: I , 36 be lo ng to I : 1.01-1: I , I , 6 be lo ng to 1: 1. 1 1-1:1 ,2, and I be lo ng to 1:1.31-1 : I ,3 3 . The re lati o ns hip betwee n the thi c kness o f th e bodi es of th e same co nfi gurati o n el e me nts has been studi ed in 7 pi eces (Fi gure 6b) ; th e ir va ri ati o n is be tween I :0. 85 a nd 1: 1, I I , and th e a ve rage is I : I ,0 I : the di stributi o n of pi eces in ra nks a re I pi ece be lo ng to the inte rval 1:0.85- 1:0,9, 2 be long to I :0 .9 1-1:0,99, 9 to I : I , 11 be lo ng to I : 1.0 l-1 : I , I , and 1 be long to 1:1.1 l 1: 1,2.

Table 5. Intervals of the thickness of the bodies of the configured elements and configuration elements of Pavlov 1954-1956. Intervals (mm)

Configured elements

Configuration elements

5

2

2. 1 a 3

11 8

28

3. 1 a 4

67

4. 1 a 5

13

1.1 a 2

0

4,---------------------------~

/

3 ·

..

•

•

3

••...

2 ·

•• • •

1.

0 +-----~------~----~------~

0

2

3

6

0

2

3

4

Figure 6a. Relationship between the thickness of the bodies of the same configured element of Pavlov 1954-1956. Figure 6b. Relationship between the thickness of the bodies of the same configuration element of Pavlov 1954-1956.

300

The beads

A tran sverse groove divides the supports into two bodi es. Differe nt tec hnica l actions were carried out: inc is ion in 17 configured ele me nts, c uttin g in 42 pi eces a nd tec hnique combined of both tec hnical acti ons in 8 supports; in the co nfi gurati on e le me nts, by inc ision in 1 element, by c uttin g in 2 pieces and co mbining of both tec hni ca l acti ons in 3 supports. The w idth of the groove has been studied in l 03 co n fi gured elements: th e variation of width osc ill ates between 0 .15 and 2.8 mm , and the average is 1. 3 mm (Tabl e 6). It has a lso been studi ed in 26 co nfi guration e le me nts which correspond to 7 pi eces, the variation of width osc ill ates between 0 .3 a nd 1.5 mm , and the average is 0.8 mm (T a ble 6). The sec ti on of the groove o f the co nfigured elements has been studi ed in 93 supports: it is "U" sy mmetri ca l in 66 supports, "U" asy mme tric in 23, "V" sy mme tri ca l in 2 and "V " asy mmetric in 2; the sec ti on of configurati on e le me nts has been studi ed in 6 pi eces: it is "U" sy mme trical in 3 e le ments, "W" in 1, one piece combin e the "U" sy mme tri ca l and asy mme tri c secti ons, and other piece co mbine th e "V " sy mme trica l and asy mme tri c secti on.

Table 6. Intervals of the width of the grooves of the configured elements and configuration elements of Pavlov 1954-1956. Intervals (mm)

Configured elements

Configuration elements

3

7

0.6 a I

31

14

1. 1 a 1.5

46

5

1.6 a 2

14

0

2. 1 a 2.5

6

0

2.6 a 3

3

0

0. 1 a 0.5

The morph o logy of th e prox imal e nd of the co nfi gured e le me nts has been studi ed in 108 pi eces and in 7 confi gurati on e le me nts (Tab le 7) . The superi or face of the proximal e nd of the configured ele ments has been studi ed in I 06 supports: one presents ev ide nces of flex ion, 3 lateral inc isions and 1 a central in c is ion ; th e inferior face has been studi ed in 104 supports: 5 present evi dences of flexion, 4 a central in cision and 2 both tec hni ca l acti ons. The supe ri or face of the prox ima l end of the configuration e le me nts has been studi ed in 7 supports: 2 present ev ide nce of fl ex ion and I a central incis ion; the infe ri or face only has been studi ed in I support and thi s piece presents evide nce of fl ex ion .

Table 7. Morphology of the proximal end of the configured supports and supports of configuration of Pavlov 1954-1956. Morphology

Confi gured elements

Confi guration elements

Sharp

5

0

Oblique

7

0

Straight

60

6

Rounded

35

0

Winding

The morphology of the di stal end of the configured elemen ts has been studied in 95 pieces, and the same has been studi ed in 7 configurat ion elements (Tab le 8). The superior face of the di sta l e nd of the configured e lements has been tudied in 94 supports: 2 show ev ide nces of fl ex ion, 3 lateral incisions and 3 a central incis ion; the inferior face has been studi ed in 93 elements: 5 present evide nces of fl ex ion, 5 a central inc ision, 2 lateral inc is ions and J bot h technica l actions. The supe rior face of the distal e nd of the configurat ion supports has been studied in 7 supports: 2 present ev iden ces of fl ex ion ,

30 1

MaJ·cos Carcfa Diez

I a central inc ision and I lateral in cisions; the inferi or face has been studi ed in 2 supports and show 2 evidences of fl ex ion.

Table 8. Morphology of the distal end of the configured elements and configuration elements of Pavlov 1954-1956. Morphology

Configured elements

Configuration elements

Sharp

9

0

Oblique

7

Stra i ght

SI

3

Rounded

27

0 3

W ind ing

One hundred and six configured elements present evidences of abras ion and/or po li shed in th e end of the pieces and six do not present any treatment. Onl y in six of th e pieces c learl y the presence of longitudinal and transverse scratches can be possibly recogni zed. In one of th e pieces it was observed th at the polish process ing was carried out before to layout of the central groove. In th e confi gurati on elements, two of them present sc ratches and one piece does not present any po lis hin g surface. The bod y cross secti ons of the confi gured elements (Table 9) have been studi ed in 193 heads that co rrespond with lOO pieces; in 75 pieces, the cross secti ons are simil ar. In th e confi gurati on e le ments, th e body cross sections have been studi ed in 31 heads that corres pond with 7 pieces; in 5 pieces the heads cross sections are simjlar.

Table 9. Morphology of traverse section of the bodies of the configured elements and configuration elements of Pavlov 1954-1956. Morphology of cross section

Configured elements

Configuration elements

El lipsoidal

IS

s

Semi-el lipsoida l

6S

2

Ci rcu lar

13

IS

Semi -ci rcu Jar

19

7

Triangular

7

0

Sq uare

17

0

Rectangu lar

so

2

T rapezium

7

0

T wo co nfigurati on e lements (w ith 4 and 9 heads) present the prox imal end with out bodi es; thi s area is the base or rod of the pieces. The irs height are 8.5 and 16.2 mm, and the cross sec ti on is c ircul ar.

The Operational Chain: Actions and the Production Process The raw material used in Pav lov to manufacture the beads was ivory. Small lines located in some elements are related to natural alteration processes, and in some cases are responsible for the fracture s in the e lements. The fracture lines are in correspondence with the dentine rings, characteri stic for the tu sks of mammoth s and e lephants. The presence of these fracture lines would probably have caused a high number of in vo luntary fractures during the producti on process of the beads. Therefore we can

302

Th e beads

conc lude that the tusk was manipul ated in a fresh state to make beads and the fracture lines observed in the e le ments are due to natura l dehydrati on processes in the ivory a long time. The remains of Mammuthus primigenius (Musil , thi s vo lume) are numerous in Pavlov southeast I 9541956, in the areas of Pav lov excavated in 1952, 1953, 1957, 1958 (Musil 1994 ; 1997), and in Dolnf Vestoni ce I and II (Musil 1959 ; Nyvltova-Fi sakova 2001 ). The remains are lon g bones, dec idu ous and permanent molars and 20 fragments of tu sk. There are not identifi ed pieces th at co rrespond with the first stages of material preparation . Among the pi eces of ivo ry found at the Pav lov site, so me lengthened fragments could be used like a base (Figure 7); the surfaces of these pieces have been poli shed in ord er to regul arize them and to obtain a homogeneo us section . It is poss ibl e also th at the people of Pavl ov used sheets or flakes of ivory ; because the beads have a regul ar secti on and both faces are considerably plane. In any of the two hypotheses of confi gurati on (length ened fragments, sheets or fl akes of ivory), e lements with po li shed surfaces would have been yie lded. Onl y 7 pieces show thi s techni cal treatment), straits (between 1.1 and 7 mm, but the width of th e 89 % of the pieces measure between 2.1 and 5 mm), thi ckness (between 1.1 and 5 mm and the thi ckness of the 9 1% of the pieces measure between 2. I and 4 mm) and with regu lar sec ti on (semi-e llipso idal, rec tangul ar, circul ar, se mi -c ircul ar, ellipso idal, quadrangular, tri angul ar and trapezo id). In order to confi guring fin ally the pieces a transversal deep gro ove was made of vari able width (between 0. 1 and 3 mm, and the 74% of the pieces measure between 0 .6 and 1.1 mm); the majority of th e grooves have a "U" morphol ogy, but there are some "V " or "W " morph o logies too. The groove was carried out by cuttin g, re iterated incision or a combin ati on of both technical actions; the cuttin g d isappeared when the reiterated in cision was the fin al acti on. The grooves defin ed the bodi es. The he ight of the bodi es wa vari able between 1. 1-5 mm and with a meas ured of width in the 82 % of the cases between 2. 1-4 mm Two of the confi gurati on e lements (with 4 and 9 heads) present a rod to fac ilitate the manipul ati on durin g the co nfi gurati on process. O nce the co nfi guration e lements were finished, it was fractured by fl exi on so th at eac h piece contained two bodi es and formed a confi gured element. Additi onall y, in the other face of the groo ve and co incident with it, superfi c ial inci sions were made (Figure 8A) in order to facilitate the fracture. F in all y, the co nfigurati on ele ments were bent at the transverse grooves (Figure 8B), and th e proximal and di sta l end s were po li hed . Fin all y, the prox ima l and di stal ends were regu lari zed by poli shing to e liminate the irregul arity and to co nfigure the pieces definiti ve ly. The ends' morph ology vari es among different types: 55 .3% have a straight end s, 28.58% round end s, 6.9 1% oblique ends, 6.4 1% sharp ends and 2.76 % winding ends. T he configured elements show a vari able height between 5-15 mm, 74% of the e lements present a vari able width between 6. 1-9 mm, and thei r we ight vari es between 0 .04-2 gr, representing the 74 % of th ose whose weight is approx imate ly 0.5 gr. In co nc lusion, the process of producti on of the beads of southeas t Pavlov (1954-1956) shows five phases that co nstitute the operati ve chain : I. Obtaining of the ivory of mamm oth tusk. Th is tasks was easy because mammoths were hunted as alimentary reso urce in Pavlov. 2. Preparati on of the co nfiguration elements : used sheets or fl akes of ivory or tusk polished prev iously (lengthened , narrow and thi ckness frag men ts with a regul ar section). 3. Segmentation of configuration elements: prod uct ion of grooves along the confi gurati on elements. 4. Fracturatio n and morpho logical individ ualizati on: the configuration elements were bent at the transverse grooves, obtaining a piece with two bodies. 5. Final configuration and regul ari zation of the ends by poli shin g.

T he production of beads shows the existence of stand ardi zati on in the processes . All the co nfi gured e lements are adjusted to a pattern of reference with diffe rent sys tematic and technical phases . The operati ve chain of the beads is systemati c and recurrent in the sequence and in the technical actions.

303

Marcos Carcfa Diez

Figure 7. Possible supports base of Pavlov.

Figure 8. A: incisions in the inferior face of elements of Pavlov 1954-1956; B: evidences of bending in the inferior face of supports of Pavlov 1954-1956.

304

The beads

Use and Social Implications The elements studied from Pavlov deposits have two poss ible functional interpretations: a) beads or b) buttons. Both inte rpretation s refe r to two different implications: the first one as element of decoration a nd the seco nd as domes tic element with utilitarian function. The study of the pi eces by micro sco pic techniques to evaluate th e wear in the central grooves and in th e e nd s had not been poss ibl e because of th e ex istence of s ilt and consolidant. The analysis using a binocular magnifier has not reveal ed use wears, which, however, does not imply that the pieces have not been used . The hypoth es is of use as button s impli es a high degree of uniformity in the making of the buttonholes. The small dimension of the pi eces and of the bodies and the necess ity of being sewn strongly to the clothes question their e mployme nt in clothes of daily use, because the buttonhole should be very small a nd their looseness would be muc h reduced. On th e other hand , the necess ity of daily manipulation to c lose or tie the clothes would cause looseness of the thread and, in co nsequence, causing the loosening a nd loss of thi s button. The hypoth es is of use as beads is more feas ible from a point of view of ergonomic potentiality, but we could conside r two poss ibilities: a. the ir use as beads of necklace and b. their use as beads in clothes with ornamental decoration. In the first poss ibility, the beads would be tied progress ively as a knot in a co rd or thread . Th e "U" morph ology sec tion s of Pav lo v's pi eces would permit the prec ise lace of the thread. The absence of manipul ati on, in thi s case, would e liminate the poss ibility of looseness and in co nseque nce, th e ir durabl e fix ation to the thread or rope. In the second poss ibility, as in the first one, the manipul ati on is not co nstant. The fixation to the c loth es would be by sewing; the plane morphology of one of the beads' faces would facilitate th e fixation and the reduction of looseness. The seco nd hypothes is (c loth es decoration beads) is supported by th e finds of thousands of beads and pendants (White I 995) recovered in Sungir site (Rybakov 1984). These material s are associated with buri a ls of youn g and adult people of both sexes. The typo logical variety of the beads is high . The disposition of the beads in re lation to differe nt anatomical reg ions in the skeletons favors the assu mpti on th at the beads were sew n to a sk in that covered the deceased. In the southeas t sec tor of Pavlov ( 1954-1956), the spatial ana lys is show th at the beads appear mainly di spersed a nd in low den sity ( I or 2 beads per squ are). Only two squares present middle/high densities: 7 beads in one and 62 in the anoth er. The middl e and hi gh concentrations in the squares could be inte rpreted as beads of a neck lace or e le me nts sewn in c loth es. In contrast, the lower densities in the res t of squares could be inte rpreted as ev iden ce for th e use of th ese elements as buttons . The physical characteristics (mo rphol ogy, co lor, and durab le and brilliant character; Otte 1995 ; Hahn 1995) of the base material, the time necessary to make it and th ei r potential use as deco ration elements (nec kl ace or sewn to clothes), indi cate th at the beads had a sy mbolic value in the social structure. For that reason, they could be re lated, just as the Sungir' s buri a ls sugges t, to diffe rent characteristics in the organi zati on structure of the soc iety th at c reated and used the obj ects.

Implications for the Territorial Organization of the Gravettian The art and decorati ve e leme nts are archaeological mate ri als that permit the recon struction of the hunters-gatherers societies from a point of view of cultural and social processes (Leroi-Gourh an 1980; Co nkey 1990; Otte 1990; Taborin 1993; 1995; Scheer 1995 ; Guy 1998; Alvarez 2002). The singularity of the beads is important for the definition of cultural and soc ial areas, and they indicate mobility and contact among human groups. The bi-lobulated beads are decorative e lements and outstanding because of their sca rce representation in the archaeo logical registration. In Pavlov site, 224 pieces have been recovered together with 3 configuration elements (Klfma 1994; 1997). All of the pieces present a standardi zation technique of processing with two bodies delimited by a cen tra l groove. Thi s type of ele ments has also been recovered at other archaeo log ica l sites. In Moravia, in Pfedmostf the chronology of the pieces is

305

Mw·cos Ca rcfa Diez

26.870 ± 250 B.P. and 26 .320 ± 240 B .P . at site I, and 25.040 ± 320 B .P . at site II (Svoboda et alii 1994). In other sites of Ce ntral Europe, specifica lly in Grub/Kranawe tbe rg (Austri a) (Anti 1999 ; Anti a nd Fladerer 2004) an importa nt group of 32 bi-l obul ated beads in ivo ry with a c hronology be tween 24.620 ± 230 B . P . and 25 .300 ± 90 B .P have bee n recovered . In South Ge rma ny, the pi eces from W e inbe rghohle site (Klfma 1968 ; Koe ni gs wald e t alii 1974 ; Scheer 1995) have been dated to 28.265 ± 325 B.P. and 29.140 ± 470 B .P .; in th e le ve l VII of Brille nhohl e (Ri e k 1973) dated to 25 .000 B.P.; fin all y, bi-lobulated pi eces have been reco ve red in th e Gravetti a n leve ls of Geissenkl oste rl e and Ho hl e Fels to o (Sc heer 2000). Simil ar forms a re a lso present in th e Eas t of E urope . The mos t importa nt site is Sung ir (Ru ss ia), with an imp ortant vari ety of beads made of ivo ry. An important vari ety of beads with out or with perforation s are as soci ated with buri als (Abramova 1995, 179-1 80 , fi gures 50, 2, 3 , 6) and have been found in a arch aeological le ve l dated in 27.700 ± 500 B .P ., 25 .500 ± 200 B .P ., 24.430 ± 400 B.P. and 2 1. 800 ±I ,000 B .P . Al so in Ru ss ia 4 1 bi-l obul ated beads have been recovered made of bone, in thi s case re lated to Gra ve tti an leve l of Kosti e nki 4 - Al exa ndrovka (Abra mova 1995 , 225, fi gure 87: 5), and dated to 22. 800 ± 120 B .P . and 23.000 ± 300 B.P . (Praslov and Soul e rjytsky 1997). Lastl y, in M ezin (Ukraine) bi-lobul ated pi eces have been recove red manufac tured in ivo ry with a ce ntral groove and dated to 15 . 100 ± 200 B.P., 2 1. 600 ± 2,200 B .P ., 27.500 ± 800 B .P. and 29.000 ± 700 B .P . (Abramo va, 1995, 142, fi gu re 17 : 16; Djindjia n et alii 1999, 42 1). Ho wever, th e two o ld e r dates have been conside red equi vocal (Abramova 1995 ; Djindji an et alii 1999) a nd for th at reason, th e occupati on of thi s s ite is conside red as earl y Epi gravetti an. The arc haeo logica l sites with bi-l obul ated beads are located c lose to 4 flu vial bas ins: a) th e D a nube rive r (Grub/ Krana wetberg, Pav lov, Predmos tf, Brille nh ohl e, W e inbe rghohl e, Ge issenkl oste rl e, and Hohl e Fe ls), b) th e Don ri ve r (Kos ti enki 4), c) the Dni epr ri ver (M ez in) and d) the Y o lga ri ver (Sungir). The mos t imp ortant co nce ntrati on is around th e bas in of the D anube ri ver. Accordin g to th e c hron ologic proposa l o f J. S vo boda ( 1994 ; 2004), in th e first mome nts of G ravetti an (earl y Pav lovi a n; 30.000-28.000 B .P. ) onl y one piece in the south of Ge rma ny (W einbe rghole) had been docume nted. In pos terio r mome nts, the mos t important co ncentrati on was docume nted durin g the e vo lved Pavlo vian pe ri od (27. 000-25.000 B .P .), located at diffe rent pl aces of Ce ntra l E urope and around the bas in of Danube Ri ver (Pfedmostf, Pav lov a nd Brill e nh ohl e) . Th e dates from Grub/Kranawetberg show bi-l obul ated beads with central groove in fin a l mo me nts of th e Graveti an in Central Europe . In th e eas t, in Russ ia (Kos ti e nki 4) and Ukra in e (M ezin ), th e da tes corres pond to a fin al ph ase o f Gra vetti an or uppe r E pi gravetti an pe ri ods. In co ntras t, in Sun g ir site the data aim at an ex te nsive interim among ad va nced and f in al Gravetti an. The spatial and te mporal reading of the di stributi on, in co rrespondence with ad vanced and fin al ph ases of Pavlov ian/Gravetti an peri ods (27 .000-24 .500 B .P), of the bi-l obul ated beads or/and beads w ith a central groove aims to an inte rpretati on th at co nsid ers groups of peopl e w ith c lose bond s a nd identiti es soc ials rootin g in areas a round the bas in of Danube Ri ver (actu al south of Germany, so uth of M ora via and the north of Au stri a) . Th e dates of M ezin , Kosti e nki 4 a nd the most recent ones of Sung ir show the poss ibility th at thi s type of el e me nts could refl ect the popul ati on move me nt s toward to the eas t of Europe (Otte 1993; Escute naire et alii 1999; Otte and No iret 2004) . The mos t important presence of bi-l obul ated beads corres pond s with large r centers te nanted by humans.

Acknowledgments I am very grateful to L Sarr6 and M. Bastir fo r their help with the Engli sh draft. Thi s wo rk was funded by Basque Government (post-doc toral grant). Moreover, we spec iall y th ank J. Svoboda and M. Novak fo r their kindness durin g my stay in Dolnf Yes toni ce.

306

The beads

Bibliography Ab ramova, Z. A. 1995: L'art paleolithique d 'Europe orientale et de Siberie. L "Bomme des Ori gines. Gre no bl e . Abso lo n, K. a nd Klfm a, B. 1977: Pfedmostf. Ein mamrnutjage rplatz in Mdhren.. Fontes Archaeologiae M oraviae 8. Praha. A nti , W . 1999 : Palao lithi sc he r Schmuc k vo n der Gravettienfundste ll e GrubiKranawe tberg bei Stillfri ed , N iede roste rre ic h. Annalen des Naturhistorischen Mu seums Wien. 10 I A, pp . 23-41 . A nti , W . and F laderer, F. A. 2002: Outl oo k to the east: th e 25 ky BP gravettian GrubiKranawetberg campsi te (Lower Austria). In: J. Svoboda and L. Sed lackova, eds., Th e Cravettian. along the Danube. DVS 11 , Brno, pp . 11 6- 130. A lva rez, E . 2002 : Pe rfo rated Homalopoma sanguineum fr om Tito Bustill o (Asturi as): mo bility ofMa gdalenian groups in no rthe rn Spa in . Antiquity 76 : 641-646. Con key , M. 1990: L 'a rt mo bili e r e t I 'etab1i sse me nt de geographi es soc iales" . In : J. Cl ottes, ed., ColLoque International de !'Art Mobilier. Mini ste re de la Cu lture. Foix, Le-M as-d'Az il , pp . 163-173 . Djindjian , F., Ko zlowsk i, J. and Otte, M . 1999: Le Paleolithique superieu r en Europe. Armand Colin. Paris. Esc ute naire, C. , Kozlows ki , J .K ., Sitli vy, V . a nd Sobczyk, K. 1999 : Les chasseurs de mammouths de la vallee de la Vistule. Krak6w-Spadzista B, un site g ravettien. am.as d'ossements de mammouths. Mu sees Royaux d 'Art et d 'Hi sto ire- Unive rs ite Jagell o n de Cracov ie. Bru xell es.

a

Guy, E. 1998: Evolution des formes dan.s !'art figurat tf paleolithique accidental. Doctoral thes is. U ni vers ity of Paris I. Hahn, J . 1995: Les ivo ires e n A ll e mag ne: deb itage, fac;onnage e t utili sati o n au Paleo lithique superie ur. In : J. Hahn , M . M e nu , Y . Tabo rin , Ph . W aite r, F. Wide mann eds., Le tra vail et !'usage de l'ivoire au Paleolithique s~tp eri e u. Instituto Pao li grafico e Zecca dello Stato. Liberia dell o Stato. Roma, pp. 115-1 35. K lfm a, B. 1968: Das Pav lov ie n in de n Winbe rg hohl e n von M aue rn . Quartdr 19: 263-273. - 1990: Lovci marnutu z Pfedmostf. Academ ia. Praha. - 1994: Di e Kn oc henind ustri e, Zier- und Kun stgege nstande. In : Pavlov f. Excavations I952-53. ERAUL 66 I DYS 2, Liege , pp. 95- 159. - 1997: Die Kn oc he nindustri e, Z ie r- und Kunstgegenstand e. In : Pavlov I - Northwest. Th e Upper Paleolithic burial and its settlement context. DVS 4 , Brno , pp. 227-286. Koenigswa ld , W . von , Mull e r-Bec k, H. J . and P resmar, E . 1974: Die Archdologie und Paldon tologie in den. Weinberghohlen bei Ma~tern (Bayern). Crabungen 1937- 1967. Archaeo log ia Y e nato ri a 3 . Institut fUr Urgesch ic hte. Ti.ib inge n. Leroi-Go urha n, L. 1980 : Les s ig nes parietaux co mme marque urs ethniques . In : Altamira Symposium . Ministe ri o de la Cu ltura, Mad rid , pp. 289-294. Musil , R. 1959 : Poznamky k paleontologickemu materialu z Dolnfch Veston ic . Anthropozoikum 8: 73-82. - 1994 : The fauna. In : Pavlov I. Excavations 1952-53. ERAUL 66 I DVS 2, Liege, pp . 181-209 . - 1997: Hunting game ana lys is. In: Pavlov I - Northwest. The Upper Paleolithic burial and its settlement context. DYS 4 , Brno , pp. 443-468 . Nyv ltova-Fisa kova, M . 200 1: Vyhodnocenf nalezLI fauny na lokalitac h Do lnf Yesto nice II , Ila, lib, Ill. Pamatky archeologicke 92: 124-152. Otte, M. 1990: Re lations transculturelles e t transregionales dan s !'art mobilier. In : J. Cl ottes, ed. , Colloque International de I 'Art Mobilier, tome 2, Les voies de la recherche . M ini stere de la C ulture, Fo ix, Le-Mas-d 'A zil , pp. 185-194 . - 1993 : Upper Paleolithic relations between central and easte rn Europe. In : J. C hapma n, P . D olukh a nov, eds., Cultural transformation and interactions in eastern Europe. W orldwide Arc haeology series 6, pp . 56-64. - 1995: L'ivoi re Paleolithique au Nord-O uest europeen. In : J. Hahn , M . M e nu , Y . Tabo rin , Ph . W aiter, F. Widemann , eds ., Le travail et l 'usag e de I 'ivoire au Paleolithique superieu. Instituto Pao li grafico e Zecca dell o Stato. L iberia dello Stato, Roma, pp. I 03 - 113 .

307

Marcos Carcfa Diez

Otte, M . and No iret, P . 2004: Evo luti o n du Gravettien au moyen Danube. In : J. Svoboda a nd L. Sedlackova, eds., Th e Cravettian along th e Danube. DVS 11 , Brno, pp . pp . 8-32. Praslov, N. D. and So ul eij ytsky, L. D. 1997: D e no uvell es donnee c hro nologiques pour le Paleo lithique de Kostienki-sur-Do n. Prehistoire Europeenn e 11 : 133- 143. Ri e k, G. 1973: Das Pali:iolithikum de r Brillenhoh le bei Blaubeuren (Schwdbische Alb). Stuttgart. Rybakov, B. A. 1984: Arkheologija SSSR. Paleolit SSSR. Nauka. M oscow. Scheer, A. 1995: Pende loq ues e n ivoire durant le gravettien e n Allemagne du sud un indi ce c hro nolog ique et soc ial ?. In : J. Hahn , M . M e nu , Y. Taborin , Ph . W aiter, F. Wid emann eds., Le travail et !'usage de l'ivoire au Paleolithique superieur. Instituto Pao li grafico e Zecca del lo Stato. Liberia de ll o Stato. Roma, pp. 137- 172. - 2000: The Grave tti a n in so uthwest Germany: sty li sti c feat ures , raw material resources a nd settl ement patterns. In: W. Roebroeks, M . Mussi, J. Svoboda , K. Fennema eds., Hunters of th e Golden Age. Th e mid Upper Palaeolithic ofEuras ia 30,000-20,000 B.P. University Press, Leiden , pp . 257-270. Svoboda, J. 1994: Afterwards . In: Pavlov I. Excavations 1952-53. E RAUL 66 I DYS 2, Liege, pp. 2 13-225 . - 1996a: The Pavlovian. Typology and behavi our. In : J. Svoboda, ed., Paleolithic in th e Middle Danube Region. In stitute of Archaeology , Academy of Sciences of the Czec h Republic, Brn o, pp. 283-30 I . - 1996b: Gravettian and Ep igravetti a n chro no logies in the Midd le Danube area. PFehled V)'zku nnl 1992: 9- 19 . - 2004 : Afterwards: The Pavl ov ian as a part of the Gravettian mosa ic. In : J. Svoboda and L. Sed lackova, eds. , The Cravettian along th e Danube. DVS 11 , Brno , pp . pp. 283-297. Svoboda, J. Lozek, V. Svobod ova, H . and Skrdla, P . 1994: Pfedmostf afte r 110 yea rs. Journa l of Field Archaeology 2 1: 457-472. Taborin , Y . 1993: La panue en coquillage au Paleolithque. XXIXCsuppl e me nt Paris.

a Gallia Prehistorique. C NRS .

- 1995: Formes et decors des e lemen ts de parure en ivoire du Paleolithique fran~ais. In: J. Hahn , M. Menu , Y. Taborin , Ph. W aite r, F. Widemann eds., Le travail et 1'usage de 1'ivo ire au Pateolithique superieu. Instituto Poligrafico e Zecca dell o Stato. Liberia del lo Stato, Ro ma, pp. 63-83 . White, R. 1995: Ivo ry personal o rnaments of Aurignacian age: tec hno logica l, social and sy mbolic perspec ti ves. In: J. Hahn , M. Menu, Y. Taborin , Ph . Waiter, F. Widemann eds., Le tra vail et !'usage de l'ivoire au Paleolithique superieur. Instituto Poligrafico e Zecca de ll o Sta to . Liberia dello Stato, Roma, pp. 29-62.

308

Deco rative patterns

Chapter 111.7.

DECORATIVE PATTERNS ON THE ORGANIC OBJECTS Marcos Garcfa Diez

A se ri es of organi c objec ts (on bone, antl er and ivo ry) di splay in g graphi c decorati ons were found in the Pav lov South east site durin g th e 1954 and 1956 fi eld seasons. These obj ects, together with a group of cerami c obj ec ts (Ch apters IV . 1-2) make up the s ite's arti sti c co rpu s. Inde pendently of the ir primary fun cti on, the obj ects are traditi onall y ass ociated with th e symb o lic behavi or of Paleolithic societi es. T hi s re port presents the ana lys is of the deco rative pattern s and di scusses the s igni ficance of each deco rati on in relati on to the nature of its object. Fina ll y, a cata logue of arti sti c obj ects from the Pav lov so utheas tern area ( 1954- 1956 seaso ns) is presented. Prev ious studi es document th e decorated objects fo und in oth er areas of the site (Ki fma 1994 ; 1997) and J. Svo boda has recentl y di scussed general iss ues regardin g Gravett ian mobile art (S voboda 1995; 1997).

1. Methodology and Limitations of the Study A ll of th e deco rated objects were recorded usin g permanent fe lt-tip markers on po lyv inyl plastic sheets, with the aid o f a binoc ul ar mi c roscope. In so me cases, prev ious drawings by B . Kl fma were used. Va ri ous kind s of a lterati ons hampered a proper morph o logical and techni ca l ana lys is of the objects, whi c h show vari able states of preservati on . O vera ll , mos t of the obj ects are frag mented and ex hibit weathered surfaces. So me of th em di spl ay traces of roots, and th ose on antl er and bone di sp lay a kind of fl ak in g th at indi cates a loss of the ir outermost surfaces and in some cases, of the decorati on as a who le. Ivo ry obj ects are bette r p rese rved, alth ough so me of th em di spl ay pee ling. In additi on, th e study of th e decorated obj ects is limited by the accumul ati on of sediment in the inc is io ns and by the co nso lid atin g medium th at was appli ed to the m fo r preservati on. These two facto rs impede our abili ty to characteri ze the tec hni ca l aspec ts of the incis ions and to detect poss ible use wea r on th e obj ect's surface .

2. Thematic Categories of the Decorations T he themati c re pertory of the obj ects recovered at Pav lov Southeas t between 1954 and 1956 is not very d iverse; it is reduced to lin ear re presentati ons. O ne hundred and seve nty-five pieces di splay lin ear rep resentati ons and five pi eces co mpri se anima l or anthropo morphic representatio ns on ivo ry th at reca ll the ceramic moti fs. T he linear repertory (Figu re I ) is co mposed of f ive main primary types of motifs: A) S impl e linear d ist in guis hing between two groups : AI) recti linear, cu rvilinear or sli ghtl y winding lines and All) curvi linear lines, B) Simple angu lar, C) Chevron type, D) X-shaped , and E) po int. Bes ides these primary types, fo ur seco ndary types are d iffere nti ated accordin g to the number of lines, and the nature and the degree of relationshi p between the m: a) iso lated lines, b) randoml y arranged isolated lines, c) Regul arly arranged para ll e l lines, and d) Irregul arl y arranged parall el or sli ghtl y parall el lines. The secondary types li sted are not rep resented in all of the five primary types.

309

Marcos Carcfa Diez

a

d

c

b -r-

AI l

""'

All

-

8

!11111

i i

I

I

.----L.-. I

~ t

!

i

I I

I

l

c

~

D

~ ~

I

'i

XX

i

i

i

I

E

I

-

Ii

~ '

I

!

! '

I

i

••• ••

I

_,_

Figure 1. Linear thematic repertory of Pavlov- Southeast 1954-1956.

The simpl e lin ear type is the most hi ghl y represented one. It has been doc ume nted on 194 obj ects 1 (94 .1 8%), fo ll owed of the chevron type (5 obj ects, 2.42%), th e s impl e angul a r type (4 obj ects, 1.94%), th e point type (2 objects, 0 .97%) and the x-shaped type ( I obj ect, 0 .49%) . Conside rin g the representati on of the secondary types (T abl e I), three groups are di ffe re nti ated:

1

•

Hi ghl y represented group (>5 0%): Regul arl y a rranged seri es of simpl e parall e l lines w ith a rectilinear trend .

•

M oderate ly represented group (>5-50 %): Irregul arl y a rranged seri es of s impl e parall e l lin es w ith a rectilin ear tre nd, iso lated inc isions of simpl e linear motifs with a rec tilinear tre nd; and regul arl y arranged seri es of simpl e parall e l lines with a curvilinear trend .

•

W eakl y represented group (>5 %): iso lated inc isions of simpl e linear motifs with a rectilinear tre nd ; iso lated angul ar lines; regul arl y arranged seri es of angul a r parall el lines; iso lated chevron motifs; regu larl y arranged seri es of chevron parall e l lines; regu larl y arranged seri es of x-shaped parall e l motifs; and seri es of para ll e l points.

So me supports present several decorati ve types.

3 10

Decorative patterns

Table 1. Numeric representation of primary and secondary types of the linear thematic repertory of Pavlov- Southeast (1954-1956).

Simple linear

Iso lated

Randoml y arranged iso lated

Regul arly arranged parallel

Irregul arl y arranged parall el

17

2

121

36

Rec tilinear, and sli ghtly curvilinear or winding Curvilinear

18 3 4 I 2

I

Simpl e angu lar

Chevron

I

X-shaped Poi nt

Some objects display comb in ed primary decorative types: regularly arranged series of simple parall el lines and an iso lated chevron motif (one object); regularly arranged series of simple parallel lines and s imple angular lines (o ne object); regularly arranged series of s imple parallel lin es and series of si mple angular motifs (two objects); and regularly arranged series of simp le parallel lines and regularly arranged series of parallel points (two objects). A total of nine lin ear compositions account for a ll the primary-secondary type combinations represented (Figure 2). For the ir thematic and structural variabi lity these can be considered complex co mpos itions. Type A has been documented in five objects, type B in two, type C in twelve, typeD in twent y-five, type E in one, type Fin three, type G in one, type H in two , and type I in one object. r--------·

·--

-

------------------------ - - - ;- - - - - - - - - - - -1

A

B

I

;p ~:~~:~~

/~

I l

-

c- - -

·-·---

I

II

---,

D

E

~~

F

-- ------ ·-- ·===• =_ __ ----_:-~___:__:::::_

H

_!J__ i I -

'I

.

:-

·----

1111111111! I! 11111 111 111

--- · - - -----

==----=--= • ----

Ill/ 1111 I Ill 1111 I ! ill I ! I

:....________________ -·-·---·--·--·-·--·---- - - - - - - - · · · · · - - · · - - - - - - - - - - L . . . . . . . . - - - - - - - - - - -

Figure 2. Complex thematic combinations at Pavlov- Southeast 1954-1956.

311

Marcos Carcfa Diez

Bes ides the 175 objects with lin ear decorati o ns, five sculptured ivo ry o bj ects were doc ume nted . In three cases, they represe nt zoo morphic figures a nd in two cases, anthropo morphic figures. On e of the c lass ical sculptures from Pavlov is the representation of a ca rnivore (w. n-8 .54), more spec ifica ll y a feline ( li o n) . Severa l anatomical parts are represe nted in thi s o bj ect: the to rso, th e head (describin g the mouth , no se and frontal region ), a paired extremity and the tail. Its flexed pos iti o n toward s the front of the limbs suggests th at the animal is e ithe r in a jumping position o r lying down , indicatin g a still -s ho t anima l ges ture, with an absence of any narrative concept. Another explicit representation of an animal is g iven by a ma mmoth fi gure (w.n - 10.54) made on an ivory slab . It is composed of the torso, the two forelimbs and th e two hindlimb s, differentiated by a deep centra l incision . The head is diffe re ntiated from th e to rso by an e levati o n of the hump , an infl ection at the withe rs, and the hoof. The re ma ining zoo morphic fi gure is made on an ivo ry pl aqu e ( 139356). The contours of th e obj ect sugges t an animal figure composed of a to rso, a long, wide head, and sho rt limbs. A seri es of rectilinear lines with a paralle l tre nd is situ ated on both sides and o n the infe rior part of head . In add iti on, a seri es of small lin es in the bac k is sugges ti ve of the anima l's fur. The anthropomorphi c fi gure is a fe ma le representation (354). It is a co mplete motif mi ss in g th e head and upper limbs. It show s a marked sy mme try , as indicated by a central lon gitudinal in c ision that di vides th e figure into a supe rior and an infe ri or pa rt (a lthoug h it is short a nd affects onl y the regio n of the torso). The breast, be ll y, bulky hip s, gluteus a nd lowe r limbs are indicated . The torso a nd lower limbs are differentiated by an inci sion around the e ntire co ntour of the figure. Th e other anthro pomo rphi c figure (523054), of unde te rmined ge nder, is an ivo ry fragment. The motif is co mposed of a head di spl ay ing a bi-c onica l morphol ogy, and the sta rt of the nec k.

3. Material of the Objects Bone, antler and ivory were th e organic mate ri als used for sculpturin g and e ng rav in g. Ivo ry, the most hi g hl y utilized materi a l, was used in 125 pi eces. Pav lov - Southeast yielded abund ant remain s of Mammuth us primigenius; in c ludin g bone shaft s, dec idu a l and permanent mo lars, and 20 frag me nts o f tu sk (Chapters 111.1-3). This material was used for sc ulpturin g a nd e ng rav in g th e zoomorphi c and anthropomo rphic fi gures. Docume nted in 40 obj ects, antl e r is the seco nd mos t utili zed mate ri a l. It has been poss ibl e to discriminate that nin e belong to yo un g indi vidu a ls and nine to ad ults. Anatomically, se ven of th em corres pond to basal parts and 2 to medial pa rts. According to the identifi ed faun a spec ime ns (C hapter III.2), the antl e rs of Pav lov be long to re indee r (Rangifer tarandus). Finally, bon e was docume nted in I 5 o bj ects and re presents th e least re presented material. Th e re are two re main s of Lepus sp. (an uln a and a rib), three ma mmoth shafts, tw o carni vore bo nes (a hem imandibl e of wolverine and a li on metatarsus), an equid bo ne, four from unide ntifi ed large-s ized mammals (two of th e m are rib s), two shafts of medium-s ized ma mma ls, and one fibul a. In co nc lu s ion, in regard s to the objects decorated w ith linear re presentations, we note the following observati ons: a) There is a prefere nce for the se lec ti on of ivo ry and antl er over bo ne, b) There is a preference for the use of materi a l suppo rts obtained from large-s ized a nima ls again st th ose from medium or sm a ll-s ized ones, and c) There is a preference fo r th e u se of mate ri als obtained from he rbi vo res rathe r th an carnivo res.

4. Technical Categories The numbe r of techni ca l categories used fo r the decorat ion o f organic obj ects is sma ll. The maj o rity of th e decorations ( 175 of th e 180 pi eces) were crafted usin g the e ng rav in g technique, while only three obj ects were made thro ug h three dime nsiona l sculpturin g of the mate ri a l, resembling th e c lass ica l Pyreneean and Cantabrian middl e Magd a le nian pi eces with trimmed co nto urs (Bui sson et alii, 1996).

3 12

Decorative patterns

Th e s impl e lin ear des ign is the onl y meth od o f e ngrav in g, th e onl y byproduc t of whi c h are unilin ear inc is ions. The vari ability observed in s impl e linear e ngrav in gs is re lated to w idth , depth and morpho logy of the in c is ion 's secti on. They are very w id e, wi de, medium, narrow, or very na rrow; in depth , the in cisions are ve ry dee p, deep, medium , supe rficial, or ve ry supe rf ic ial; and th e morph ology of the secti on are U or V shaped , as we ll as sy mmetri ca l o r asymmetri ca l. As a tre nd , the deepest and widest in c is ions co rres pond w ith a multipl e des ign patte rn , whe re th e in cisions are e ngraved by re peatin g the process several times. So me obj ects di spl ay a co mbin ati on of diffe re nt des igns and fea tures. Wi th respect to the w idth (T abl e 2) we docume nt a simil a r di stributi on patte rn in all of the categories, but the very wide, w ide, narrow, a nd very na rrow are th e preferred catego ri es. The medium sized lines co mp rise a s li ghtl y lowe r percentage, alth oug h still hi gh whe n co ns ide rin g th e obj ects that co mbine lines of diffe rent w idth .

Table 2. Incision width percentages at Pavlov- Southeast 1954-1956.

Width

Very narrow Narrow

Medium

Very wide Wide

Narrow Medium

Narrow Wide

Narrow Medium Wide

Medi um Wide

30,32%

14,84%

35,48 %

I 1,61 %

1,94%

1,94%

3,87 %

With res pect to depth (Ta bl e 3) we docume nt a s imil ar di stributi on patte rn in a ll of th e catego ries, the ve ry deep, deep, supe rfi c ial, a nd ve ry supe rf icial being the preferred categori es. M edium sized lines rep resent a s li ghtl y lowe r pe rcentage, but as in the prev ious case, it inc reases w he n conside ring the objects th at co mbine lin es of di ffe re nt depth . In gene ra l, we observed a s imil arity a mong all of the in cis ion w idth pe rcentages.

Table 3. Incision depth percentages at Pavlov- Southeast 1954-1956.

Depth

Very superllcial Superficial

Medium

Very deep Deep

Superllcia l Medium

Superfic ial Deep

Superfic ial Med ium Deep

Med ium Deep

34,87 %

13,82%

31 ,58 %

I 1,18%

1,97%

1,97 %

4,61 %

Due to poor preservati on states, it was onl y possi bl e to study th e morph ology of the incisions in 71 objec ts. A V morph ology was docu men ted in 57.75% of the pieces, 33.8% d ispl ay a U morph ology. 8.45 % of the pi eces d isp lay a combi nation of bot h morp ho logies. T he sc ul pturin g tec hnique was used in five figures. In a ll cases, sheets or flakes from ma mmoth tusks were utili zed to shape the pi eces, whi c h g ives them a fl atti sh appearance. In the materi al used to shape the li on's figure, we have doc umented ev id e nce of saw in g at certain a natomi cal regions; thi s acti on woul d ac hi eve a smooth object, as well as a well-de lineated animal co ntour. Subsequentl y, with the goal of a p recise defi ni tion of the figure, the contours of the piece were consiste ntl y poli shed to obtain a modu lated and for mall y defined anima l co ntour. Th is acti on is documented by a seri es of very fine sc ratc hes on the surface. A lthough in this case th e tec hni ca l catego ri es are not readil y identifi abl e, the strateg ies used might have been co mparabl e to th ose assoc iated with the ma king of the carnivore figure. In compa ri son to the careful work of the prev ious figure, the pi ece re presentin g an unidentifi ed zoo morp hi c figure shows a less prec ision in so me of the fea tures and in the fini shin g. Th e recognition of tec hni ca l ev id ence is di ffi cult , alth ough the mate ri al was poss ibl y hamme red from its base to obtain

3 13

Marcos Carcfa Diez

a general definition of the animal contour. On th e lowe r part and on both sides o f th e head reg ion, we identifi ed a series of rectilinear des igns with a pa rall el tre nd . In additi on, a series of small lines corresponds with the li on 's back and a wide in cis ion marks th e intersec tion be tween th e fore limb and the abd ominal regi on. No scratc hes nor e vidence for polishin g were docume nted in thi s surface. It is poss ible that thi s fi gure was not tec hni call y and fo rmall y fini shed , re presentin g an intermedi ate ph ase of the craftin g process. No traces of the techni ca l process we re docume nted in th e anthropo morphic fi gure. Howe ve r, we can predi c t that both th e technique and th e process were simil ar to th ose o f the li on and mammoth fi gures.

5. Decoration Patterns and Possible Functions of the Objects The figu res and linear representati ons made on organi c obj ects suc h as bone, a ntl e r and ivory can be grouped into six types. Th ese types are defined by the degree of human interventi on in the obj ects, as well as by the degree of crafting and their poss ibl e function s. W e di sc rimin ate between the followin g types: •

U nconditi oned neutral obj ec ts: obj ects th at have not been treated or c rafted fo r a specific fun cti on.

•

C onditi oned neutra l obj ects: obj ects th at have been c raft ed with a subtle, un undefin ed tec hni ca l treatme nt that does not adjust into any typo log ical catego ry and whose functi on is unde termined .

•

Domesti c obj ects: obj ects th at adj ust to a typo logica l catego ry, and th at have bee n c rafted with a tec hnical strategy th at can be associ ated with domesti c functi ons.

•

Deco rati ve obj ects: objects th at ha ve bee n crafted through a n ex hausti ve tec hni ca l process and wh ose use is po s ibl y related to deco rati on or perso na l orn a me nt.

•

A rti sti c supports: supports th at have been crafted through an ex hausti ve tec hni cal process and whose use is poss ibl y arti sti c.

•

Unde te rmin ed obj ects: obj ects that due to a poo r state of preservati on a nd/or hi gh degree of fragme ntati on, are not poss ibl e to relate with any of th e prev ious catego ri es.

5.1. Unconditioned neutral objects T he materials of these objects include re indeer antler (26 objects), bone ( 14 objects) a nd ivo ry (6 obj ects). Some of th e ivo ry obj ects are small s lab fragme nt s, !I of whi c h have techni ca l rods (3 on ma mmoth bone and 7 on reindee r antl er). Four oth e r objec ts made on re indeer antl e r preserve negatives of ex tracted tec hni cal rods. Th e maj ority of the obj ects di spl ay a simpl e linear deco rati on (93 .33 %), w ith a min or representati on of two groups th at fa ll w ithin our subtypes of deco rati ve moti fs: motifs with regul arl y a rra nged series of parall e l lin es (46. 67 %) and motifs with irregul arl y arra nged seri es of parall e l lines (3 5 .56%). 11.11 % of the obj ects di spl ay both of the me nti oned deco rati ve subtypes toge the r. In additi on, a s in g le obj ect di spl ays a seri es of regul arl y arranged c he vron pa rall el lines, and a s ing le obj ect di splays a seri es of regu larl y a rranged x-shaped para ll el motifs. F in all y, we doc umented one obj ect that co mbines a simpl e lin ear motif type and a point type. T we lve objects show a co mbin ati on of decorati ve primary and seco nd ary types that can be grouped into two linear co mpos iti on types: type A ( l obj ect) and type D ( 11 obj ects). Thirty-six obj ects show deco rati on on a sin gle side, whe reas te n of the m show decorati on on more th an one side. T wenty-one pieces have been deco rated w ith a s in g le seri es, twelve w ith two seri es, s ix with three seri es, one w ith four seri es, two w ith s ix seri es, one w ith eight seri es, one w ith more th an three seri es, one with more th an s ix seri es and one with more th an seven seri es.

314

Deco rative patterns

Around the 75-80 % o f the in c isions are narrow to medium-s ized , with a prevalence of narrow incisions (+55%). Th e incis ion depth is mainl y superfi c ia l (in 60% of th e cases), fo ll owed by the deep and medium-depth catego ri es .

5.2. Conditioned neutral objects These obj ects are made on reindeer antler (7 objects) and ivo ry (2 objects). In regards to the antler obj ects, seven correspo nd to youn g individual s and one to an adult. In five of the antlers belong ing to youn g indi viduals , the pre parati on of the surfaces in vo lved polishing of the edges of the lateral shaft, and the antl er belongin g to an adu lt, which co rrespond s to a basa l antl er fragment, was prepared by percuss ion on one of its edges. One of the ivory fragments was pre pared by smoothin g th e surfaces, another antl er fragment shows sharpenin g of one of its distal edges and finally , a fragment of a young mammoth' s tusk was modeled into a coarse point. The type of the deco rat ion o f these kind s of obj ect is almost exc lusively simple linear, and only one obj ect (on ivory) di splays a comb in ation of the s imple linear and angu lar types . The thematic var iab ility co mpri ses: 5 obj ects with regu larly arranged seri es of simpl e paralle l lines, 2 objects with irregul arl y arranged seri es of simple parall el lin es, I obj ec t co mbinin g th e prev ious secondary types, and anoth er object co mbinin g the series of simple parallel lin es type with seri es of angul ar parall el moti fs. Four of the objects show a typeD co mpos ition . In four obj ects, the decorati on is located in a single s ide, whereas five objects have more than one decorated side. Tw o objects ex hib it one seri es of engrav in g, tw o objects exhibit two series, two obj ects ex hibit three series, two ex hibit four seri es and one exhibits e leven seri es. Th e width of the in cis ion s is predominantly narrow and medium-depth , with less than I 5% showing wide incis ions. The depth of the incisions vari es, coverin g th e range of catego ri es more or less equally .

5.3. Domestic objects Thi s catego ry is represented by 18 objects. Eight of them di spl ay a point in one of the edges: five are made on ivo ry , two on re indeer antler and one on a Lepus uln a. One object is a fl atte ned type made on reindeer ant ler. Another is an assega i fragment also made on reindeer antler. Two objects are points: one of them is thick, made on rei ndeer antl er and the ot her is a long ivory point. Another two objects are rods, both made on re indeer antl er; one of the rods di splays strangulation in the lateral zone of the rod. A nother object is an ivory spoon . Finally, three ivory objects show a high degree of configurati on: two fl attened objects and one with a circular section. This type of object is mainly decorated with si mpl e linear motifs, alth ough one object co mbines simple linear deco rati on with simpl e and iso lated angular motifs and another object co mbin es the simple linear deco rati on with chevron motifs in regul arly arranged series of parall e l lines . The var iability of simple linear motifs is hi gh: 80% coiTes pond to regularl y and irregul arl y arranged parall e l series (regul arity be ing th e prevai ling feature) , and the isolated category is minimally represented. Two obj ects comprise a typeD co mposi ti on and a sin gle one, a type I compositio n. E leven obj ects are deco rated on one side and seven on more th an one side. Eight objects are engraved in one series, six in two series, one in three seri es, two in fo ur series and one in more than three series. The width of the incis ions is predominantly narrow (+75 % ), and of medium width to a lesser extent. The depth of the inci s ions is predominantly superficial ( +80% ).

5.4. Decorative objects Thirteen objects (o ne of them remai ns un certain) are re lated with personal orn ament assoc iated with hanging plaques . In all cases, they are elongated obj ects, more or less wide and with a small perforation in one of its edges. Poss ibl y due to their poor state of preservation (t hey are very

315

MO/ ·cos Carcfa Diez

fragmented) onl y one of the perforati ons is preserved, but so me or all of these type of objects mi ght have had a perforati on on each edge. All of these pi eces are made on ivory. All hanging type objects di splay a simple linear decoration made up of regularly arranged series of parallel lines . Fi ve of the obj ects combine this decorati on with se ri es of curvilinear parallel lines. In additi on, one of them contain s regul arl y arranged seri es of points. The decorati ve combin ati ons are numerous: 5 of type C, 3 of type D, 2 of type F, I of type E and l of type H. In th e larger-s ized obj ects, th e decoration is situated on one side, whereas in the two smallest obj ect frag ments the decoration is similar on both sides. The incisions are mainl y wide (50%), followed in percentage by th e medium (+25%) and narrow wid th catego ri es. The depth of th e deco rat ion is wide in 53 % of th e obj ects, of medi um-depth in 27 % and superfi cial in 20%.

5.5. Artistic objects Thi s catego ry is compri sed of three objects with animal representati ons (a li on, a mammoth and an undetermin ed zoo morphi c figure) and anthropomorphi c figures (o ne of th em is a female representati on and the other is an undetermin ed figure). All the pieces have been made on ivory worked as sculptures. Two additi onal objects have been included in this category. They show careful craftwork and their morphol ogy is diffi cult to characteri ze. One of them is a decorated obj ect ( 158956) made on ivory: it has a bi g perforation in its central part and the upper part di spl ays a small protrudin g shape. The other object is an object made on ivory (2 11 856), li ghtl y pointed in th e lower portion (central sector) . The object with th e central perforati on di plays regularly arranged seri es of parall el lines . The other object shows a simpl e linear decorati on of type B compos iti on.

5.6. Undetermined objects Eighty-seven objects are fragments of ivo ry plaques. These represent heterometri c objects (s mall and large-sized). Some of the fragments di splay scratches from smoothing of the surfaces in their upper side; oth ers do not show any ev idence of technical ac ti ons towards surface preparati on, but it is possible th at thi s is due to th eir poor states of preservation. Nevertheless, the pl aq ue fo rmats, their section, the decoration and/or the character of the incis ions reca ll th e grap hi c patterns of th e hanging plaques. Hence, these elements are poss ibl y deco rat ive objects rather th an co nditioned neutral objects. The most frequently engraved decorat ive type is th e simpl e linear motif. The objects ex hibit a wide range of variabi lity: 54,91 % di splay regul arl y arranged seri es of recti linear paral lel lines, I ,4 1% display irregul arl y arranged series of rectilinear parall el lines, 19,72% display iso lated rectilinear lines, 4,23 % display seri es of curvilinear parallel lines and 11 ,27 % display a co mbin at ion of seri es of regularly arranged rectilinear and curvilinear parallel lines . I ,4 1% show series of regul arl y arranged angul ar parallel lines, 2,82% show se ri es of regul arl y arranged chevron parallel lines, 1,41 % show a combinati on of seri es of regu larl y arranged rectilinear para ll el lines and iso lated chev ron type lines, 1,4 1% combine seri es of regularly arranged rectilinear parallel lines and regul arl y arranged parallel points, and I ,41% combine series of regularl y arranged seri es of rectilinear and curvilinear parallel lines and series of regul arl y arranged parallel angul ar lines. The thematic combinati ons are: fo ur of type A, one of type B, seven of th e type C, four of type D, one of type F, one of type G and one of type type H. All the decorations are situated on one side, except in two objects in whi ch th e decoration is present in both sides. Sixty-two pi eces show a single seri es, thirteen show two seri es, five show three seri es, three show four series, two show five se ri es, one shows six se ri es and one shows eight series. The incisions are predominantl y wide (around 65%), followed by the medium (±20% of th e objects) and narrow size categories. The depth of the incisions is mainl y deep (±60%) foll owed by th e medium and superfi cial depth catego ri es (each around 20% ).

316

Deco rative patterns

6. The Decorative Patterns on Organic Objects and Some General Considerations about Symbolism at Pavlov 6.1. The significance of the decorated organic objects If we co rre late the deco rative patte rn s wit h the object categories (unconditioned ne utral , conditioned neutral , domestic , deco rative and unde te rmined objects), we observe certain differences that mi ght be poss ibl y re lated to th e fun c ti on of the deco rati on (Tabl e 4).

Ta ble 4. Degree of r epresentation (H: high, M: medium, L: low , VL: very low) of the different decorative types according to the category of the object.

Isol ated (ay b)

Simple linear (A)

Rect ilinear, and sligh tl y cu rvi Iinear and windi ng (I) Cu rvi Ii near

Domesti c (L) Undetermined (M)

(I I)

Simple ang ul ar (B) Chevron (C)

X-shaped (D) Point (E)

Domestic (ML)

Regul arly arranged parallel (c) Uncond iti oned neutral (H) Conditioned neutral (H) Domesti c (H) Decorative (H) Undetermined (H) Decorative (M) Undetermined (M) Conditioned neutral (L) Undetermined (ML) Unconditioned neutral (ML) Domesti c (ML) Undetermined (ML) Unconditioned neutral (ML) Unconditioned neutral (ML) Decorative (ML) Undetermined (ML)

Irregul arly arranged parallel (d) Unconditioned neutral (M) Conditioned neutral (M) Domestic (M) Undetermined e (ML)

A co mmon grap hic basis und e rli es all of th e objec ts from Pav lov southeas t 1954-1 956: the re is a hi gh representat ion of the regu lar ly arranged seri es of simpl e parallel rectilin ear motifs. The rest of the decorative types a re di stributed different ly depending on th e catego ri es of the objects. The ne utral (cond iti oned a nd un conditi oned) and domestic objects present a medi um rep resenta ti on of the irregul arl y a rra nged seri es of rec tilinear para ll el lin es motif. Th e regul arly arranged seri es of curv ilinear para ll e l lines a re present at a medium degree of rep resentati on in the ne utra l co nditioned and und e te rmin ed objects (we must note that this object may correspond to the decorati ve object group) . The other deco rati ons a re represented in low or very low percentages; in addition , th e chevron, x-shape, a nd point motifs were engraved preferentially in neutral, unconditi oned and domestic objects. The the mat ic co mbin ations (Tabl e 5) are very diverse in the decorative and undetermined objects. The decorative obj ects document the hi ghest percentage of objects decorated a nd the highest variability of comb in at ions. In th e undetermined objects, it is possib le that the hi gh degree of fragme ntation of the pieces lower the total number and variabi li ty of comb in ati ons. On the other hand , the percentage of neutral co nditi oned objects with themati c comb in at ions is also hi gh w ith respec t to the percentage of neutral unconditioned objects and espec iall y wi th respect to domestic objects.

3 17

Marcos Garcfa Diez

Table 5. Absolute numbers and percentages of objects with the thematic combinations of Pavlov Southeast 1954-1956. Uncond itio ned neutral A

Conditioned neutral

Domestic

Decorative

I

4

8

I

c D E F

11

4

2

5 3

7 4

I

I

I I I

12 (70,59 %)

19 (26,76)

2

G H l

Total

Undetermined

12 (26,09 %)

4 (44,44%)

I 3 ( 16,67 %)

The differences observed manifest a greater degree of deco rati ve types and thematic combin ati ons in the objects class ifi ed as deco rati ve and neutral co nditi oned. Considerin g th at the decorati ve obj ec ts are re lated to personal orn ament , poss ibl y as hang ing pl aques or headband s, these objects and th eir type of decorati on also mu st have had a soc ial fun cti on. The morph o logy of th e inc isions, normall y of medium width and medium depth prov ides a hi gh degree of visua l impact. The presence of so me objects with a spec ial morph ology and co nfigurati on, i.e. 158956 and 2 11 856, suggests th at these obj ects mi ght be of significance within the soc ial group (White 1993, 1995; Scheer 1995; T aborin 1993) . These could represent objects whose soc ial fun cti on would be linked to indi vidu al use and to the performance of a social fun cti on such as identity and/or soc ial differenti ati on (i.e. "statu s"). The repetit ive character of so me combin ati ons (Svo boda 1997) and the morph ology of th e obj ec ts show a degree of standardi zation in manufacture and use. The number of reco vered hanging type obj ects and the a bsence of thi s type of obj ects in other archaeo logica l s ites of simil ar dates lead us to envision the poss ible ex istence of "workshops" or people spec iali zed in the producti on o f these obj ec ts at Pav lov. A si milar interpretati on could be indi cated fo r th e conditi oned neutral obj ects. Th ey are objec ts th at probabl y do not have a domesti c fun cti on. The sli ght vari ati ons in th eir manu fac ture could be linked to a sy mbo li c fun cti on. From thi s perspecti ve, obj ects such as the re indeer antler, particul arl y the object made on the antler of a young indi vidu al with a poli shed edge, could be interpreted in thi s way . Onl y one of the object ( I 25556) may be linked to a domesti c function, as interpre ted from th e di stal percuss ions and its overall mass ive character, resembling a large hammer. The domes ti c obj ec ts ex hibit a min or degree of deco rati ve vari ability and the matic combin ati ons. The decorati ons should be interpreted as arti sti c and deco rati ve e le ments, with out sugges ti on of any parti cul ar soc ial functi on. Thi s also ex pl ain s why th ese pi eces show a min or degree of decorati ve impact and graphic vari ability. F inall y, the unco nditi oned obj ects di spl ay an intermedi ate situati on among th e prev ious catego ri es. Th ey show a low degree of themati c co mbin ati ons, but show th e hi gl1est vari ability deco rati ve types and subtypes . Thi s could impl y th at these objects had an important soc ial fun cti on th at was not re lated directly with indi vidu al use of the objects.

6.2. The relationship between the value of the artistic organic objects and the figurative ceramic objects Traditi onall y, the term art and/or symbo li sm refer to the group of mate ri al ev idence th at is not related to domes tic acti vities . Next to the organi c deco rati ve, arti stic and neutral conditi oned obj ec ts, th e most di stingui shed evidence is re presented by ce rami c assembl ages. Pavl ov and Do lnf Ves toni ce have yie lded important sets of fi gu res or fragments of zoomorphi c and anthropomorphi c fi gures made on cerami c materi als. In additi on, durin g the fieldwork, we re recovered a sma ll assembl age of cerami c obj ects s with engraved lines and a numerous assembl age o f amorph ous cerami c obj ects related to the manufac ture of the cerami c obj ects.

318

Decorative patterns

Zoo morphi c and anthropomorphi c fi gures made on cerami c are numerous in compari so n with th e representati ons on ivo ry. In Pav lov southeast 1954-1 956 eighty-five cerami c f igu res were recovered (13 of them are anthropo morphic and 14 are zoomorphi c, and th e rest are zoo morphic or anthropomorphi c anatomi cal parts; C hapters IV . J-2). In co ntras t, onl y five anthropomorphic and zoo morphi c figures were made on ivory. T hi s numerical di ffe rence raises the poss ibility th at the materi a l (ivo ry of cerami c) of the obj ect had a re levant ro le in th e fun cti on of these objects. We can consider two fac tors: a) the degree of fragme ntation of th e cerami c objects: the number of cerami c moti fs probabl y should be reduced considering th e possi bility th at so me of the fragments correspond to a sin gle pi ece; and b) the degree of work necessary for the manu fac ture of th e obj ects: work on ivo ry requi res a hi gher care th an ce ramics because it enta il s an ex tractive process, whereas work on cerami c is additi ve and pl astic. Both fac tors all ow us to attribute fu ncti onal di ffe rences acco rding to the type of obj ect. J. S voboda (1997) has indicated th at th e main di fference is the time of use. The studi es related to context, production and use of cerami c obj ec ts indicate th at they are ev idence of short-time use events (Soffe r at alii, 1993); in co ntras t, a long-time of use is indicated fo r obj ec ts made on ivory. In additi on, the ivo ry obj ects do not show the hi gh degree of fragmentati on documented fo r the ceramj c obj ects. Thus, the duality of short-time and long-time use co uld represent a di ffe renti al value assoc iated to th e organi c or in orga ni c nature of the arti sti c objec ts (Soffer 1997). In sp ite of thi s, the time in ves ted on the manufac ture of th e objects and the necessary technical kn ow ledge justi fy th e social signi ficance th at these obj ects mi ght have had . The zoo morphi c and anth ropomo rph ic figures mu st have had social impl icati ons j us t as th ose of the objects fo r personal orn ament, although the ir use would probabl y not be for indi vidu al, but rather soc iall y more extensive and poss ibly re lated to sy mbo li c/ritual acti vit ies (Conkey 1987) .Suc h acti viti es would entaj ] the participat ion of numerous people li vin g together and sharing an ide ntical set of cultural aspects (i.e. a soc ial gro up) or several soc ial groups, in a context where in teracti ons and all iances among groups woul d be establi shed (Gambl e 1982; Barton et alii, 1994; Kozlowsk i 1986; Soffer 1995, 1997).

Acknowledgments I am very gratefu l to Caro lina Ma llol fo r the translation of the text. Basq ue Government (with a post-doctora l grant) funded th is work. Moreover, we speciall y thank J. Svoboda and M. Novak for their ki ndness during my stay in Do lnf Yestonice.

Bibliography Barton , C. M. , Clark, G. A. and Co hen, A. E. 1994: Art as information: exp laini ng Upper Pa leo lithic art in wester Europe. World Archaeology 26: 185- 107. Bui sso n, D., Fri tz, C., Kande l, D., Pinco n, G., Sauvet, G. and Tosel lo, G. 1996: Les contours deco upes de tetes de chevaux et leur co ntribution a la connaissance du Magdalenien moyen. Antiquites Nationales 28: 99-1 28. Conkey, M. W . 1987: New approaches in the search fo r mea nin g? A review of research in Paleo lithi c art. Journal of Field Archaeology 14: 413-430. Gamb le, C. 1982 : Interaction and al liance in Paleo li thic society. Man 17:92- 107. Klfma, B. 1957: Yyzkum paleo li tickeho sfdl iste u Pavlova v roce 1954. Archeologicke rozhledy 9: 145- 15 I . - 1959: Vyzkum paleolitickeho sfdliste u Pavlova v roce 1956. Archeologicke rozhledy 11 : 3- 15. - 1964: Paleo liticka reliefnf plastika !vice ze sfdliste u Pavlova. Panuitky archeologicke 55: 82-89. - 1994: Die Knochenindustrie, Zier-und KunstgegensUinde. In: J. Svoboda ed , Pavlov f. Excavations 1952-53 . E.R.A.U.L 66 I DVS 2, Liege, pp. 95-159. - 1997 : Die Knochenindustrie, Zier-und KunstgegensUinde. In : J. Svoboda ed, Pavlov I - Northwest. The Upper Paleolithic burial and its settlement context. DVS 4, Institute of Arc haeo logy, Academy of Sciences of the Czech Repub lic, Brno, pp . 227-286

3 19

MGI·cos Garcfa Diez

Kozlows ki , J. K. 1986: The Gravettian in central and eastern Europe. In: F. Wendorf and A. E. Cl ose eds, Advances in World Archaeology, pp. 20 1-252. Scheer, A. I 995: Pendeloques en ivoire durant le gravettie n en Al le magne du sud : un indi ce chronologique et soc ial?. In : J. Hahn , M. Menu, Y. Taborin , Ph. Waiter and F. Wid emann eds, Le travail et !'usage de l'ivoire au Paleolithique superieur. Instituto Paoligrafico e Zecca dell o Stato. Liberi a dell o Stato , Roma. , pp. I 37- 172 . Soffer, 0. I 995: Artistic apogees and biological nadirs: Upper Pal eo lfti c cultural complex ity reconsidered. In M. Otte, ed., Nature et Culture. E.R.A .U.L. 68 , Liege, pp . 615-627. - 1997: The mutuab ility of Upper Pal eo lithi c art in Central and Eas tern Europe: patterning and signifi ca nce. In : M. W. Conkey, 0 . Soffer, D. Stratmann and N. G. Jabl onski eds, Beyond Art. Pleistocene Image and Symbol. Memoirs of the California Academy of Sciences 23 , San Francisco, Californi a, pp. 239-26 1. Soffer, 0. , Yandiver, P., Klfma, B. and Svo boda, J. 1993: The pyrotec hn ology of performance art : Moravi an venuses and wolverines. In : H. Knec ht, A. Pike-Tay and R. White eds , Before Lascaux. CRC Press, Boca Raton , pp. 259-275. Svoboda, J. I 995: L 'art gravettien en Mora vie. Contexte, dates et styl es. L 'Anthropologie 99: 258-272. - I 996a: The Pavl ov ian. Tipology and behaviour. In : J. Svoboda, P. Skrdla and E. W. Oches eds., Paleolithic in the Middle Danube Region. Institute of Archaeo logy, Academy of Sciences of the Czec h Republi c, Brno, pp. 283-30 1. - I 996b: Gravettian and Epigravett ian chronol ogies in the Middle Danube area. N ehled vyzkumu 1992 : 9- 19. - I 997: Symbolisme gravettien en Mora vie. Espace, temps et formes. Bulletin de la Societe Prehistorique Ariege-Pyrenees 52: 87- I 04.

- 200 I : Seeing mammoth s and usin g mammoths : Ev idence from Upper Paleol ithic Mora via. In : D. West, ed., Proceedings of the In ternational Conference on Mammoth Site Studies. University of Kan sas, Law re nce, pp. 153- 161. Taborin , Y. 1993: La parure en coqui/lage au Paleolith que. XXIXe suppl e ment Paris.

aGalli a Prehi storique, C.N.R.S,

White, R. I 993 : Technologica l and soc ial dimensi ons of Auri gnacian Age. Body orn aments across Europe. In : H. Knec ht, A. Pike-Tay and R. White eds , Before Lascaux . CRC Press, Boca Raton, pp. 277-299. - 1995: Ivory personal ornaments of Aurignacian age: technolog ical, social and sy mboli c perspectivas. In : J. Hahn , M. Menu , Y. Taborin , Ph. Waiter and F. Widemann eds, Le travail et !'usage de l'ivoire au Paleolithique superieur. Istituto Poligrafico e Zecca dell o Stato, Liberia dell o Stato, Roma, pp. 29-62.

320

Decorative patterns

CATALOGUE OF THE YEAR 1954

Refere nce: 164 (Figure 3). Fragment o f a techni cal rod on mammoth bone. The piece meas ures 86.2 x 32.5 x 7 .5 mm and we ighs 13 gr. Three seri es of rectilinear and curvilinear lines with a parallel tre nd and sub-verti cal arrange ment ; the series present opposed directions . The inc isions are very narrow/narrow/med i urn/wide , very superfi cial/superfi cial/med ium/deep, and were engraved by re peated passes of the too l. Square me ter unknown.

Reference: 50354. Fragment of a plaque on ivory. The piece meas ures 38.5 x 44 .3 x 3.4 mm and weighs 5 .2 gr. One series of rectilinear and winding lines with a parall el tende ncy and hori zontal arrangement. The in cisio ns are very wide, very deep/deep and they were engraved by repeated passes of the tool; the morph ology of cross-secti ons is V shaped . Square meter 15/27 .

Referen ce: 5 19454. Frag ment of re ind eer antl er of a young individual. The pi ece meas ures 196 x 22.6 x 15 .5 mm and weig hs 40.8 gr. E igh t seri es of rectilinear, curvi linear and winding lines with a parall el trend. The seri es are organi zed accord ing to the different views of the piece. The decoration is situated on central tine and lateral beam of the antl er. The incisions are narrow/medium , superficial/ med ium and were engraved by a singl e pass of the tool; the morphology of th e section is V shaped . Square meter 20110.

I

J.

I

) '!

\

\

I

l 1

I I

1 11 \

f \ ' ·

I

I I

I II

I

I \ ) I l l ~ l /1 \ \

\

)

\I I

I

I

j I

l \I

IIl

11 1 I

l

d \.\\\ 1 .: (' I 111 1,

1

1

('

II

I

\.

!t/

'

321

Ma~-cos

Carcfa Diez

Reference: 519554 (Figure 3). Fragment of a reindeer antl er. The piece meas ures 211 x 2 1.6 x 18 .2 mm and weighs 60.3 gr. The di stal edge was trimmed and poli shed; the prox imal edge was trimmed. Two fil es with six or seve n series of rectilinear, windin g and curvilinear lines th at present a simil ar length and a different number of lines . An area with out decorati on separates the fil es. The incisions are narrow/medium , superfi cial/medium and were engraved by a single pass of too l; the morphology of th e sec ti on is V shaped. Square meter 20/ 10.

0 I \

\

,

\\

\

\'

I

'

'\I \ . \

\

\\ I I \ \ \ \

\

\

I

')I' \

I

Ii\

Reference: 52 1554 (Figure 3). Crafted obj ect (spatul a) on ivo ry. The superi or part of the too l is nat and ellipso id al; the inferi or part was co nfi gured as a handle. The piece measures 76.5 x 17.6 x 5.7 and weicrhs 4 ar. Rectilinear lines with a parall el trend . The incisions are narrow, superficial and were encrraved by an in~tru m:n t 0 with dihedral cutting edge. Square meter 20/ I0.

I

u Reference: 522654. Frag ment of a pointed too l on ivory. The piece meas ures 87.1. x 38 .3 x l0.6 mm and weigh s 13 gr. The surface of the too l presents long1tudmal scratches from poli shing. One seri es of rectilinear lines with a parallel trend on both sides. Square meter 20/ 10.

···-

322

Deco rative patterns

Refere nce: 523 054 (Figure 3). Fragment o f an anthropomorphic figure on ivory . The motif is composed of a head di sp lay in g a bi-conical morpho logy, and a part of the neck . The pi ece meas ures 37.4 x 26.3 x 29.9 mm and we ighs is 14.7 gr. Squ are meter 20/10.

Reference: 523454 (Figure 3) . Fragment o f a pl aq ue on ivory. The piece meas ures 47.1 x 87. 5 x 7 .6 mm and weighs 17 . 1 gr. Set o f rec tilinear, curvilinear and windin g lin es; o ne seri es of cur vilinear and winding lines in a parallel trend is emph as ized . The incisions are ve ry narrow/narrow, very superfic ial/s uperfi c ial, and were engraved by an instrum ent with dihedral cuttin g edge and by a sin gle pass of the tool. Square meter 20/10.

Reference: 523554 (Figure 3) . Fragment of a plaque on ivo ry. The piece measures 76. 1 x 37.7 x 3.8 mm and we ighs 8.4 gr. ; the obj ec t presents scratches from polishing. Two seri es of curvilinear and rec tilinear lines with a parall el trend and located on the edge. The incisions are narrow/very wide, superfic ial/very deep and were engraved by repeated passes of the too l; the morphology of the sect ion is W shaped. Square meter 20110.

323

Mw·cos Garcfa Diez Reference: 524454. Bone fragment of a horse. The piece measures 51 .8 x 17.7 x 8 mm and weighs 2.9 gr. One series of rectilinear lines in a parallel trend . The incisions are narrow, superficial, and were engraved by an instrument with dihedral cuttin g edge and by a sin gle pass of the too L Square meter 20/1 0.

oReference: 528054. Fragment of a crafted too l with a circul ar secti on on ivory. The piece measures 33.5 x 10.7 x 9.9 mm and weigh s 1.7 gr. One seri es of rectilinear parall el lines on both sides. The incisions are very narrow/narrow, very superficial/superficial , and were engraved by an in strument with dihedral cuttin g edge and by a sin gle pass of the too L Square meter 20/10.

0 Reference : 530654. Fragment of a technica l rod on reindeer antler. The pi ece meas ures 97.8 x 32 x 8.2 mm and weighs 16. 1 gr. One series of rectilinear lines with a para ll el trend on the ri ght edge, and one line to the left edge. The incisions are very narrow/medium , medium , and were engraved by an in strument with dihedral cutting edge and by a sin gle pass of the too L Square meter 16/27.

Reference: 533954 (Figure 3). Fragment of a ri b. The pi ece measures 329 x 42.2 x 18.7 mm and weighs 154.4 gr. Set of rectilinear, curvilinear and windin g lines; so me of the them are obli que (di stal edge) and are organi zed in a series. The incisions are medium , superficial/medium and were engraved by an in strum ent with dihedral cutting edge. Square meter unkn own.

324

Decorative patterns

Reference: 534154. A poss ibl e techni cal rod 's frag ment on reind eer antl er. The piece measures 74.5 x 26.5 x 10 mm and weighs 17 .8 gr. One seri es of rectilinear lines with a parall el trend . Square meter unkn own.

Reference: 534354 (Figure 3). Fragment of a techni cal rod on re indeer antler. The piece measures 47 .7 x 22.9 x 5.8 mm and weighs 3.6 gr. Two series of rectilinear lines with a parall el trend are locate along the edges. The incisions are wide and deep/very deep; the morphology of the secti on is sy mmetric V shaped. Square meter unknown.

Reference: 534554 (Figure 4 ). Medial fragme nt of a reindeer antl er. The piece measures 2 15 x 30 x 19 mm and we ighs 53.5 gr. Four series of rec tilinear, curvi linear and winding lines with a parall el trend. The incisions are narrow/med ium , superficial/ medium and were engraved by an instrument with dihedral cutting edge. Square meter unkn own.

:::.::-:.::::·

325

Marcos Garcia Diez

Reference: 534654 (Figure 4). Fragment of a fl atte ned object o n reindeer antl e r. The piece meas ures 11 0.2 x 34.8 x 13.4 mm and weighs 35.7 gr. The distal edge is rounded and the surface was polished . F~ur sen es of rectilinear, c urvilinear and winding lines with a parallel trend . The incisions are narrow, s uperfi cia l and were e ngraved by an instrume nt with dihedral cutting edge a nd by a sing le pass of the too l. Square meter unkn own.

- :.::·- -

..

---

Reference: 535 154 (Figure 4). Fragment of a techni cal rod o n reindeer a ntler. The piece meas ures 18 1 x 37.2 x 11 .2 mm and weighs 55 .9 gr. Two seri es of rectilinear and windin g lines; a n area without decoration separates the series. The incisions are narrow, superficial, and were e ngraved by a n instrument wi th dihedral c uttin g edge. Square meter unknown.

I1 I

I

I

·-t

I I( (J_ ---::

-~

--.

Reference: 535854 (Figure 4). Fragment of a technical rod on reindeer a ntl er. The pi ece measures 140. 1 x 29 .5 x 8.9 mm and weighs 28.7 gr; the left edge presents ev ide nces of sawing. Two series of rectilinear a nd curv ilinear lines with a parallel trend are located on the edges of the supe ri or side. The incisions a re narrow, superfi cia l, a nd they were engraved by an instrume nt with dihedral cuttin g edge and by a s ingle pass of the too l. Square me ter un known .

326

Decorative patterns

Reference: 536154. Fragment of a pl aq ue on ivory . The pi ece meas ures 19.6 x 5 x 2.4 mm and weighs 0.2 gr. One seri es of rectilinear parallel lin es. The in cis ions are medium , medi um and the morphology of the secti on is V shaped . Square meter unkn ow n.

~ -

-

-

-

-

Reference: 536254 (Figure 5). Rod with a semi -circul ar secti on on re indeer a ntl er. The piece measures 142.5 x 12.4 x 14.8 mm and weighs 13 gr; the proximal edge presents ev idences of saw in g. Two series of rectilinear lines in a parallel tre nd ; an area without decorati on separates the series. The inc isions are medium and medium. Square meter unkn own.

Refere nce: 536354 . Fragment of a plaque on ivo ry. The pieces measures 12.9 x 8.2 x 4.3 mm a nd weighs 0.2 gr. One seri es of rec tilin ear parall e l lines with a radial arrange ment ; one c urvilinear line was e ngraved on the distal edge. The inc isio ns are medium and superficia l. Square meter unknown.

I

wv I

Refere nce: 536454. Fragment of a point with beve led edge o n re indeer antl er. The piece measures 116.2 x 53 .9 x 19.3 mm a nd weighs 55 .9 gr; the proximal edge presents ev idences of percussion. One se ries of rectilinear lines wi th a parallel tre nd . The inc isions are very narrow, very superficial and were engraved by an instrume nt with di hed ral cutting edge and by a si ngle pass of the too l. Square meter unkn own.

--

- ------· ___:::::::::·-- - -

-

··-

Reference: 536554. Fragme nt of a plaque o n ivory. The piece meas ures 13.2 x 7 x 2 mm and weighs 0 .2 gr. One series of angular and parallel lines. The incisions are medium and superficial/medium. Square meter unknown.

I

~ ~ I

Reference: 536654. Fragment of a plaq ue on ivory. The piece measures 16.8 x 7.6 x 2.3 mm and weighs 0 . 1 gr. One series of rectilinear parallel lines. The inc isions are medium, medium and the morphology of the sect ion is V shaped. Square meter unknown .

327

Marcos Carcfa Diez

Reference: 536754. Fragment of a plaque on ivory . The piece measures I0. 1 x 8. 8 x 2. 6 mm and weighs 0.2 gr. Two seri es of rectilinear, parall el and orthogonal lines . The incision s are wide and deep; the morphology of the secti on is V shaped. Square meter unknown .

Reference: 536854 (Figure 3). Fragment of a plaque on ivo ry . The piece meas ures 9.3 x 11 .2 x 2.5 mm and weighs 0.2 gr. One series of zigzag patterns. The incisions are narrow/medium , and superficial/medium . Square meter unkn own .

I

@Q I

I

@0 I

Reference: 53735 4. Fragment of a pl aque on ivory. The piece meas ures 34 .3 x 19.9 x 2.9 mm and weighs I .8 gr. One seri es of rectilinear and curvilinear lines in a parall el trend. The incisi ons are very narrow, very deep and they were engraved by an in strument with dihedral cutting edge by repeated passes of the too l; the morph ology of the secti on is V shaped. Square meter unkn own.

Reference: 537754. Fragment of a pl aque on ivory. The pi ece meas ures 15. 6 x 15 .3 x 3 mm and weighs 0.4 gr. Two rectilinear parallel lines. The incisions are narrow/medium and superficial/medium ; the morph ology of the sec ti on is V shaped. Square meter unknown .

Reference: 537854. Fragment of a pl aque on ivory. The pi ece meas ures 9.5 x 7.4 x 1.9 mm and wei ghs 0.1 gr. One series of rectilinear parall el lines. The incisions are medium and medium ; the morphology of secti on is V shaped. Square meter unknown.

Reference: 537954 . Fragment of a plaque on ivo ry. The pi ece meas ures 6.7 x 6 x 1.7 mm and weighs 0. 1 gr. On e series of rectilinear parall el lin es. The in cisions are wide and deep. Square meter unknown.

I

~D I I

IDO I

Reference: 538054. Fragment of a technica l rod on a mammoth d iaphys is. The piece meas ures 170 x 27 x 19. 1 mm and weighs 30.5 gr. Two seri es of rectilinear lines in a parall el trend : the largest seri es is located toward the central part and presents a hori zontal arrangement; the shortest seri es is co mposed of three lines with a subhori zontal arran gement. The incisions are wide, deep and were engraved by repeated passes of the too l; the morphology of the secti ons is V shaped. Square meter unkn own.

- --=.:.... ~

------- -

:;:~·-. -=-~--·-~_:

___ _"_";'-

.!"":.

~--~ :~-~-": ;_: .~ ·. ~~~ is~ ~,:,: ·~~ - ~;~~i~~:~2~-.oo_ 328

Decorative patterns

Re ference: 53 8054. Frag ment of a pl aque on ivo ry . The piece measures 18.4 x 12.8 x 2.8 mm a nd weighs 0.5 gr. One seri es o f rectilinear parall el lines and an iso lated line. The incisio ns are medium/ wide, medium/deep and were engraved by repeated passes of the tool; the morpho logy o f the sec ti ons is V shaped . Square meter un kno wn .

Reference: 538 154. Frag me nt o f a pl aque on ivo ry. The pi ece meas ures 15 .3 x 6.7 x 2.6 mm and weighs 0.2 gr. On e rectilinear and o ne c ur vilinear line. The inc isions are wide, deep and we re engraved by repeated passes of the too l: the morpho logy of the sec ti ons is V shaped. Square meter unkn own .

Re ference: 538 154. Frag ment of a pl aque on ivo ry. The pi ece measures 15 .6 x 8.8 x 2.9 mm and weighs 0.2 gr. Rectilinear line. The incision is very wide, very deep, and it was engraved by repeated passes o f the too l, by an instrume nt with dihedral cutting edge; the morph ology o f the sec ti on is U shaped. Square meter unkn own .

I

~ o ~ I

I

~I u

Refere nce: 538354 . Frag ment o f a pl aque on ivory . The pi ece meas ures 8.7 x 9.6 x 2 mm and we ighs 0. 1 gr. Two curvilinear and para ll el lines. The inc isio ns are very wide, ve ry deep and were engraved by repeated passes o f the too l; the morpho logy of the secti ons is V shaped . Square meter unkno wn .

I

~o

lYf

Refere nce: 5 38454. Frag me nt o f a pl aque on ivo ry. The pi ece meas ures 11 .2 x 6.4 x 1. 6 mm and we ighs 0. 1 gr. Two rectilinear and parall el lines. The incisions are wide, med ium/deep, and they were engraved by repeated passes o f the too l; the mo rpho logy o f the secti ons is U shaped . Square meter unkn own.

I

~o

~

I

Reference: 5 38554 (Figure 4). Frag me nt of a pl aque o n ivo ry. The piece measures 42 x 7 1.4 x 2.7 mm and weighs 6.4 gr. Three series o f rectilinear and winding lines . Compos iti on of the decorati o ns is co mpl ex: one series of paralle l lines with a sub-verti cal arrangement ; one small seri es of parall el lines with a sub-hori zontal arra nge ment above; and o ne seri es of parall el lines with a sub-vertica l arra ngement o n the top. The inc isions are narrow/medium , superfi cial/med ium and we re e ngraved by an in strume nt with dihedral cutting edge. Square meter un known.

Reference: 538554. F rag me nt of a pl aque on ivo ry. The piece measures 12.7 x 9 x 2 mm and weighs 0.2 gr. Two rec tilinear parall el lines . The inc isions are narrow and superficial; the morphology of the sectio ns is V shaped. Square meter unknown .

-~ s-.:·.. -

r===J

· ~··-·-

-·

·-=--

329

Mw·cos Garcfa Diez

Reference: 53 8654. Fragment of a plaque on ivory . The piece meas ures 8.4 x 8.2 x 3 mm and weighs 0.2 gr. Rectilinear line. The incision is very wide, deep and it was engraved by repeated passes of the too l; the morph ology of the secti on is V shaped. Square meter unknown .

I

~8 I

Reference: 53 8754. Fragment of a pl aque on ivory. The pi ece measures I 3.6 x I 3.6 x 2.2 mm and weighs 0.3 gr. One seri es of rectilinear parall el lines. The incisions are wide, deep and were engraved by repeated passes of the too l; the morphology of the secti ons is V shaped. Square meter un known.

Reference: 539054 . Fragment of a pl aque on ivory. The pi ece meas ures I 5.8 x 15 . 1 x 2.4 mm and weighs 0.3 gr. One seri es of rectilinear parall el lines. The incisions are narrow/medium/w ide, superficial/medium/deep, and the wide and deep lines were engraved by repeated passes of the too l; the morph ology of the secti ons is V shaped. Square meter unkn own .

Reference: 539154. Fragment of a pl aque on ivory. The pi ece meas ures 17.3 x 12.6 x 2.7 mm and weighs 0.4 gr. Two seri es of rectilinear and curvilinear parall el lines. The incisions are very wide, deep, and were engraved by repeated passes of the too l; the morph ology of the sections is U shaped. Square meter unknown.

I

~ n ~ u I

Reference: 539254. Fragment of a pl aque on ivory. The pi ece meas ures 23 x I2.2 x 2.9 mm and weighs 0.6 gr. Two curvil inear and parall el lines. The incisions are very wide, deep, and were engraved by repeated passes of the too l; the morphology of the sec ti ons is U shaped. Square meter un known.

Reference: 539354. Fragment of a pl aque on ivo ry. The piece measures 16.8 x 6.2 x 1.6 mm and weighs 0. I gr. Rectilinear line. The incision is wid e and deep. Squ are meter unkn own.

Reference: 539454. Fragment of a pl aque on ivo ry. The piece measures I7. I x 7.5 x 2.4 mm and weighs 0.2 gr. Rec tilinear line. The incision is wide, deep, and it was engraved by repeated passes of the tool. Square meter unknown.

Reference: 53955 4. Fragment of a plaque on ivo ry. The piece meas ures 12 x I0.2 x 2.2 mm and weighs 0.2 gr. Two rec tilinear and parall el lines. The incisions are wide and deep; the morph ology of the secti ons is U shaped. Square meter unkn own.

Reference: 539754. Fragment of a pl aque on ivory. The pi ece meas ures 2 I x 12.8 x 2.5 mm and weighs 0.5 gr. Two rectilinear and parall el lin es. The incisions are wide and deep; the morphology of the secti ons is V shaped. Square meter un known.

I -

cti:J 0 -- ~

..

I

~ ~ I

su I

.

.

.

I

330

\

Deco rati ve patterns

I

Reference: 539854 . Fragment of a pl aque on ivory. The pi ece meas ures 11 .5 x 11 .3 x 2.3 mm and weighs 0.2 gr. Rectilin ear line. The incision is wide and deep. Square meter un known.

nn ~u

Reference : 539954. Frag ment of a pl aque on ivory. The pi ece measures 17.5 x 9.4 x 2.8 mm and we ighs 0.2 gr. Curvilinear line. The incision is wide, deep and it was engraved by repeated passes of the too l; the morphology of the secti on is V shaped. Square meter unknown.

I

Reference: 540054. Fragment of a pl aque on ivo ry. The pi ece meas ures 8.2 x 7.6 x 1. 9 mm and weighs 0. 1 gr. Two rec tilinear and parall el lines. The in cisions are very wide, deep and were engraved by repeated passes of the too l; the morph ology of the sec ti ons is U shaped. Square meter unkn own .

~ ~

~u I

I

Reference: 540154. Fragment of a pl aque on ivory. The piece meas ures 13 x 12.1 x 3.3 mm and weighs 0.3 gr. One seri es of rectilinear and parall el lines. The incisions are very wide, deep and were engraved by repeated passes of the too l; the morph ology of the sec ti ons is V shaped. Square meter unkn own .

~ ~ ~u I

Reference: 540254 . Fragment of a pl aque on ivory. The piece measures 13.4 x 9.2 x 2 mm and weighs 0. 2 gr. Two series of rec tilinear and parall el lines. The incisions are medium/ wide, medium/deep, and engraved by repeated passes of the too l. Sq uare meter unknown .

Reference: 540354. Frag ment of a pl aque on ivory . The piece measures 11.7 x 7.8 x 2 mm and we ighs 0. 1 gr. Rectilinear line. The incision is medium and medium. Sq uare meter unknown.

Reference: 540554. Frag ment of a pl aque on ivory. The piece meas ures 6.5 x 11 . 1 x 1.7 mm and weighs 0. 1 gr. Rectilinear line. The incision is wide and medium . Square meter unknown .

Reference: 540654. Frag ment of a pl aque on ivory. The piece meas ures 11 .5 x 12.7 x 2.3 mm and weighs 0.3 gr. Two rec tilinear and parall el lines. The incis ions are narrow/med ium and supe rficial. Square meter un known.

Reference : 540754. Fragment of a pl aque on ivory. The piece meas ures 12 x I 0.5 x 2.5 mm and we ighs 0.3 gr. Rectilinear and curvilinear lines. The incisions are wide, deep and were engraved by repeated passes of the too l; the morphology of the secti on is V shaped. Square meter unknown .

Reference: 540854. Fragment of a pl aq ue on ivory. The piece measures 11 .3 x 4. 5 x 1.9 mm and we ighs 0. 1 gr. Rectil inear line. The incision is medium and medium . Square meter unkn own.

I

9 0 I

~n ~ IJ

I

-

Q .

-

cio ~ I

I

~11 ~ l.J

I

33 1

Mw·cos Garcfa Diez

Reference: 540954. Fragment of a pl aque on ivory. The piece meas ures 17. 1 x 4.9 x 2. 1 mm and weighs 0. 1 gr. Curvil inear line. The incision is medium and medium . Square meter unknown.

I

~~~ n

~u

I

Reference: 541054. Fragment of a plaque on ivory. The pi ece measures 14.3 x 8.3 x 2.3 mm and weighs 0.2 gr. One series of rectilinear parall el lines. The incisi ons are narrow/medium and superficial/medium ; the morphology of the secti ons is asymmetri c V shaped. Square meter unknown.

Reference: 541154. Fragment of a pl aque on ivory. The piece measures 13 x 10.8 x 1.9 mm and weighs 0.1 gr. Two rectilinear parallel lines. The incisions are very wide, very deep and were engraved by repeated passes of the too l. Square meter unknown .

I

&; ~ I

I

Reference: 541254. Fragment of a pl aque on ivory. The piece measures 11.7 x 7.8 x 2.7 mm and weighs 0. 1 gr. Two rectilinear parall el lines. Th e incisions are wide. Square meter unknown .

~ /\

Reference: 54 1354. Fragment of a pl aque on ivory. The pi ece measures 11 .6 x 4.9 x 2 mm and weighs 0.1 gr. Two rectilinear parallel lines. The incisions are wide, medium/deep and were engraved by repeated passes of the too l. Square meter unkn own.

I c;?~ . \J I

Reference: 54 1454. Fragment of a pl aque on ivory. The piece meas ures 8.5 x 6.1 x 3 mm and weighs 0.1 gr. Two rec tilinear parall el lines. The incisions are wide. Square meter unknown.

Reference: 541554. Fragment of a pl aque on ivory. The pi ece measures 11 .3 x 6. 1 x 1. 8 mm and weighs 0.1 gr. Two rectilinear parall el lines. The incisions are very wide, deep and were engraved by repeated passes of the too l; the morphology of the sec ti ons is U shaped. Square meter unknown.

Reference: 541 654. Fragment of a pl aq ue on ivory. The piece meas ures 13.8 x 7.9 x 2 mm and weighs 0.1 gr. Curvilinear line. The incision is mediu m and superficial. Square meter unkn own.

~u I

(\

I

~ 0 I I

~u I

I

D

fl . \J I

Reference: 541754. Fragment of a pl aque on ivory. The pi ece measures I 0.7 x 7 . I x 2.9 mm and weighs 0.1 gr. Rectilinear line. The incision is medium and superficial. Square meter unknown .

Al 1 ~ l) I

Reference: 541 854. Frag ment of a pl aque on ivory. The piece measures 11 .7 x 5.6 x 2 mm and weighs 0.1 gr. Curvilinear line. The incision is very wide, very deep and engraved by repeated passes of the too l. Square meter unknown.

332

I

~(]

~ u

I

Decorative patterns

I

Reference: 543354. Fragment of a pl aque on ivo ry. The pi ece measures 15 .2 x 7 .9 x 2.3 mm and weighs 0 .3 gr. One seri es of rectilinear and curvilinear lines in a paralle l tre nd . The inci sio ns are narrow, superfi cial and engraved by a sin gle pass of the too l. Square meter unkn own.

~ [j!i~ I

Refere nce: 546054. Frag me nt o f a plaque on ivory. The piece measures 18.3 x 4 .7 x 2.3 mm and weighs 0 .2 gr. Set of rectilinear lines in a parallel trend. The incisions are narrow, s uperfic ial and engraved by an in strument with dihedral cutting edge. Square meter unkn own.

Reference: 546254. Fragment of a plaque on ivory. The piece measures 7.6 x 12.9 x 1.7 mm and weighs 0.1 gr. Four series of lines: two series of rectilinear parallel lines in vertical arrangeme nt, one seri es of rectilinear parallel lines in horizo ntal arrangement and o ne seri es of cur vilinear parall el lines in sub-horizontal arrangement. The incisions are narrow/medium and superfic ial/medium . Square meter unknow n.

I

." )

IJ \

I

Reference : 548854. Fragment of a confi gured obj ect with tri angul ar sec ti on on ivory. The piece measures 13.9 x 5.7 x 3 .8 mm and weighs 0 .3 gr. The surface presents scratches from poli shin g. One series of recti linear parallel lines. The incisions are medium and medium ; the morph ology of the secti ons is symmetric V shaped. Square meter unknown.

Refere nce: 637054. Fragment of a perforated obj ect (pendant) on ivo ry . The piece measures 9.3 x 11.2 x 2.5 mm and weighs 0.4 gr. Two series (o ne per side) of rectilinear parallel lines. The incisions are narrow/medium and superfic ial. Square meter unkn own.

I

;

\

..

_]: _ ~ ·

G~ .o

..

:-.-:;;.

Q

·-·

-:-:..:::-.. -

I

Refere nce : --154 (Fi gure 3). Fragment of a tec hnical rod on reindeer antler. The piece measures 57.4 x 24.2 x 9 mm and weighs 7.4 gr. One series of rec tilinear parallel lines. The incisions are very wide, very dee p and e ngraved by repeated passes of the tool; the morphology of the secti ons is symmetri c V shaped. Square meter unknown.

Reference: s/n- 1. Di stal frag ment of a possible point with a circul ar section on ivory . The piece measures 15 . 1 x 7.2 x 3.7 mm and we ighs 0.4 gr. One series of rectilinear parallel lines . The inc isions are narrow, very s uperfic ial and engraved by a single pass of the too l. Square meter unknown.

I

O{fi::;J I

Reference: s/n-2 . Distal fragment of a point on ivory with a flat secti on; the surface was prepared for polishing. T he piece measures 19 x 7.4 x 3 .1 mm and weighs 0.4 gr. Two series (one per side) of rectilinear lines in a parallel trend . The incisions are narrow and ve ry s uperfi c ial; the morphology of the secti ons is V and U shaped. Square meter unknown.

333

Marcos Carcfa Diez

Refere nce: s/n-3 (Figure 3). Fragment of a perfo rated pl aque on ivo ry . The pi ece meas ures 26 x 42 x 2.7 mm and weighs 1.6 gr. The decoratio n is: two series of rectilinear and sli ghtly cur vdtnear lmes located o n the edges o n the left, and a set of curvilinear parallel lines towards the ri ght. The mciSio ns are very w1de, very deep and e ngraved by repeated passes of the too l; the morphology of the secti o ns is U shaped. Square me te r unknown.

Refere nce: s/n-4 (Fi gure 4). Frag ment of a perforated pl aque on ivo ry. The pi ece meas ures 30 x 57.4 x 2 mm and weighs 2 .9 gr. Two series of rectilinear, curvilinear parall el lines are located o n the edges; the dista nce dec reases from left to right. The incisions are very wide, very deep and e ngraved by repeated passes of the tool; the morphology of the -sections is U and V shaped. Square mete r unkn own.

Refere nce: s/n-5 (Figure 4). Fragment of a perforated plaque o n ivory. The pi ece measures 25.6 x 8 1.2 x 3.2 mm and weighs 5.6 gr. The decorati on is: three seri es of deep and parallel lines in hori zo ntal arra ngement ; a nd a set of rectilinear, narrow and parall el lines in the superior edge. The incisions are ve ry wide, ve ry deep and were engraved by repeated passes of the too l; the morphology of the sec ti o ns is U shaped. Square me ter un known.

Refere nce: s/n-6 (Figure 5). Fragment of a perforated plaque o n ivo ry. The pil-ce measures are 26 .2 x 93 x 4 mm and we ighs 6.2 gr. Set of rectilinear lines; the composi ti o ns of the decoration is complex: three paralle l and deep lines on the left edge; small parallel and orth ogo nal lines between the previous seri es and in the s upe ri o r edges ; o ne deep line on the ri ght ; and narrow and parallel lines above a nd belo w the prev io us line. The broader incisio ns are very wide, very deep, engra ved by repeated passes of the tool , and the morphology of the sections are U shaped ; the narrow incisio ns are narro w/medium and superficial. Square meter unkn own.

334

Decorative patterns

Refere nce: s/n-7 . Fragment of a plaque o n ivory: the s urface was po li shed . The piece meas ures 21.5 x 3 1 x 3 .2 mm a nd weighs 1.6 gr. Two seri es: o ne series of c ur vilinear parall e l lines and ano ther o ne of rec tilinear lines. The incis io ns are very narrow, very deep and e ngraved by re peated passes of the too l; the morphology of the sec ti o ns is U s haped . Square me ter unknown.

Refere nce: s/n.8 (Fig ure 5 ; Klfma 1964). Sculpture of a li o n made on an ivo ry s lab. Several anatomical parts are represented o n thi s objec t: the to rso, the head (describin g the mo uth , nose and frontal reg io n), a pa ired ex tremity, and the tail. Its fl exed position towards the front o f the limbs suggests that the animal is e ither in a jumping position or lying down , indi catin g a still-s ho t a nimal ges ture, with a n abse nce of any narrative co ncept. The surface presents ev ide nces of saw in g a nd poli shin g. The pieces meas ures 214 x 56.3 x 11 ,7 mm and weighs 69 ,2 gr. Square me ter unkn own.

335

Marcos Carcfa Diez Refere nce: s/n-9 (Fi gure 5). Pointed fragme nt of a ma mmo th tusk. The mo.rph ology of the obj ect is cy lindri ca l. The pi eces meas ures 88 ,8 x 30,7 x 24 ,5 mm a nd weig hs 4 1,5 gr.. Stx sen es of rec tilin ear paralle l lmes: three series of long lines and a scale riform pattern. The incisio ns are medtum and medtum. Square meter unkn o wn .

;;

1----

----;:::::

I-

----

~-·

-------·

--

l-=~

Reference: s/n-1 0 (Figure 5 ; Svoboda 200 I ). Sculpture of a ma mm oth made o n a n ivo ry s lab. It is co mposed of a body, two fo relimbs and two hindlimbs , separated by a deep centra l incisio n. The head is separated from the body by an elevatio n of the hump, a n infl ecti o n at the wi the rs, and the hoof. The surface presents ev idences of sawing and poli shin g. The pieces meas ures 69.8 x 41.6 x I 0 mm a nd weighs 19 .6 gr. Square me te r unknown.

336

Decorative patterns

CATALOGUE OF THE YEAR 1956

Reference: 256 (Fi gure 6). Fragment of a perforated pl aque on ivory. The piece meas ures 27 .9 x 64 .7 x 3.8 mm and we ighs 5. 2 gr. The decorati on is a co mbin ati on of seri es of rec tilinear and curvilinear parallel lines; the incisions are located in the superi or edge, are co mbined in an alternatin g way and their distances decreased from ri ght to left. The incisions are very wide, very deep and were engraved by repeated passes of the tool; the morph ology of the sec ti ons is U shape. Square meter I 8/ I 3.

Reference : 5056 (Figure 6). Frag ment of a reindeer antl er. The piece measures I 17.6 x 29.9 x 28 . I mm and weighs 69.7 gr. Six series (three wi th a long developmen t and three per side) of rectilinear and curvilinear lines with a parallel trend. The incisions are very narrow/narrow and very superficial/superfi cial. Square meter 17/1 2.

---...._

" ....._____

---..

--------

~

---~

- --::::::::...

......

-------~

'~

---.....::::

~ '~ "-~

----

......_____ ..______

-

----___

.........

------~-

' --

--------

r l

I

~·.~i ~ ''

~· I --~ 1

ll, _~i

I

~'.1/

~

~ ~:,

~----

~~ r---.;._,.\\\

,

'I

!'

----------

--

~ a\·

r·

:

1.;\

.;\

·I I

---J ·\

.JI.\h \ l

,.,.__-. Csepl ak, G. 1982: Anthropolog ical analysis o f the impress io ns ori ginatin g from man 's hand on the neolithi c pottery frag ments. Hwnanbiolog ia Budapestinensis I 0: 135- 140 . Cummins, H., Midl o, C. 1961 : Finger prints, palms and soles. Dover Publi cati ons, Inc., New York. E inwogerer, T. 2000: Die jungpaltio lithische Station auf de m Wachtberg in Krems, NO. Eine Rekonstruktion und wissenschaftliche Darleg ung de r Crabung von J. Bayer aus dem Jahre 1930. Verl ag der b sterreichi schen Akade mi e der Wi sse nsc ha fte n, Wien. F igueiras, I. 1993: Dermatog lifos: Bibliog rafia. De partame nto de Antropologia, Uni ve rsid ade de C oimbra, Coimbra. Fauld s, H . 188 0: On the Skin-Furrows o f the Hand . Na ture, October 28. Gear y, D .C. 1999 : Male, female. Th e evolution of human sex diffe rences. A meri can Psyc ho logica l Assoc iati on, W as hingto n, D.C. Hauser, G. , Szil vass y, J ., Se ka l, C. 198 6 : Dermatog lyphi c pattern vari ati on - Their class ifi cati on and notati o n.

In ternational Journal of Anthropology I: 4 1-48. Kamp , K.A., Timmerman, N. , Lind , G ., Gray bill , J., Natows ky, I. 1999: Di scovering childhood : using fi ngerprints to find childre n in the archaeo log ical record . American Antiquity 64 : 309- 3 15 . Loesch, D .Z., Lafranchi , M. 1990: Relati onshi p o f e pidermal ridge patterns with body measurements and their poss ibl e evo luti onary s ignifi ca nce. American Journal of Physical Anthropology 82 : 183- 189. Jadwi szczak, P. 2003 : Rundom proj ects: an application for random ization and bootstrap testing, version 1.1. < http ://pj adw.tripod .com>. Jantz, R.L. , Parh am, K.R. 1978: Rac ial di ffe rences in dermal ridge breadth . Human Biology 50: 33-40. Kl fma, B . 1949: V yz kum stani ce lovcu mamutu u Dol. Vi::stoni c r. 1948. A rcheologicke rozhledy 2: 15-25 . - 1950: Sfdeln f objekt na tabofisti lovcu mamut u v Doln fc h Vestonicfc h. Casopis Moravskeho musea v Erne 35 : 26 1-273 . - 1952: Druh y sfde lnf obj e kt a paleo litic ka keramic ka pec v Do lnfch Ves tonicfc h. A rcheologicke rozhledy 4 : 193- 197. - 1957: Vyz kum paleo liti ckeho sfdli ste u Pavlova v roce 1954 . Archeologicke rozhledy 9: 145-151 . - 1959 : V yz kum paleo liticke ho sfdli ste u Pav lova v roce 1956. A rcheologicke rozhledy 11 : 3- 14. - 1961 : Soucas ny stav probl e matiky a uri gnacie nu a grave tti enu . Archeolog icke rozhledy 13: 84- 12 1. - 196 3: Dolnf Vestonice. Vyzkum tabohste lovctl mamutu v letech 1947-1952 . Nakl adate lstvf Ceskos lovens ke akademie ved , Praha. - 1974: Vyzkum a zac hrar'\ovacf akce v Do ln fc h Vestonicfch (okr. B fecl av). Plehled V)izkwm/ 1973: 14- 15 . Koll er, J ., Baumer, U ., M ani a, D . 200 1: Hi gh-tech in the middl e Palaeo lithic: Neandertal- manufac tured pitch identified . Eu ropean Journal of A rchaeology 4: 385-397. Kralfk, M . 2000: Otisky prsttl a dlanf na keramickem materialu. Katedra ant ro polog ie, Pffrodovedecka fa kulta Masarykovy uni verzity v Brne, Brno (M .A . T hes is) . - 2004: Paleodermatog l)fika. Anal)iza otisktl prsttl na praveke keramice: teo reticka vychodiska, metodologicke problemy a prakticka doporucenf. Department of A nthropology, Fac ult y o f Scie nce, M asa ryk Univers ity in Brno (Ph .D . Thes is) .

475

Miroslav Kralfk - Vladimfr Novotny

Knilfk, M ., Novotn y, V . 2003a: Epidermal ridge breadth: an indicator of age and sex in paleodermatoglyphics. Variability and Evolution 11 : 5-30. Kni lfk, M ., Novotny , V . 2003b: Paleodermatoglyfika: Vyuzitf oti sku prstu a dlanf V retrospektivnfch vedach 0 clove ku . In: V. Hasek, R. Ne kuda, J . Unger, eds., Ve sluf.bdch archeologie IV. Muzejnf a vlas tivedn a spo lecnos t V Brne-Geodrill Brno-Archeo logicky ustav SA V Nitra, Brn o, pp . 248-262. Kralfk , M ., Novotn y, V ., Oliv a, M . 2002: Fingerprint on the Venu s of Doln f Vesto ni ce I. Anthropologie 40: 10711 3. Laz nickova, M . 1995 : Technologie a funkce mladopaleoliticki keramicke plastiky z dolnovestonick)lch lokalit. Kated ra antropolog ie, Pffrodovedecka faku lta Masarykovy univerzity v Brne, Brno (M.A. Thes is). Licka, M ., Musil , J. 1975 : Urcovanf pohlavf a vek u na zakl ade oti sku papilarn fch lini f V archeologii a kriminali stice. Ceskoslovenskti kriminalistika 8: 185-193 . Loesc h, D ., Czyzewska, J. 1972: Szerokosc li stewek sk6rnych na odc inku a-b na dl oni u dziec i w wieku 0- 14 lat. Folia Morphologica (Warszawa) 3 1: 249-254. Mani a, D. , Toepfer, V . 1973 : Konigsa ue: Gliederung, Okolog ie und mittelpali:iolithische Funde der letzten Eiszeit. Berlin . M avalwala, J. 1977 : Dermatog lyphics: An international bibliography. Mouton Publi shers, The Hague, Pari s. Novotny, V. 2003: Enigmatic skeleton DV XV (U pper Paleoli thic, Dolnf Ves tonice-South M oravia). In : J. Bruzek , B. Vandermeersch, M .D. Garralda, eds. , Changements biologiques et culturels en Europe de la fin du Paleolithique moyen au Neolithique. Laboratoire d'Anthropo log ie des Popul ati ons du Passe , U ni ve rsite Bordeaux I , pp . 129- 143. Oakleyova, A. (Oakl ey, A.) 2000: Pohlavf, gender a spoleenost. P01·tal, s.r.o., Praha. Okros, S. 1958: A ne mzi:\felek es a gye rmek ujjlecraj zo latanak osszehaso nlft6 vizsgalata, tekintte l a gyermek szarmazasa nak meghatarozasara. Magya r Tudomtinyos Akademia, Bioi. Csoportjtinak kozlemenyei (Bud apest), I: 223-272. Pavelcfk, J. 1958: Uvalno-Selenburk, okr. Brunttil, sfdliste kultury lu f.icke a slezske. Nalezova zprava Archeologickeho ustav u Ceskos lovenske akade mi e ved, Brno. Penrose, L.S ., Plomley , N.J .B . 1969 : Structure of interstitial epidermal ridges. Zeitschrift fiir Morphologie und Anthropologie 61:81-84 . Primas, M. 1975: Fingerabdrlicke auf Keramik der Eise nze it im Tess in . Archi:iologisches Korrespondenzblatt 5: 129- 13 1. Sjoq ui st, K.E. , Astrom , P. 1985: Pylas: Palmprints and palmleaves. Paul As troms Forl ag, Go te borg. Sladek, V . 1994: Keramika a keramicke zbytk)' z mladopaleolitickiho naleziste Pa vlov I. Kated ra antropo log ie, Pffrodovedecka faku lta M asarykovy uni ve rzi ty v Brn e, Brno (M .A . Thesis). Soffer, 0 ., Adovas io, J.M ., H yland , D.C. 2000: The "Venus" figurines . Current Anthropology 4 1: 51 1-537 . Soffer, 0 ., Adovasio, J .M ., Hyl and , D.C., Klfma, B., Svoboda, J . 1998: Peri slt abl e techn olog ies and the genes is of the eastern gravettian. Anthropologie 36: 43-68. Soffer, 0 ., Vandiver, P. 1994: The ceramics. In : J. Svoboda, ed ., Pa vlov 1 - Excavations 1952- 1953. DVS 2, Brn o, pp . 152- 162. Soffer 0 ., Vandiver P. 1997 : The ceramics from Pavl ov I- 1957 excavati on. In : J. Svoboda, ed ., Pa vlov I Northwest. DVS 4 , Brno, pp . 383-40 I . StatSoft, Inc. (200 1). STATISTICA (da ta analysis softwa re system), version 6. . Svoboda, J. 2003: Gravetti an and Epigrave tti an chron ologies in the middle Danube area. In : F. Wide mann , Y. Taborin, eds., Geophysical and archaeological chronologies for the Upper Palaeolithic. Proceedings of the international colloquium of Ra vello (3 rd-8th May 1994). Archeolog ia, storia, cultura, 3, Cen tro Universitario Europeo per i Beni Culturali , Bari , Centre de Recherche et de Restauration des Musees de France (UMR 171 ), Pari s, pp . 273-282. Szilvassy, J . 1983 : Hautlei stenbefund e aus der jungpalaolithi schen Station Pavlov (S lidmahren, CSSR). Mitteilungen der Anthropologischen Gesellschaft in Wien I 13: 6 1-64.

476

Dermatoglyphics

Sefcakova, A. 1998: Eneo liti cke antropo logicke a archeozoologicke nalezy z Pezinka-Tehelne. Zbornik Slovenskeho 11(irodneho nuizea XCII (Archeol6gia) 8: 27-31. Sikul ova, V. I 956: Pfedbezna zprava o arc heo log ickem nalezu v Napajedlfch. Zpravy krajskeho muzea v Cottwaldove, ! 9. Valsfk, J.A. I 95 I : K interpretaci otisku papilarnfch linif z Dolnfch Vestonic. Zpravy anthropologicke spolecnosti, 4: 94-95. Vandiver, P.B. , Soffer, 0., Klfma, B. , Svoboda, J. I 989: The origin s of ceram ic tec hno logy at Dolnf Vestonice, Czechos lovakia. Science 246: I 002- 1008. Verbov , J. 1975: Palmar ridge appearance in normal newborn infants and ridge appearance in relation to eccri ne sweating. British Journal of Dermatology 93: 645-648. Verpoorte, A. 200 I: Places of art, traces offire. A co ntex tual approac h to anthropomorp hi c figurines in the Pavlovian (Ce ntral E urope, 29-40 kyr BP). Arc haeological Studies Leiden U ni ve rsi ty 8/DVS 6, Leiden. Vlcek, E. I 95 I: Otisky papilarnfch linif mladodiluvialnfho cloveka z Dolnfch Vestonic. Zpravy anthropologicke spo/eenosti 4: 90-94. - 1952a: Empreintes papillaires d' un homme paleolithique. L 'Anthropologie 56:557-558 . - 1952b: Oti sky prstu diluvialnfho cloveka z Dolnfch Vestonic. Archeologicke rozhledy 4 : 520-530. Woj ciechowska H . 1986: Dotted ridges- The physi cal signs of diseases or normal developmental stage? International Journal of Anthropology I: 9 1-94 .

477

Miroslav Kralfk- V/adimfr Novotny

1

~~~ ~

(

2

4

3

5

6

Figure 15. Object 1: Anthropomorphic head (557954) - schematic image (1), general view (2), position of the linear trace (3), detailed view of the linear trace (4), continuation of the trace (5), repositive cast of the trace (6), cross section through the cast (7). Black arrow: direction of lines (ridges).

478

Dermatoglyphics

3 Figure 16. Object 2: Fragmentary anthropomorphic figurine (A4, 445962) - schematic image (1), linear trace in detail (2), imprint of a seed on the abdomen (3). Black arrow: direction of lines (ridges).

1

2

3 Figure 17. Object 3: Anthropomorphic (male?) figurine (650256)- schematic image (1), general view (2), fingertip print in detail (3).

479

Miroslav KraUk- Vladimfr Novotn)i

1

3

2

5

'-

,'

4

fm ge r tip

adult ma le

MRB (mm)

rreans

objec t 3

0.37 0.37 0.42 0.36

c hild (3 yrs) 0.22 0.20 0.25 0.26

0.38

0.23

0.27

0.25 0.34 0.25 0.25

male figurine (nai l

radiu s o f c irc le

edge)

(mm)

ad ult ma le c hild (3 yrs) objec t 3

10.5 6.0 5.9

Table 7

j)

Table 6

6 Figure 18. Object 3: Anthropomorphic (male? ) figurine (650256) - silicon repositive cast of a fingertip print of a child (1), silicon repositive cast of a fingertip print of an adult (2), silicon repositive cast of the finger-tip print found on the male figurine (3), nails edge in cross sections through silicon casts of fingertip prints (4, adult males - upper and middle rows, child -lower left, the anthropomorphic figurine - right), comparisons of nail conturograms (5, adult males -a, child - b, the anthropomorphic figurinec), reconstruction of the (Paleolithic) fingertip imprinting method (6), table with comparison of the nailedge-circle radii (Table 6), table with comparison of mean fingertip epidermal ridge breadth (Table 7). Black arrow: direction of lines (ridges); white arrow: another relevant feature.

480

Dermatoglyphics

2

3

Figure 19. Object 4: Head and neck of an ibex figurine (214556) - schematic image (1), detailed view of a linear trace (2, 3).

3 Figure 20. Object 5: Rhinoceros head figurine (616156) - schematic image (1), detailed view of linear traces (2), detailed view of the surface (3).

1

•

2

3

• Figure 21. Object 6: Fragment of an animal head figurine (446062) - view of the nose with traces (1), detailed view of the trace (2, 3). Black arrow: direction of lines (ridges). 48 1

Miroslav Kralfk- Vladimfr Novorny

1 2

3

4

Figure 22. Object 7: Head of animal figurine (wolf?) -schematic image (1), detailed view of trace A (2), detailed view of trace B (3), repositive cast of trace B (4). Black arrow: direction of lines (ridges).

1

3

2

Figure 23. Object 8: Head of an animal figurine (lion, lioness) - schematic image (1), detailed view of trace A (2), highlighting of a suspected ridge alignment (3).

482

Dermatoglyphics

1

2

4

3

5 Figure 24. Object 8: Head of animal figurine (lion, lioness) - detailed view of a part of trace A (1, 2), detailed view of trace B (3), detailed view of trace C (4), detailed view of traceD (5), reconstruction of the creation of the traces (6). Black arrow: direction of lines (ridges).

483

Miroslav Kral[k - Vladim(r Novotn)l

1 2

3

Figure 25. Object 9: Animal leg (567960) - schematic image (1), detailed view of the trace (2), highlighting of the trace (3) .

3 Figure 26. Object 10: Animal leg (563360) - schematic image (1), detailed view of the trace (2), highlighting of the trace (3) .

1 2 Figure 27. Object 11: Animal leg (221560) - schematic image (1), detailed view of the trace (2). Black arrow: direction of lines (ridges).

484

Dermatoglyphics

1

3

2

Figure 28. Object 12: Irregular piece (1954) -schematic image (1), detailed view of the trace (2), detailed view of the ceramic matter- scratched during investigation (3). Black arrow: direction of lines (ridges).

1

2

3

Figure 29. Object 13: Fragment of animal leg (?) (104261) - schematic image (1), detailed view of the trace (2), highlighting of the trace (3).

485

Miroslav Kralfk- Vladimfr Novotn)i

2

4

3

5

Figure 30. Object 14: Fragment of animal head (?) (62956) - schematic image (1), detailed view of the surface (2), detailed view of trace A (3), detail of trace B (4), highlighting of trace B (5). Black arrow: direction of lines (ridges).

1

2

3

Figure 31. Object 15: Animal leg (693456) - schematic image (1), detailed view of the trace (2), highlighting of the trace (3).

486

Dermatog lyphics

1 3

2

5

4

6

7

Figure 32. Object 16: Animal leg (587657) -schematic image (1), detailed view of trace A (2), highlighting of the trace A (3), detailed view of trace B (4), highlighting of trace B (5), detailed view of traces C and D (6), detailed view of trace E (7). Black arrow: direction of lines (ridges). 487

Miroslav Krdlfk- Vladimfr Novotny

2

3

4

Figure 33. Object 17: Mammoth figurine (M3) - schematic image (1), detailed view of trace A (2), highlighting of the repositive cast of trace A (3), detailed view of trace B (4).

1

2

Figure 34. Object 18: Irregular piece (456x(?) - detailed view of the trace (I ) highlightin g of the trace (2).

1 2 Figure 35. Object 19: Animal leg (602956) - schematic image (1), detailed view of the trace (2). Black arrow: direction of lines (ridges).

488

Dermatog lyphics

1

2

3

5 4

6

7

Figure 36. Object 20: Grey pellet (without number)- schematic image (1), general view (2), detailed view of trace A (3), detailed view of trace B (4), highlighting of trace B (5), detailed view of trace C (6), detailed view of trace C with signs of incipient ridges (7). Black arrow: direction of lines (ridges); white arrow: another relevant feature.

489

Miroslav Krdlfk- Vladimfr Novotny

1 2

3

5 4

6 Figure 37. Object 21: Animal leg (369757)- schematic image (1), detailed view of traces (2), highlighting of the traces (3), highlighting of the repositive cast of trace A (4), detailed view of trace B (5), highlighting of trace B (6). Black arrow: direction of lines (ridges).

490

Dermatoglyphics

2

4

Figure 38. Object 22: Flat fragment (of animal body?) (206353) -schematic image (1), detailed view of the trace (2), highlighting of trace B - tracing of the lines (3), microscopic image of the trace location area (4). Black arrow: direction of lines (ridges).

491

Mirosla v Krdlfk- Vladimfr Novotn);

2

1

5

3

4

Figure 39. Artifact 23: Animal leg or ea r (553654) - schematic image (1), general view (2), highlighted detail of trace A (3), repositive cast of trace A (4), detailed view of trace B (5).

2

4

Figure 40. Object 24: Animal leg (?) (458554) - schematic image (1), general view (2), detailed view of the trace (3), detailed view of the trace (4). Black arrow: direction of lines (rid ges); white arrow: a nother relevant feature.

492

Dermatoglyphics

3

5

4

6

7

Figure 41. Object 25: Grey fragment (leg?) (without number, box 10 - 1954) - schematic image (1), general view (2), detailed view of trace A (3), detailed view of trace A (4), repositive cast of trace A (5), detailed view of trace B (6), detailed view of trace C (7). Black arrow: direction of lines (ridges).

493

Miroslav Kralfk- Vladimfr No vo tny

1

3

5

2

4

6

Figure 42. Object 26: Light fragment (flat) (without number, box 10 - 1954) -scheme (1), overall view (2), detail of the trace A (3), repositive cast of the trace A (4), detail of the trace B (5), repositive cast of the trace B (6). Black arrow: direction of lines (ridges).

494

Dermatoglyphics

1

2

3

4

Figure 43. Object 27: Light fragment (flat) (without number, box 10 - 1954) - schematic image (1), general view (2), detailed view of trace A (3), repositive cast of trace A (4), detailed view of trace B (5), repositive cast of trace B (6).

1

3

2

6 5

4

7

8

Figure 44. Object 28: Light piece (snout or leg?) (64760)- general view (1), detailed view of trace A (2), repositive cast of trace A (3), detailed view of trace B (4), repositive cast of trace B (5), highlighted repositive cast of trace B (6), detailed view of trace C (7), detailed view of trace D (8). Black arrow: direction of lines (ridges); white arrow: another relevant feature.

495

Miroslav Kralfk- Vladimfr Novotny

5

4

6 Figure 45. Object 29: Flat fragment (554654) - schematic image (1), general view (2, 3), detailed view of the trace (4), repositive cast of the trace (5), detailed view of the repositive cast with minutiae (6). Black arrow: direction of lines (ridges); white arrow: another relevant feature.

496

Dermatoglyphics

1

3

2

Figure 46. Object 30: Irregular shape (without number, box 12- 1954)- general view (1), detailed view of the trace (2), repositive cast of the trace (3). Black arrow: direction of lines (ridges).

497

JiH Svoboda

PAVLOV I - JIHOVYCHOD Jiff Svoboda

Co nui b)lti Lthrnnym resultatem vsech techto zkoumanf, namahaveho kopanf, nahromad'ovanf materialu .? Resultatem ma byti paleoethnologicka rekonstrukce tohoto diluvialnfho velesfdliste a jeho praoby vatel. Tato hodinajeSte neudehla, ale je ut V dosahu nasich moznostf. Labor omni a vi ne it. Karel Absolon v Dolnich Yestonidch, 1945

Tato kniha je pruhledem do zivota lovcu V gravettien u. Toto imagimirnf "o kno", 25 m siroke a 35 m dl ouhe, otevfe l Bohuslav Klfma v 50. letech minuleho stoletf a jeho informacnf potencial je cerpan nynf, o pul stoletf pozdeji , transdi sciplinarnfm vedeckym tymem. Nase tema pocfna teoretickym i a metodologickymi uvahami o prostorove analyze a stratigrafii velkeho lovec keho sfd li ste a pokracuj e rozborem jeho inventare z kamene, kosti i palene hlfny , naturfaktu i artefaktu. Prostorova analyza moravs keho gravettienu ma nekolik urov nf: l.

Gravettska krajina (ktera je zfetelne od lisna od krajiny auri gnac ke ci magdalenske), · rozlozena podel moravske ficnf sfte; lokality a shluky lokali t lezf na svaz fch a vyvyseninach, vesmes vsak nepfekracujf abso lutnf elevac i mezi 200 - 300 m n.m. a dodrzujf take pomerne pravidelne odstupy. Area! Dolnf Vestonice-Pavlov je typickym pffkladem takoveho shluku .

2.

Uv nitf arealu vykazujf jednotlive lokality urcitou hi erarchii pokud jde o rozlohu i komplexnost. Dal sfm fak torem je funkce lokal it, jejich uni verzalnos t ci spec iali zace, takze podstata techto rozd fl u je nejen kvantitativnf ale i kvalitativnf. Mimo to ma osfd lenf area lu sobe vlas tnf rytm us a dynamiku , zav isle na sez6nn osti , mikrochronolog ii (vnitfnf vztahy mezi obydl fmi a objekty, mikrostrati grafie) a ce lkove chronologii gravetti enu (pavl ovs ka a will endorfsko-kostenkovs ka faze). Gravettska lokalita je tedy jednotkou komponovanou faktory nesoumefiteln ych kvalit; ty pak vyzadujf od li sne analyticke pffstupy.

3.

Sfdelnf celky. Velke lokality se cle nf do jednotl ivych ce lku (centraln f ohni ste s pfi lehl ymi obj ekty, pfedmety a distribucf artefaktu); casoprostorove vztahy mez i nimi j so u pfedmetem analyzy lokality .

4.

Vlastnf "obyd lf' ' jsou v tomto pohl edu idealnfmi architektoni ckym i rekonstrukcemi sfdelnfch celku . Forma lne se clenf do neko lika typu. Hypoteticke rekonstrukce, vyvozene z terennfch situacf, lze dale testovat pomocf analogi f, takjakje nabfzf etnologie a ex perimentaln f archeologie.

Struktura sidliSte

Formovanf velkyc h loveckyc h sfd li st' (Pfedmostf I, Dolnf Vestonice I a Pavlov I) je jevem pro moravsky gravettien typi ckym. Prvo u vlastnostf techto "mega-sfdli st'" je proste sama rozloha (minim aln f prumer cca I 00 m); k tomu pfistupuje vysoka hustota artefaktu , mocnost kulturnfch vrstev a so uvrs tvf, vcetne uhlfkatyc h poloh , a komp lexnost archeo logicky dolozenych aktivit, vcetne rituall'1 a symbo li sm u. Pfi interpretac i tohoto zaznam u se nabfzejf dva ex tremnf modely: prvy vyc hazf z pfedstavy velkeho, pomerne trvaleho "tabofi ste", zatfmco druhy pfedpoklada akumulaci nas lednyc h, spfSe kratkodobych okupacf. Jinymi slovy, stfetavaj f se tu dva formujfcf faktory , a to intenzita os fdlenf ajeho opakovanf. Vyhoda lokality Pavlov I (oproti Pfedmostf i Absolonovy m Vestoni cfm) tk vf V tom, ze by la prokopana jednfm badatelem, Boh uslavem Klfmou, V letech 1952- 1972, za pouzitf jed ne vyzkumne strategie. Zbyvajfcf casti lokality nebyl y od te doby otevfeny . Teprve v 90. letec h minul eho stoletf by! zahajen dl ouhodoby interd isc iplinarnf a mezinarod nf projekt zpracovanf loka li ty a jejfc h inventaru. Zapoca li j sme zkusebnf plochou v jihovychodnf Casti (vyzkum 1952-1953) a pokracovaJi jsme V proti JehJ e Casti Severozapadnf, kde by! uJ oze n hrob muze Pav lov 1 (vyzkum 1957-1958). Tfm byla dana moz nost srovnat situaci ve dvou opacne ori en tovanyc h z6 nach a vy mezit fOZSah Vari ab ility V technoJog ifc h j Sty Ju , kterOU mu zeme V ramci sfdJi ste OCekavat. S temitO prvnfmi srovnavacfm i vysledky jsme nynf pfistoupili ke zpracovanf huste os fdlenych a zfej me svym vyznamem ce ntralnfch z6 n (vyzkum 1954- 1956), a uzavfft tak obraz Pav lova- Jihovychod. Ye srovnanf s nekterymi zapadoevropskymi sfdli sti , napf. V paffzske panvi ci V ud olf Ryna, je databaze provenience artefaktu pro Pavlov nesporne hrubsf. Tvoff ji inventar artefaktu vybranych vykopcem (tzv . "cerna kniha", nynf di gital izovana), ktera uvadf ctverec zkoum ane plochy, nikoli trojrozmern y zaznam polohy. Proto

498

Pavlov I - Jihovychod

neby lo mozne pfistoupit k detailnf analyze rozlozenf artefaktu kolem ohnist', jako se to provadf u zapadoevropskych lokalit. Na druhe stran e jsme mohli pracovat V jinem mefftku , na podstatne vetsf pl ose a s vetsfmi terennfmi tvary jako j so u deprese, ohni ste a uce lene shluky artefaktu . Udaje ke strati grafi cke, resp. mikros trati graficke prove nienci artefaktu zaznamenaval B. Klfma pouze v roce 1953. Tato cast loka lity vsak by la z hledi ska stratigrafie pomern e homogennf, s jedinou ("spodnf") ku lturnf vrstvou probfhajfcf po ce!e pl ose a pouze omezenymi pl'esahy "svrchnf" vrstvy , pl'edevsfm tarn , kde uz navazova la komplexnejsf pl oc ha vyz kumu 1954/ 1956. Typolog icky obsah obou vrstev se v roce 1953 jevil j ako id enti cky. V plose 1954/ 195 6 byly strati grafi cke superpozice dolozeny pfedevsfm uvnitf depres f (tj . obj ektu) a podobna situ ace se pozdej i opakova la v pl ose vyz kumu 1957. Udaje o stratigraficke m kontextu artefaktu vsak v techto letech jiz zaznamenava ny nebyly. Pfi interpretaci osfdl ene pl ochy je nutno pfihl ednout k take tomu, ze shluky artefaktu mohou byt druhotn e pos ti zeny redepozicf dvo u smeru , a to po svah u a dov nitf jednotli vych zahloubenf. Teoreticky se tak objekty mohly stat jakousf "pas tf" na pfedmety. Pi'i vy mezenf celkem I I sfd elnfch obj ektu kombin oval B. Klfma (kapitola I. I ) nekolik hl edi sek ruzneho charakteru a vyznamu , a to jamy , melka zahl oubenf, velke kosti ko lem pfedpokladanyc h okraju, rozsah kulturnf vrstvy a koncentrace artefaktu . Nas pi'fstup (kap itoly 1.2-3) usi lova l o analyzu kazde z tec hto komponent zvlast'. Pi'itom jsme od delova li rov inu empiri ckeho pozorovanf ("sfdl enf celky") od interpretace ("obydlf") . Presto je v podmfnkach ve lkeho a dl ouh odobe osfdl eneho sfdli ste pfesne vymezenf pfedpokladanych staveb v case a prostoru nemozne. Dale jsme se zamei'ili na rozd fl y mezi centralnf a perifernf castf sfd li ste. K tomuto probl emu jsme pristupovali z hlediska celkove ho roz lozenf mikros trati grafif a objektu (kapi tola 1.2) a celkove distribuce artefaktu (kapitola I.3). Ukazuje se, ze strednf a zapad nf cast zko umane plochy ma charakter palimpsestu s nepravi deln ym i a pl'ekryvajfcfmi se (vfcenaso bnymi ) obj ekty 7-11. Na periferifch je sfd elnf zaznam citelnejsf (obj ekty 3, 5, 6). Znov u se k probl emu centrum - periferie vracf nektei'f dalsf autol'i pi'i analyze jednotlivych kategorif artefaktu. Pro kamennou industrii je to nap f. A. Verpoo rte a Z. Bartosfkova (kapitoly II.l a 2). Pro Verpoorta je strednf cast fd li ste proste palimpsestem ru znych sfd lenfch ep izod. Z. Bartosfkova vymezila na periferii ruzne "vyrobnf area ly" a "pracovnf mfsta" (tj. mfsta kde se pracuj e ji z s hotovy mi nastroji ), avsak oba typy aktivit se mohou pro torove prekryvat. A. Sajnerova (kapitola II.3) zjisti la vyssf podfl opo trebenych nastroju v ce ntru , kde se kumulujf rovnez stopy prace s tvrdsfm i materialy. TakeR. Musil (kapitola III .2) definuje neko lik arealu aktivit na zaklade zbytku fauny a sled uj e jejich vztah k sfdelnfm ce lkum i k centralnfm sfd elnfm z6nam. Jina otazka smei'uj e k postizenf sfdeln f dynamiky a sez6 nnosti. R. Musil (kapitola III.2), ktery se opfra o rozbor fa un y, a A. Verpoorte (kapitola II. l) na zaklade kamenne industrie predpokladajf spfSe trvale az polotrvale OSfd Jenf Joka Jity , a to pfevazne V zimnfm obd obf. Jejich zavery Se V podstate Shodujf S pfedchozfmi nazory , ktere jiz na toto tema byly publikovany .

Material a aktivity

Sh romazdene naturfakty a artefakty poskytujf informace o cele fade aktivit, ktere na tomto velkem loveckem sfdli sti probfhaly. Pod le R. Musi la (kap itola III.2) bylo osfd lenf zavisle na omezenem lovecke m teritoriu, avsak sez6 nnf (jarn f) migrace podel moravs kych rek tento auto r nevy lucuj e. Takovy scenar by odpovfdal obj emu importovanych kamennych surovi n, predevsfm severovychod nfho o vychodnfho puvodu, coz kvantifikujf Verpoorte a Bartosfkova. Pi'i analyze zbytku fa un y je nutno pi'ihlednout k neko lika jevum. Predne, zaznam nemusf byt kompletnf vzhl edem k omeze nf prozkoumane plochy a k erozi, konkretne k cinnosti dosud akti vnfh o potoka v prilehle rok lince. Udolnf eroze by mohl a vysvetlit, proc Pavlov I postrada sk ladku mamutfch kos tf, ktera tvoi'f typickou komponentu loka lit Dolnf Vestonice I, II a Milovice I. Struktura fauny z loka lity Pavl ov I j e sice vysledkem zamerne lid ske selekce, je vsak nutno zvazit, ze dane zvffe nebylo jen zdrojem masa a tuku pro konzumaci, ale take kozes in pro odfvanf Ci kryt staveb a kostf pro nastroje, staveb nf konstrukce i palivo. Nektera, napf. selmy, se na sez nam fa un y mohla dostat proste jako zvfrata zab ita pri pokusech proniknout na sfdliste za potravou. Podle R. Musi la (kapito la III.2) prev lada pocetne sob, zajfc, vlk, liska, mamut a kun. Jak dopli'iuje P. Wojtal s ko lekt ivem (kapitola III.3 ), kosti soba a zajfce take nesou nejvfce viditelnych zarezLI, coz od povfda jej ich vyznamu jako zd roje potravy. Nicmene M. Nyvltova Fisakova, E. Bri.ihl a M. Garcfa Diez (kap itoly III.4-7) zd urazi'lujf, ze pozustatky mamuta, pi'edevsfm drahocenna mamutovina, predstav ujf vfce naz polovinu materi alu vybraneho k vyrobe nas troju a dekorati vnfch predmetu (nas led uj e sob a li ska). Jed na z podstatnych otazek kolem lov u se tyka zbranf, predevsfm projekti lu. I kdyz v moravs kem gravettienu nikdy neby ly nalezeny slozene projektil y z otupenyc h ci geometri ckyc h mikrolitu v teze nasade, jejich existence

499

Jiff Svoboda

se obvykle predpoklada a take se testuj e experimentem. Na zaklade trasolog icke analyzy A. Sajnerova tuto rekontrukci ani nepotvrzuje , ani nevyvracf (kapitola II.3). E. Briihl (kapitola III.5 ), ktery se opfra o etnologicke analogie, obracf pozornost k jinemu typu potencialnfho projektilu - j so u to tupe "listovite" hroty z organi ckych materialu, dosud interpretovane jako "spatul y" ("lopatkov ite" ci "lzfcovite" nastroje), z ni chz nektere jiste mohl y byt urceny k zabitf mensfch zvffat bez poskozenf jejich kozesiny. Alternativnf tec hnikou pro lov mensfc h kozes inovych zv ffat mohl byt i lov do sftf, jak to predpokl adajf J.M. Adovasio , 0 . Soffer, V. Kovac ic a dal sf autofi na zaklade oti sku uzlfku ve vypalene hlfn e (kap it oly IY. 3-4). Yysoky podfl mensfch zvfrat, realne dolozeny ve struktufe fauny, takove teori e podporuj e.

s vyjimkou drcene rostlinne tkane z ohn iste

V Dolnfch Ves toni cfch II nemame prakticky zadne dalsf udaje pro konzumac i rostlin , kterou j ako dopli'\kovo u akti vitu na nasich sfdli stfch musfme pfedpok ladat. Proto je tento probl em znovu diskutovan v so uvi slos ti s velkym poctem drti cfc h kamenu z Pavl ova I (kapitola II.4 ). Rada z ni ch ovse m nese stopy drcenf barviv (v iz. tez kapitola II.5 ), takze dal sf moz ne pouzitf zustava i nad ale neprokazane.

Fyzicka antropolog ie nebyla do tohoto svazku za hrnuta, navzdo ry nalezu 9 lid skych zubu z jihovychodnf casti Pav lova I, hrobu Pa- l a da!Sfch lebec nfch zlomku z casti severozapadnf. Antropologickym nalezum jso u toti z V ramc i Dolnovestonickjch studif venovany speciali zovane publikace. Pavl ov I poskytl bohate soubory ozdobnych pfedmetu, tedy dokladu o dekoraci tela ci odevu a potazmo o osob nos ti nos itele a jeho individuality. Pok ud byly viditelne umfste ny na odevu, posky tovaly tyto artefakty primarnf informaci o nositeli a identifikovaly jeho status. Jejich vari ab ilita v Pavlove je znacna, at' jiz jde o sber a proste pouzitf, resp. perforaci naturfak tu (zuby se lem - kapitola III.4; terciernf fosflie - kapitola III. 8), mini aturnf nas ivky z mamutov in y (kapitola III.6) a slozi tejsf a tedy snad i vfce "informati vnf" ozdoby (kapitola III.7). Ozdobne predmety se soustfed'ovaly ve dvou az lrech koncentracfch V zapadnf casti plochy (kapitola I. 3) . Yedle ozdob ovsem vynikajf artefakty s vlastnfm sy mboli ckym vyznamem jako j sou unikat nf rezby lva a mamuta v mamutovine nebo disk ze slfnovce. Nejtypictejsfm fenomenem umenf a sy mboli smu v pavlovienu je ovsem produkce hlinenyc h plastik - nejstarsf keramika (kapitoly IY. l-2). Pfestoze je dolozena rovnez na strednf Morave (Predmostf), V Dolnfm Rako usku (Krems) a na zapadn fm Slove nsku (Morava ny), sk utec na ce ntra tec hto aktivit pfedstavujf jihomoravska sfdli ste Dolnf Yestonice I a Pavlov I. Nejen poc tem pl as tik a jejich zlomku , ale i spektrem zobrazovanyc h temat, antropomorfnfch i zoomorfnfch. Tyto nalezy se so ustfed'ujf ve tfech koncentracfch V zapad nf cas ti jihovychodnf z6 ny (objekty 9, I 0, 11 ) a V ramc i jedine koncentrace V zo ne severozapadn f (objekt 13) . Logicky pfedpokladame, ze byly kryty stavebnf konstrukcf. A pocfnaje prvym objevem takove ho mfsta K. Absolonem V Dolnfch Yestoni cfch I tusfme za temito situacemi urci ty ritual, spojeny s vyrobou a ni ce nfm hlin enych sy mbolu. Mikl'oskopicky vyzkum povrchu keramickych pfedmetu doplnuje dalsf informace, jmenovite oti sky prstu (kapitola IV.5) a pravi delnych struktur, ktere byly nedav no in terpretovany jako nejstarsf tex til (kap itola IV .3). Pripojujeme rovnez novo u fotodok umentac i techto stru ktur, tak jak ji poffdili a komentovali spec iali ste na modern! texti lnf vyzkum (kapitola IY .4) . Dermatoglyficky vyzkum naznac uje, ze pfi procesu keramicke vyroby byli akti vne pfftomni mladf lide a deti . To so uhl asf s udaji ze zapadoevropskych ritualnfch jeskynf, kde je pfftomnost detf potvrzena oti sky rukou i nohou. Nema tfm byt receno , ze by snad deti byly tvu rci paleolitickeho umenf, at' uz mame na mysli "velke" parietalnf um enf evropskeho Zapadu ci moravske miniatury. Spfse to naznacuj e, ze tvorba symbolickeho umenf byla komplexnfm procesem pffstupnym ce le tehdejsf spo lecnos ti . A stejne j ako dnes- deti se nejcas teji dotykaly vseho pffmo. V so uvis losti s dal sfmi sy mbolicky mi akti vitami , ktere jsou v Pav love I a v Dolnfch Yestoni cfch I dolozeny, tedy stopami barviv, fezbami v mamutov in e a kameni a ritualnfmi pohrby, se tato sfdli ste jev f jako centra loveckeho umenf a ritu alu . Dokladajf uklad anf informacf a jej ich pfenos pomocf symbolu v kameni , kosti i hlfn e, dekoraci tela a odev u a konecne i ritualnf ukl adanf mrtvyc h tel v hrobech. Dolnf Vestoni ce I a Pav lov I se tak dostavaj f na sa m vrchol hierarchie gravettskyc h lokalit, a to nejen kvantitativne - vzhl ede m k rozloze a objem u shromazde neho materialu - ale i kvalitativne, jako mfsta zv lastnfc h cin nos tf. Z tohoto hlediska chape me obe lokality nejen jako pouhe palimpsesty vznikl e akumulacf jedn otli vyc h sfdelnfch epi zod, ale take jako mfsta shromazd'ovanf loveckyc h kom unit, vyme ny informacf, tvurcf cin nosti a spolecenskych ritualiL

500

35

30

25

20 -

• 15

•••

·-

10

5

n

~ X

0 0

5

10

20

Plan of predefined features 1-11 a and hearth s, inserted into recon struction of the depress ion features.

25

y 35 -

30

25

20

15

10

0 0

Spatial distribution of artifacts showing remarkable density zones A-G.

THE DOLNf VESTONICE STUDIES Published by the Institute of Archaeology, Academy of Sciences of the Czech Republic, Brno, and collaborating institutions

1. Paleolit Moravy a Slezska- Paleolithic of Moravia and Silesia. By J. Svoboda, T. Czudek, P. Hav lfcek, V. Lozek, J. Maco un , A. Pfichystal, H. Svo bodova, and E. Vl cek. 209 p. and 56 tab., with separate Site Register. Brno 1994. 2 . Pavlov I, Excavations 1952-53. Edited by J. Svoboda. 23 1 p. Publi shed as ERAUL, Uni versite de Li ege, No 66. Liege 1994. 3. Dolni Vestonice 11. Ein Mammutjiigerrastplatz und seine Bestattungen. By B. Kl fma. 183 p. Publi shed as ERAUL, Universite de Liege, No. 73 . Li ege 1995 . 4. Pavlov I, Northwest. The Upper Paleolithic Burial and its Settlement Context. Edited by J. Svo boda. 472 p. Brno 1997. 5. The People of the Pavlovian. Skeletal Catalogue and Osteometries of the Gravettian Fossil Hominids from Dolni Vestonice and Pavlov. By V. Sl adek, E. Trinkaus, S. W . Hill son, and T. W. Holliday. 244 p. Brno 2000. 6. Places of Art, Traces of Fire. A Contextual Approach to Anthropomorphic Representations in the Pavlovian. By A. Verpoorte. 14 1 p. Publi shed as Archaeo log ical Studies of the Leiden Uni versi ty, vo l. 8. Leiden 200 I. 7. Prehistoricke jeskyne- Prehistoric Caves. Edited by J. Svo boda. 407 pp. Brn o 2002. 8. Paleolit Moravy a Slezska, 2. aktualizovane vydani - Paleolithic of Moravia and Silesia, 2nd actualized edition. By J. Svoboda, P. Hav lfcek, V. Lozek, J. Maco un , A. Pi'i chystal, H. Svobodova, and E. Vl cek. 303 p. and 56 tab. Brno 2002. 9. Mezolit severnich Cech - Mesolithic of Northern Bohemia. Edited by J. A. Svoboda. 328 p. Brno 2003 . 10. Stranska skala. Origins of the Upper Paleolithic in the Brno Basin, Moravia, Czech Republic. Edited by J..A. Svo boda and 0 . Bar-Yosef. Publi shed as Ameri can Schoo l of Prehi storic Researc h Bulletin , vo l. 47 . 220 p. Cambridge, Massachu setts 2003. I I. The Gravettian Along the Danube. Proceedings of the Mi kul ov Conference, November 2002. Edited by J.A. Svoboda and L. Sedl ackova. 297 p. Brno 2004 .

12. Early Modern Human Evolution in Central Europe: The People of Dolni Vestonice and Pavlov. Edited by E. Trinkaus and J. A. Svoboda. Publi shed by the Oxford Uni versity Press, Ne w York 2005 . 13. The Upper Paleolithic on the Middle Course of the Morava River. Edited by P. Skrdla. Brno 2005 . 14. Pavlov I- Southeast. A Window Into the Gravettian Lifestyles. Edited by J.A. Svo boda. Brno 2005 .

ISBN 80-86023-67-2